Keysight

E8257D/67D and E8663D

PSG Signal Generators

Notice: This document contains references to Agilent.

Please note that Agilent’s Test and Measurement
business has become Keysight Technologies. For
more information, go to [Link].

Service Guide
Notices DOCUMENT THAT CONFLICT WITH
THESE TERMS, THE WARRANTY
government requirements
beyond those set forth in the
TERMS IN THE SEPARATE EULA shall apply, except to the
© Keysight Technologies, Inc. AGREEMENT WILL CONTROL.
2012-2015 extent that those terms, rights, or
Technology Licenses licenses are explicitly required
No part of this manual may be from all providers of commercial
reproduced in any form or by any The hardware and/or software computer software pursuant to
means (including electronic storage described in this document are the FAR and the DFARS and are
and retrieval or translation into a furnished under a license and may be
foreign language) without prior set forth specifically in writing
used or copied only in accordance
agreement and written consent from elsewhere in the EULA. Keysight
with the terms of such license.
Keysight Technologies, Inc. as shall be under no obligation to
governed by United States and U.S. Government Rights update, revise or otherwise
international copyright laws. modify the Software. With
The Software is “commercial respect to any technical data as
Trademark Acknowledgments computer software,” as defined defined by FAR 2.101, pursuant
by Federal Acquisition Regulation to FAR 12.211 and 27.404.2 and
(“FAR”) 2.101. Pursuant to FAR DFARS 227.7102, the U.S.
Manual Part Number 12.212 and 27.405-3 and government acquires no greater
Department of Defense FAR than Limited Rights as defined in
E8251-90359 Supplement (“DFARS”) 227.7202, FAR 27.401 or DFAR 227.7103-5
Edition the U.S. government acquires (c), as applicable in any technical
commercial computer software data.
Edition 1, November 2015 under the same terms by which
Printed in USA/Malaysia the software is customarily Safety Notices
provided to the public.
Published by: Accordingly, Keysight provides
Keysight Technologies the Software to U.S. government
1400 Fountaingrove Parkway customers under its standard
Santa Rosa, CA 95403 commercial license, which is
embodied in its End User License A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It
Warranty calls attention to an operating
Agreement (EULA), a copy of
THE MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS which can be found at procedure, practice, or the like that,
DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED “AS IS,” [Link] if not correctly performed or adhered
AND IS SUBJECT TO BEING to, could result in damage to the
The license set forth in the EULA
CHANGED, WITHOUT NOTICE, IN product or loss of important data. Do
represents the exclusive authority
FUTURE EDITIONS. FURTHER, TO not proceed beyond a CAUTION
by which the U.S. government notice until the indicated conditions
THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
may use, modify, distribute, or are fully understood and met.
BY APPLICABLE LAW, KEYSIGHT
disclose the Software. The EULA
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH and the license set forth therein,
REGARD TO THIS MANUAL AND does not require or permit,
ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED among other things, that
HEREIN, INCLUDING BUT NOT Keysight: (1) Furnish technical
LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED information related to A WARNING notice denotes a hazard.
WARRANTIES OF commercial computer software It calls attention to an operating
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS or commercial computer procedure, practice, or the like that,
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. software documentation that is if not correctly performed or adhered
KEYSIGHT SHALL NOT BE LIABLE to, could result in personal injury or
not customarily provided to the
FOR ERRORS OR FOR INCIDENTAL death. Do not proceed beyond a
public; or (2) Relinquish to, or
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN WARNING notice until the indicated
otherwise provide, the conditions are fully understood and
CONNECTION WITH THE
FURNISHING, USE, OR government rights in excess of met.
PERFORMANCE OF THIS these rights customarily provided
DOCUMENT OR ANY INFORMATION to the public to use, modify,
CONTAINED HEREIN. SHOULD reproduce, release, perform,
KEYSIGHT AND THE USER HAVE A display, or disclose commercial
SEPARATE WRITTEN AGREEMENT computer software or
WITH WARRANTY TERMS commercial computer software
COVERING THE MATERIAL IN THIS documentation. No additional
Where to Find the Latest Information
Documentation is updated periodically. For the latest information about these products, including instrument software
upgrades, application information, and product information, browse to one of the following URLs, according to the name
of your product:
[Link]
To receive the latest updates by email, subscribe to Keysight Email Updates at the following URL:
[Link]
Information on preventing instrument damage can be found at:
[Link]/find/PreventingInstrumentRepair

Is your product software up-to-date?

Periodically, Keysight releases software updates to fix known defects and incorporate product enhancements. To search
for software updates for your product, go to the Keysight Technical Support website at:
[Link]

3
4
 Contents

Table of Contents

1. Troubleshooting
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Handling of Electronic Components and ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Getting Started with Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Running Self–Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
A18 CPU Turn–On Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Failure Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
A2 Display Not Functioning or A2 Display Not Functioning After Turn–on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
A18 CPU Fails to Complete the Turn–On Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Checking the A18 CPU Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Verifying the A18 CPU Turn–On Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
No Instrument Control From the Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CPU Data Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Front–Panel Display Assembly Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Power Supply Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Option 008/009 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Self–Tests 1xx for the A13 I/Q Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Self–Tests 2xx: A5 Sampler Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Self–Tests 3xx: A7 Reference (Standard) Self–Test Errors (For instruments with serial prefixes <
US4805/MY4805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Self–Tests 4xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors (E8267D only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Self–Tests 6xx: A9 YIG Driver Self–Test Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Self–Tests 7xx: A6 Frac–N Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Self–Tests 7xx: A45 Frac–N Self–Test Errors (option UNY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Self–Tests 9xx: A10 ALC Self–Test Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Self–Tests 10xx: A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX and Instruments with Serial Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805)
Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Self–Tests 11xx: A18 CPU Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8257D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8267D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Self–Tests 13xx: A11 Analog/Pulse Modulation Generator Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Self–Tests 16xx for the A14 Baseband Generator (Option 601/602). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Self–Tests 22xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Self–Tests 24xx: A38 Lowband Filter Self–Test Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Self–Tests 25xx: A43 Amp Filter Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Self–Tests 26xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Self–Tests 27xx: A46 Offset Loop Self-Test Errors (Option UNY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Self–Tests 28xx: A8 Vector Output Self-Test Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Troubleshooting Unlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
508 A6 Frac–N Loop Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
512 A7 Reference Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
513 1 GHz Out of Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

5
Contents

514 Reference Oven Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

515 10 MHz Signal Bad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
520 Sampler Unlocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
521 YO Loop Unlocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
625 Internal Pulse Generator Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
626 Internal Mod Source Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Troubleshooting Unlevels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Troubleshoot and correct any unlock problems before troubleshooting unleveled problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Troubleshooting ADC Adjustment Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Troubleshooting Performance Test Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Troubleshooting the RF Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Troubleshooting RF Power Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
ALC and RF problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Troubleshooting Pulse Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Troubleshooting AT1 Attenuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
20 GHz Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
20 GHz Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
32 GHz and 44 GHz Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
40 GHz Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
50 and 67 GHz Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Troubleshooting Non–Harmonic Spurious. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Troubleshooting Option UNR/UNX/UNY and Instruments with Serial
Prefixes ³ US4805/MY4805 Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Overall Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
A18 CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
A19 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Input/Output Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Frequency Generation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Overall PSG Analog Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Overall PSG Vector Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
A5 Sampler (CW mode only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
A6 Frac–N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
A7 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
A9 YIG Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
A28 YIG Oscillator (YO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
A29 20 GHz Doubler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
A38 Switch Filter and A43 Lowband Amp Filter (Option 1EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Reference/Synthesis Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
A6 Frac–N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
A8 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
A12 <3.2 GHz Fast Pulse Modulator (Option UNW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector, A24 Highband Coupler, and A25 High Band Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

6
 Contents

A27 40 GHz Doubler (Analog 40 GHz Models and Vector 44 GHz Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
A29 20 GHz Doubler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
A30 Modulation Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (Vector Models Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
A36 Quadraplier (Analog Models > 40 GHz). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
A37 44 GHz Upconverter (Vector Models > 20 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
ALC Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Modulation (Option UNT–AM, FM, ΦM, UNU–Standard Pulse, and UNW–Fast Pulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Digital Modulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Approximate Device Gains and Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Analog RF Path Block Diagram (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Analog RF Path Block Diagram (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Analog Low Band RF Path Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Analog and Vector Option UNY Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Vector RF Path Block Diagram (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Vector RF Path Block Diagram (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Vector Low Band RF Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Self–Test Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
How self–test works: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Independent failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Contacting Keysight Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Keysight Sales and Service Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Packaging a Signal Generator for Return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

2. Replaceable Parts
Ordering Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Order Parts Fast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Frequency, Hardware, and Personality Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Assemblies from the Inside Front Panel View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Assemblies from a Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Assemblies from a Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
A18BT1 Lithium Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Front Panel View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Disassembled Front Panel View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Disassembled Rear Panel View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Disassembled A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX/UNY and Instruments with Serial
Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Disassembled AT1 90dB/115dB Attenuator View (Option 1E1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Disassembled A24 20GHz/40GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector Bias Board
(Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 540) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Disassembled A24 20GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector Bias Board (Option 521). . . . . 239
Disassembled A24 50GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector Bias Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

7
Contents

Disassembled A24 67GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector Bias Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Microcircuit Interface Deck Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Main Chassis and MID Bottom View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
1.85 mm RF Output Connector (Option 567 Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.4 mm RF Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
APC 3.5 RF Output Connector (Options 513 and 520 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Type-N RF Output Connector (Option 1ED Models Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Main Chassis with Inside Cover and Right-Side Support Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Outer and Inner Instrument Covers and Associated Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protective Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Abbreviations Used in Part Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

3. Assembly Replacement
Before You Replace an Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
After Replacing or Repairing an Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Assemblies That You Can Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Outer Instrument Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Inner Instrument Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
A1 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
A2 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
A2DS1 Display Backlight (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
A3 Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

8
 Contents

A4 Inverter (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option UNR/UNX/UNY), A8 Output,
A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
A9 YIG Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
A10 ALC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
A12 Pulse Modulator Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes <US4722/MY4722) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial Prefixes >=US4722/MY4722) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
A17 Baseband Generator Interface (E8267D Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A18 CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
A18BT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

9
Contents

Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
A19 Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
A20 SMI (Source Module Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
A21 Rear–Panel Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
A22 Line Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 and 544). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 and 567). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
A25 40 GHz Highband Detector (Option 540) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

10
 Contents

Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
A25B Highband Detector Bias Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
A26 MID (Microcircuit Interface Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
A27 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 and 544 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
A28 YIG Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
A29 20 GHz Doubler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
A30 Modulation Filter (Standard and Option 1EA/1EU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
A31 Motherboard (E8267D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

11
Contents

A33 6dB PAD (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
A33 10dB PAD (Options 532 and 544) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Rear Panel (Standard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Rear Panel (Option 1EM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
A34 Internal Hard Drive (E8267D Only - Discontinued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option 015) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial Prefixes
>=US4722/MY4722) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
A36 Quadraplier (Options 550 and 567) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
A37 Upconverter (E8267D Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
A38 Lowband Switch Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
A39 Directional Sweep Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
A40 Compact Flash Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

12
 Contents

Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
A42 20 GHz Power Amp (Option 521) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
A43 Lowband Amp Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter (E8257D-520 and E8663D Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
AT1 90 dB Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
AT1 115 dB Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
AT1 90 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
AT1 115 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
B1 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

4. Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
CPU Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

5. Safety and Regulatory

General Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Lithium Battery Disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

13
Contents

Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

14
 Documentation Overview

Installation Guide — Safety Information

— Getting Started

— Operation Verification

— Regulatory Information

User’s Guide — Signal Generator Overview

— Basic Operation

— Basic Digital Operation

— Optimizing Performance

— Analog Modulation

— Custom Arb Waveform Generator

— Custom Real Time I/Q Baseband

— Multitone Waveform Generator

— Two-Tone Waveform Generator

— AWGN Waveform Generator

— Peripheral Devices

— Troubleshooting

Programming Guide — Getting Started with Remote Operation

— Using IO Interfaces

— Programming Examples

— Programming the Status Register System

— Creating and Downloading Waveform Files

— Creating and Downloading User-Data Files

Keysight E8257D/67D & E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 15

 SCPI Reference — Using this Guide

— System Commands

— Basic Function Commands

— Analog Commands

— Digital Modulation Commands

— Digital Signal Interface Module Commands

— SCPI Command Compatibility

Service Guide — Troubleshooting

— Replaceable Parts

— Assembly Replacement

— Post-Repair Procedures

— Safety and Regulatory Information

Key Reference — Key function description

16 Keysight E8257D/67D & E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Keysight PSG Signal Generators
E8257D/67D, E8663D

Service Guide

1 Troubleshooting

— “Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Information” on page 18

— “Getting Started with Troubleshooting” on page 20
— “A18 CPU Turn–On Test” on page 22
— “Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting” on page 25
— “Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems” on page 30
— “Troubleshooting Unlocks” on page 104
— “Troubleshooting Unlevels” on page 108
— “Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems” on page 116
— “Troubleshooting ADC Adjustment Failures” on page 119
— “Troubleshooting Performance Test Problems” on page 120
— “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on page 122
— “Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious” on page 127
— “Troubleshooting Non–Harmonic Spurious” on page 132
— “Troubleshooting Option UNR/UNX/UNY and Instruments with Serial
Prefixes ≥ US4805/MY4805 Phase Noise” on page 133
— “Overall Description” on page 134
— “Reference/Synthesis Loop Description” on page 147
— “RF Path Description
(Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)” on page 155
— “Self–Test Overview” on page 181
— “Contacting Keysight Technologies” on page 183

Troubleshooting instructions are for use by qualified personnel only. To avoid

electrical shock, do not perform any troubleshooting unless qualified.
The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages.
Disconnect the signal generator from all voltage sources before it is opened.

17
 Troubleshooting
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Information

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Information

The following techniques related to ESD and static–safe workstations should not
be used when working on circuitry with a voltage potential greater than 500 volts.

ESD can damage or destroy electronic components. All work on electronic

assemblies should be performed at a static–safe workstation using two types
of static–safe workstation protection:
— conductive table–mat and wrist–strap combination
— conductive floor–mat and heel–strap combination
Both types, when used together, provide a significant level of ESD protection.
Of the two, only the table–mat and wrist–strap combination provides adequate
ESD protection when used alone. To ensure user safety, the static–safe
accessories must provide at least 1 MΩ of isolation from ground.

18 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Information

Handling of Electronic Components and ESD

Many of the assemblies in this instrument are very susceptible to damage from
ESD. Perform troubleshooting procedures only at a static–safe workstation, and
wear a grounding strap.
Always handle a printed circuit board assembly by its edges. This reduces the
possibility of ESD damage to components, and prevent contamination of exposed
plating.

The possibility of unseen damage caused by ESD is present whenever

components are transported, stored, or used. The risk of ESD damage can be
greatly reduced by close attention to how all components are handled.
— Perform work on all components at a static–safe workstation.
— Keep static–generating materials at least one meter away from all
components.
— Store or transport components is static–shielding containers.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 19

 Troubleshooting
Getting Started with Troubleshooting

Getting Started with Troubleshooting

Referring to Table 1-1:
— determine where to begin troubleshooting
— work on problems in the order they are presented in the table
— use the descriptions provided in this chapter that explain how the signal
generator operates, and the function of each assembly: the overall
description (page 1-134), the synthesis loop (page 1-147), the RF path
(page 1-155), and self–test (page 1-181).

Table 1-1

If able to run sel f–test... Go to this section...

Run Self–Test “Running Self–Test” on page 21 and refer to

“Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting” on
page 25.
If unable to run sel f–test, check... Go to this section...

Power supply failures “Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37

A18 CPU turn–on failures “A18 CPU Turn–On Test” on page 22

Front panel display or keyboard operations “Front–Panel Display Assembly Troubleshooting” on

page 30
If other cond itions occur... Go to this section...

Unlocked Conditions “Troubleshooting Unlocks” on page 104

Unleveled Conditions “Troubleshooting Unlevels” on page 108

Adjustment Problems “Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems” on page

116
Performance Test Problems
“Troubleshooting Performance Test Problems” on
page 120

20 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Getting Started with Troubleshooting

Running Self–Test

A bad assembly can cause other assemblies to fail. The internal failure tree will
identify the most likely failed assembly and report it as the “most independent
failure.” Troubleshoot and replace that assembly before troubleshooting and
replacing other assemblies.
When you replace an assembly a good assembly will pass self–test without any
adjustments.

1. On the instrument front panel, press the Utility hardkey.

2. Select the following softkeys:
a. Instrument Info/Help Mode
b. Sel f Test
c. Run Complete Sel f Test
3. When the Self–Test finishes, one of the following messages displays:
— If the Self Test passed: “The current status of self test is: Success All
self tests have passed.”
— If the Self–Test failed: “The current status of self test is: Failed.” The
message also reports the most independent failure.
4. If the Self–Test failed, look up the reported most independent failure in the
“Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting” section on page 25.
5. Troubleshoot and repair the most independent failure.
6. After you replace the failed assembly, run the Self–Test again.
7. If another assembly is reported as the most independent failure, repeat
steps 4 thru 6 until the Self–Test passes.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 21

 Troubleshooting
A18 CPU Turn–On Test

A18 CPU Turn–On Test

If it is determined that the A18 CPU is defective but still functions, it is
recommended that you back up the calibration data in the CPU prior to replacing
it. To back up the calibration data, see “CPU Data Backup” on page 24.

At turn–on, the A18 CPU is designed to complete a series of operational

checks. If all power supply voltages are present and the A18 CPU is working
correctly, the operational checks are completed. Errors are reported if the
A18 CPU has problems identifying other assemblies or communicating with the
backup memory located on the A31 Motherboard.

Failure Symptoms
— display is not functioning
— CPU fails to complete the turn–on check and does not reach normal LCD
operation
— display is not functioning after turn–on
— unable to control signal generator from front panel
— error message is displayed after turn–on

A2 Display Not Functioning or A2 Display Not Functioning After

Turn–on
Refer to “Front–Panel Display Assembly Troubleshooting” on page 30.

A18 CPU Fails to Complete the Turn–On Check

1. Turn power off and remove outer and inner covers.
2. Turn on power and verify A18 CPU LED DS9 (+3.4 Vdc) and DS10 (+5.2
Vdc) are on. If either of the LEDs are off, check the voltages in Table 1-2.
Refer to the illustration in “Self–Tests 11xx: A18 CPU Self–Test Errors” on
page 76 for LED locations.
Table 1-2

Connector P222 Supply Vol tage Acceptable Range

(A31 Motherboard)

Pin 45–48, 95–98 +3.4 Vdc +3.4 ± 0.07 Vdc

Pin 49, 50, 99, 100 +5.2 Vdc +5.2 ± 0.1 Vdc

3. If the voltages are present on connector P222, turn power off and remove
the A18 CPU.

22 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
A18 CPU Turn–On Test

4. Inspect the pins on the A31 Motherboard connector. If the pins look good
replace the A18 CPU.
5. If either of the voltages are missing, refer to “Power Supply
Troubleshooting” on page 37.
6. If DS9 and DS10 are on, proceed to “Checking the A18 CPU Voltages” on
page 23.

Checking the A18 CPU Voltages

1. With the external and internal covers removed and the signal generator on
its side, turn power on and check to see if all the power supply LEDs on the
A31 Motherboard are on. If any of the power supply LEDs are not on, refer
to “Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37 to troubleshoot.
2. If all the power supply LEDs on the motherboard are on, check the A18
CPU and A31 Motherboard connector pins for the voltages listed in the
following table.

Connector Supply Vol tage Acceptable Range

P223–2, 22 +5 VA +5.2 ± 0.16 Vdc

P223–3 −15 V_In −15 ± 0.45 Vdc

P223–4 +32 V_In +32 ± 0.96 Vdc

P223–21 +15 V_Standby +14.85 ± 0.6 Vdc

P223–23 +15 V_In +15 ± 0.75 Vdc

P223–37 −7 Vdc −7.0 ± 0.14 Vdc

P223–39 +10 Vdc +10.2 ± 0.2 Vdc

P223–40 +8 Vdc +7.95 ± 0.21 Vdc

3. If any main power supply voltage problems are detected, refer to “Power
Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37.
4. If all power supply voltages are good, replace A18 CPU.

Verifying the A18 CPU Turn–On Sequence

Verify the A18 CPU turn–on sequence by observing DS1 to DS8 sequence
patterns (See the diagram on page 76 for LED locations). DS1 to DS8 should
match the sequence shown in Table 1-3. Before verifying the turn–on
sequence, make sure all switches in the upper left–hand corner of the A18 CPU
are in the CLOSED (up) position. If the lights fail to step through the sequence,
replace A18 CPU.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 23

 Troubleshooting
A18 CPU Turn–On Test

Table 1-3 A18 CPU LED Sequence Table

Sequence DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 DS5 DS6 DS7 DS8

1 X X X X X X X X

2 0 0 X 0 0 0 0 0

3 X X X 0 0 0 0 0

4 0 X X X X X X X

5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 X X X X X X X 0

X = LED is on; 0 = LED is off

No Instrument Control From the Front Panel

Refer to “Front–Panel Display Assembly Troubleshooting” on page 30.

Error Messages
If error messages are reported after the turn–on check is completed, refer to
the Error Messages list, located on the E8257D/67D PSG Signal Generator
Documentation Set CD (part number E8251–90351) for details.

CPU Data Backup

This procedure applies only if the CPU is working prior to removal.
1. Record the installed license keys:
a. Press Utility > Instrument Ad justments > Instrument Options >
Software Options.
b. For each option that has a check mark after the license key, write
down the option number and the license key.
Take your time to be sure that you record each license key correctly.
2. Backup the calibration data from the CPU to the mother board:
— Execute the SCPI command: :DIAG:FILE:BACK.
3. Follow the instructions from Chapter 3, “Assembly Replacement.” to
replace the CPU board.

24 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

Self–test results are valid only when all external cables and connectors are
removed from the PSG.

Table 1-4 Self–test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

If this sel f–test fails... Go to this troubleshooting section...
A13 I/Q Multiplexer “Self–Tests 1xx for the A13 I/Q Multiplexer” on page 55
100 Power Supply
101 CAL Source
102 Ext In Offset DAC and Switch
103 Path 1 & 2 and Ext Out
104 Path 1: Attenuators and Summing Amp
105 Path 2: Attenuators and Summing Amp
106 DC–Couple Mode, CW bias DAC,
Course+Fine DAC
107 Drift Canceller
108 IQ Polarity Switch
109 RMS to DC Converter
110 (not used)
111 Wideband Path Test
A5 Sampler “Self–Tests 2xx: A5 Sampler Self–Test Errors” on page 58
200 Power Supply
201 Tuning + Bias Test
202 Coarse Loop Detector
203 YO Loop Detector
A7 Reference (Std.) “Self–Tests 3xx: A7 Reference (Standard) Self–Test Errors (For
instruments with serial prefixes < US4805/MY4805)” on page 60
300 1 GHz Detector
301 Tuning Voltage
A8 Output “Self–Tests 4xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors (E8267D only)” on
page 61
400 Ground and PTAT Test
401 Prelevel Loop Test
402 Quadrature DAC Test
403 VBLO Test
404 Marble Test
405 Gain Adjustment Test
406 Prelevel Bypass Test
407 Switched Filters Test
408 (not used)
409 ALC Modulation Test

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 25

 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

Table 1-4 Self–test Failures and Related Troubleshooting (Continued)

If this sel f–test fails... Go to this troubleshooting section...
410 Burst Modulation Test
411 (not used)
412 HET Band Test
A9 YIG Driver “Self–Tests 6xx: A9 YIG Driver Self–Test Errors” on
page 64
600 Post Regulator
601 DACs
602 PLL Interface
603 FM Driver
604 Sweep DACs
605 Sweep Lock
A6 Frac–N “Self–Tests 7xx: A6 Frac–N Self–Test Errors” on page 67
700 Ref Voltage
701 Loop Gain
702 Tuning Voltage
703 Output Voltage
704 Filter Test
705 F/2 Test
706 FM Path Test
707 Sweep Phase Detector Test
A45 Frac-N “Self–Tests 7xx: A45 Frac–N Self–Test Errors (option UNY)” on
page 70
720 Ref Voltage
721 1 GHz Input
722 Open Loop VCO
723 Open Loop F/2
724 Close Loop VCO
725 Low Band Filter
A10 ALC “Self–Tests 9xx: A10 ALC Self–Test Errors” on page 71
900 Power Supply
901 Detector Test
902 Detector Level to ALC Ref
903 Level Test
904 Scalar Pulse Test
905 ALC Mod
906 Scan Mod Test
A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX) “Self–Tests 10xx: A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX and Instruments
with Serial Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805) Self–Test Errors” on
page 74
1000 Power Supply
1001 10 MHz Test

26 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

Table 1-4 Self–test Failures and Related Troubleshooting (Continued)

If this sel f–test fails... Go to this troubleshooting section...
1002 1 GHz Test
A18 CPU “Self–Tests 11xx: A18 CPU Self–Test Errors” on page 76
1100 Power Supply
A26 Micro Interface Deck (E8257D) “Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8257D)” on page 77
1200 Power Supply
1201 Mod Filter
1202 20 GHz Doubler
1203 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540 only)
1204 RF Path
1205 LB Pulse Mod
1208 Quadraplier (Options 550 & 567)
A26 Micro Interface Deck (E8267D) “Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8267D)” on page 83
1200 Power Supply
1201 Mod Filter
1202 20 GHz Doubler
1203 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 & 544)
1204 RF Path
1205 LB Pulse Mod
1206 20 GHz IQ Modulator
1207 Upconverter (Options 532 & 544)
1208 (not used)
1209 Downconverter Test
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator “Self–Tests 13xx: A11 Analog/Pulse Modulation Generator
Self–Test Errors” on page 89
1300 Power Supply
1301 Internal Pulse Generator Clock
1302 Output
1303 Voltage Ref DAC
1304 20 GHz Pulse
1305 44 GHz Upconverter Pulse
1306 Standard 3 GHz Pulse
1307 High Performance 3 GHz Pulse
1308 Numeric Synthesizer
1309 Function Generator Channel 1
1310 Function Generator Channel 2
1311 Frequency Modulation
1312 Low Frequency Out
1313 Amplitude Modulation
1314 External 1
1315 External 2

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 27

 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

Table 1-4 Self–test Failures and Related Troubleshooting (Continued)

If this sel f–test fails... Go to this troubleshooting section...
1316 AM Path Loss
A14 Baseband Generator “Self–Tests 16xx for the A14 Baseband Generator (Option
601/602)” on page 92
1600 Host <–> BBG Comm
1601 Apps 1 <–> Apps 2 Comm
1602 Apps 1 <–> SH4 Comm
1603 Apps 2 <–> SH4 Comm
1604 FLiegan <–> Apps 2 Comm
1605 SRAM Test
1606 SDRAM Test
1607 Paren <–> SH4 Comm
1608 VCO Tune Test
1609 IQ DAC Output
1610 PLL Test
A8 Output “Self–Tests 22xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors” on page 95
2200 Ground and PTAT Test
2201 Prelevel Loop Test
2202 Switched Filters Test
2203 ALC Mod System Test
2204 Pulse Mod System Test
2205 RF Path Test
2206 Het Band Test
A38 Lowband Filter “Self–Tests 24xx: A38 Lowband Filter Self–Test Errors” on page 97
2400 Power Supply Test
2401 RF Path Test
2402 Lowband Amp/Filter Power Supply
2403 RF Path
A43 Lowband Amp “Self–Tests 25xx: A43 Amp Filter Self–Test Errors” on page 98
2500 lowband Amp/Filter Power Supply
2501 RF Amp Test
2502 Filter Path Test
2503 Pulse Modulator Test
2504 Step Attenuator Test
2505 Divider On/Off Test
A8 Output “Self–Tests 26xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors” on page 100
2600 Power Supply Tests
2601 Prelevel Loop Test
2602 ALC Modulator Test
2603 Pulse Modulator Test
2604 Clamp Detector Test

28 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Failures and Related Troubleshooting

Table 1-4 Self–test Failures and Related Troubleshooting (Continued)

If this sel f–test fails... Go to this troubleshooting section...
2605 Bias Switch Test
2606 Switched Filters Test
2607 DAC Functionality Test
2608 Het Band Test
A46 Offset Loop “Self–Tests 27xx: A46 Offset Loop Self-Test Errors (Option UNY)” on
page 102
2701 Offset VCO
2702 Fstep at OSL
2703 Offset Loop Detector
2704 Fcomb at YOL
2705 YO Loop Detector
A8 Output “Self–Tests 28xx: A8 Vector Output Self-Test Errors” on page 102
2800 Power Supply Tests
2801 Prelevel Loop Test
2802 ALC Modulator Test
2803 Pulse Modulator Test
2804 Clamp Detector Test
2805 Bias Switch Test
2806 Switched Filters Test
2807 DAC Functionality Test

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 29

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

This section provides the following:
— “Front–Panel Display Assembly Troubleshooting” on page 30
— “Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37
— “Option 008/009 Troubleshooting” on page 54
— “Self–Tests 1xx for the A13 I/Q Multiplexer” on page 55
— “Self–Tests 2xx: A5 Sampler Self–Test Errors” on page 58
— “Self–Tests 3xx: A7 Reference (Standard) Self–Test Errors (For
instruments with serial prefixes < US4805/MY4805)” on page 60
— “Self–Tests 4xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors (E8267D only)” on page 61
— “Self–Tests 6xx: A9 YIG Driver Self–Test Errors” on page 64
— “Self–Tests 7xx: A6 Frac–N Self–Test Errors” on page 67
— “Self–Tests 9xx: A10 ALC Self–Test Errors” on page 71
— “Self–Tests 10xx: A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX and Instruments with
Serial Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805) Self–Test Errors” on page 74
— “Self–Tests 11xx: A18 CPU Self–Test Errors” on page 76
— “Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8257D)” on page 77
— “Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8267D)” on page 83
— “Self–Tests 13xx: A11 Analog/Pulse Modulation Generator Self–Test
Errors” on page 89
— “Self–Tests 16xx for the A14 Baseband Generator (Option 601/602)” on
page 92
— “Self–Tests 22xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors” on page 95
— “Self–Tests 24xx: A38 Lowband Filter Self–Test Errors” on page 97
— “Self–Tests 25xx: A43 Amp Filter Self–Test Errors” on page 98
— “Self–Tests 26xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors” on page 100

Front–Panel Display Assembly Troubleshooting

Overview
The Front–Panel Display Assembly comprises the following:
— a 640 x 320 pixels liquid crystal display (LCD)
— a power switch/flat panel interface board, which contains the power on/off
switch, standby LED, and power–on LED

30 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

This board contains the circuitry to disable the power supply. The ON_OFF
control line is pulled to a TTL low to disable the power supply.
Another function of the power switch/flat panel interface board is to route
the 8 data bits from the A18 CPU to the A2 Display.
— a front panel board that contains the front–panel hardkeys, softkeys, and
RPG
— a dc to ac inverter, which turns the LCD on and off via control lines received
from the CPU
The inverter also converts the 5.2 Vdc to approximately a 160 Vrms, 40 kHz
signal to drive the LCD.

Display Controls
Contrast
There are two contrast hardkeys below the A2 Display. The left up arrow key
increases the contrast while the right down arrow key decreases the contrast.

Brightness
The A2 Display brightness can be adjusted from 50 (high brightness) to 1 (low
brightness) using the RPG, arrow keys, or the numeric keypad.
Other display features located under the Utility > Display softkey, include a
screen saver and inverse video.

Display Tests
The following two screen tests are available for the LCD:
— the Black Pixel Screen Test turns the display dark
— the White Pixel Screen Test turns the display bright
Softkey Location: Utility > Display > More (1 of 2)
To exit the test, press any front panel key.

Symptom: Dark display

1. Ensure that the front panel green power on LED is on. If not, refer to
“Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37.
2. Press any front panel key to disable the screen saver.
3. If the display is still bad, check P12 on the A31 Motherboard for the
following signals:

Signal State

P12−1 5.2 Vdc

P12−3 LIGHT_EN >3 Vdc

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 31

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Signal State

P12−4 VDISP Brightness = 50, VDSP < 50 mV

Brightness = 1, VDSP = 3 Vdc

— If the 5.2 Vdc line is bad, refer to “Power Supply Troubleshooting”

on page 37.
— If either the LIGHT_EN or VDISP are bad, check them at P221−16
and P221−55 respectively on the A31 Motherboard. If either signal
is bad at P221, replace the A18 CPU.
— If all the above signals are good, check the output of the dc to ac
inverter as follows:
a. Remove the front panel from the frame, and lay the front
panel face down.
b. With CN2−1 open, there is typically a 160 Vrms 40 kHz
signal. If not, replace the dc to ac inverter.
If the signal is there, replace the LCD.

Symptom: Bright display without characters

1. Ensure that the front–panel green power on LED is on. If not, refer to
“Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37.
2. Try adjusting the contrast controls.
3. Check the connection of the ribbon cable at J9 of the power switch/flat
panel interface board.
4. If the display is still too bright, use an oscilloscope to check P11 of the A31
Motherboard for the following signals:

Signal State

P11−4 VLCD approximately 19.5 to 21 Vdca

P11−6 LCD_ENABLE_H >3 Vdc

P11−9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 27, 28, 30, 31, 33, Refer to Figure 1-1.
34, 36, 37, 39, 40

a. If >21V check the power supplies. If the power supplies are good, replace the mother-
board.

32 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

The pulse state signals are control lines, clock, and data for the LCD.

Figure 1-1 Pulsing Activity

500 ns

5. If all the signals measured in Step 4 are good, go to Step 6.

If any of the signals measured in Step 4 are bad, check the following
signals at P221 of the motherboard:

Signal State

P221−14 VLCD approximately 21 Vdc

P221−53 LCD_ENABLE_H >3 Vdc

P221–1 to 13, 15, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49 to Refer to Figure 1-1 on page 33.
52

If any of these signals are bad, change the CPU board.

6. If all the signals measured in Step 4 are good, check the following signals
at J9 of the power switch. To access J9 the front panel must be removed
from the chassis frame and laid face down.

Signal State

J9−7 VLCD approximately 21 Vdc

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 33

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Signal State

J9−4 LCD_ENABLE_H >3 Vdc

J9−5 5.2 Vdc

J9−1, 2, 3, 8 to 15 Refer Figure 1-1 on page 33.

If these signals are good, replace the LCD.

If these signals are not good, replace the power switch/flat panel interface
board.

Symptom: Hardkeys or softkeys do not work

The A1 Keyboard contains the hardkeys and softkeys switches. The keys are
arranged in a matrix (shown below) with the control lines KEYCOLx and
KEYROWx on the x and y axis. When you press a hardkey or softkey, one cell of
the matrix is activated; the normally TTL low KEYROWx of the active cell pulses
high, and the normally TTL high KEYCOLx of the active cell pulses low.

KEYCOL0 KEYCOL1 KEYCOL2 KEYCOL3 KEYCOL4 KEYCOL5 KEYCOL6 KEYCOL7

KEYROW0 softkey 3 N/A Cont Up N/A LF Out N/A I/Q Pulse
KEYROW1 softkey 2 Incr/Set Cont Down Ampl Ampl Menu Mode Setup Aux Fctn FM/ϕΜ
KEYROW2 softkey 1 Up N/A Freq Sweep List Mode Mux AM
KEYROW3 softkey 4 N/A N/A Right Arrow Help Save Recall Trigger
KEYROW4 softkey 6 N/A Local Hold Mod On/Off 4 5 6
KEYROW5 softkey 5 N/A Return Down Arrow N/A 7 8 9
KEYROW6 N/A N/A N/A Left Arrow RF On/Off 0 . +/-
KEYROW7 softkey 7 N/A Preset N/A N/A 1 2 3

1. Ensure that the front panel green power on LED is on. If it is not on, refer to
“Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37.
2. To ensure the signal generator is not being controlled remotely, press the
Local hardkey.
3. Use an oscilloscope to monitor the KEYCOLx and KEYROWx pins of the key
that is not working at P13 on the motherboard. Use the following table to
identify the appropriate pin number:
KEYCOL pins should be a TTL high KEYROW pins should be a TTL low
KEYCOL0 P13–1 KEYROW0 P13–17
KEYCOL1 P13–3 KEYROW1 P13–19
KEYCOL2 P13–5 KEYROW2 P13–21
KEYCOL3 P13–7 KEYROW3 P13–23
KEYCOL4 P13–9 KEYROW4 P13–25
KEYCOL5 P13–11 KEYROW5 P13–26
KEYCOL6 P13–13 KEYROW6 P13–24
KEYCOL7 P13–15 KEYROW7 P13–22

34 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

4. If either signal is incorrect, use the following table and check the signal at
P221, as it leaves the CPU board. If the signal is bad at P221, replace the
A18 CPU.
KEYCOL pins should be a TTL high KEYROW pins should be a TTL low
KEYCOL0 P13–1 KEYROW0 P13–17
KEYCOL1 P13–3 KEYROW1 P13–19
KEYCOL2 P13–5 KEYROW2 P13–21
KEYCOL3 P13–7 KEYROW3 P13–23
KEYCOL4 P13–9 KEYROW4 P13–25
KEYCOL5 P13–11 KEYROW5 P13–26
KEYCOL6 P13–13 KEYROW6 P13–24
KEYCOL7 P13–15 KEYROW7 P13–22

5. If both signals are correct, press the faulty hardkey or softkey while
monitoring the KEYCOL or KEYROW on the oscilloscope. The KEYCOL line
should pulse low; the KEYROW line should pulse high.
If either line does not function properly, replace the front panel board.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 35

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Symptom: RPG not working properly

1. Ensure that the front panel green power on LED is on. If it is not on, refer to
“Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37.
2. Check the front panel operation by checking random hardkey operation.
3. Check P13–12 for +5.2 Vdc. If the voltage is not present, refer to “Power
Supply Troubleshooting” on page 37 for troubleshooting.
4. Press the Frequency hardkey on the front panel.
5. Using an oscilloscope, monitor P13–14 and P13–10 while rotating the RPG
knob. The LCD frequency value should change, and both signals at P13
should pulse to a TTL high. If either signal does not pulse, replace the
A1 Keyboard.
6. If the signals pulse at P13, check the signal at P221 pins 57 and 17 of the
motherboard. If the signals pulse at P221, replace the CPU board.

Symptom: Screen saver not working properly

The screen saver delay can be set for any integer from 1 to 12 hours. The CPU
board controls the screen saver by pulling the LIGHT_EN line low.
1. If the delay time elapses and the display does not go dark, check the
LIGHT_EN signal at P12–3.
— If the signal is a TTL low, replace the dc to ac inverter.
2. If the signal is a TTL high, check it at P221–16 of the motherboard.
— If the signal is high at P221, replace the CPU board.

36 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Power Supply Troubleshooting

The power supply is a switching supply with automatic line–voltage and
frequency selection. Because of this, a switch is not required to set 115 VAC or
240 VAC operation. The input power line is fused, but the fuse is not
replaceable; if the fuse opens, you must replace the power supply.

For the E8267D, if the red PS–FAULT LED is off (see Figure 1-5), troubleshoot the
power supply.

After unplugging the instrument, wait 30 seconds to allow the supplies to

discharge before removing or installing an assembly.

Tables 1-5 through 1-7 list the motherboard test points (connector and pin
number) and power supply voltages for the E8257D. See Figure 1-2 on
page 46 for connector locations.
Tables 1-8 through 1-12 list the motherboard test points (connector and pin
number) and power supply voltages for the E8267D, beginning on page 1-41.
See Figure 1-3 on page 47 for connector locations.
Table 1-5 E8257D/E8663D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (1 of 3)

Motherboard test points: +32 Vdc +15 Vdc +10 Vdc +8 Vdc +9 Vdc +5.2 Vdc

A1 Keyboard P13–12

A2 Display P11–44

A3 Power Supply P231–1, P231–3, 4, P231–6, 7, 46, 47 P231–15, 16, 18,

41 43, 44 19, 55, 56, 58, 59

A5 Sampler P22–7 P22–6, 21 P22–20, 5 P22–14, 29

A6 Frac–N P32–7 P32–6, 21 P32–20, 5 P32–14, 29

A7 Reference P42–7 P42–6, 21 P42–20, 5 P42–14, 29

A8 Output P52–7 P52–6, 21 P52–20, 5 P52–14, 29

A9 YIG Driver P112–6 P112–5, 30 P112–15, 16, 40 P112–17, 18, 42 P112–3, 28

A10 ALC P122–4 P122–28 P122–2, 27

A11 Mod Gen P132–4 P132–28 P132–2, 27

A12 Pulse Modulator J14–10 J14–9

A18 CPU P223–4 P223–23 P223–39 P223–40 P223–18 P223–2, 22

A21 Rear Panel P241–13, P241–17, 18 P241–11, 12

14

A26 Microwave Interface P201–1 P201–2, 3, P201–5, 6, 7, 8, 9, P201–29 P201–13, 14, 15,
4 10 16, 17, 18

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector J15–8

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 37

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-5 E8257D/E8663D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (1 of 3)

Motherboard test points: +32 Vdc +15 Vdc +10 Vdc +8 Vdc +9 Vdc +5.2 Vdc

A27 40 GHz Doubler J33–5 J33–19 J33–21 J33–7, 9

(E8257D only)

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32–5 J32–19 J32–21 J32–7, 9

A30 Mod Filter J31–5 J31–19 J31–21 J31–7, 9

A36 Quadraplier (E8257D only) J34–2 J34–5, 6, 7

AT1 Attenuator J13–1

A38 Low Band Switch Filter P142–4 P142–20 P142–2, 27

Table 1-6 E8257D/E8663D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (2 of 3)

Motherboard test points: +5.2 Digital +3.4 Digital +2.6 Vdc –7 Vdc –6 Vdc +1.8 Vdc

A2 Display P11–44

A2DS1 Backlight P12–1

A3 Power Supply P231–21, 22, P231–28, 29, P231–9,

25, 61, 62, 65, 32, 35, 36, 68, 10, 49, 50
69, 72, 75, 76

A5 Sampler P22–3, 18

A6 Frac–N P32–3, 18

A7 Reference P42–3, 18

A8 Output P52–3, 18

A9 YIG Driver P111–64, 65, P111–60, 61, P11–57, 58, P112–11, P112–19,
129, 130 62, 63, 125, 59, 12, 13, 14, 44
126, 127, 128 123, 124 38

A10 ALC P121–64, 65, P121–60, 61, P121–57, 58,

129, 130 62, 63, 125, 59, 123, 124
126, 127, 128

A11 Mod Gen P131–64, 65, P131–60, 61, P131–57, 58,

129, 130 62, 63, 125, 59, 123, 124
126, 127, 128

A18 CPU P222–49, 50, P222–45, 46, P223–37 P223–17

99, 47, 48, 95, 96,
100 97, 98

A26 Microwave Interface P201–23 P201–24 P201–30,

33, 46

A36 Quadraplier (E8257D only) J34–24

A38 Low Band Switch Filter P141–64, 65, P141–60, 61, P141–57, 58, P141–57,
129, 130 62, 63, 125, 59, 123, 124 55, 56,
126, 127, 128 117, 120,
121

38 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-6 E8257D/E8663D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (2 of 3) (Continued)

Motherboard test points: +5.2 Digital +3.4 Digital +2.6 Vdc –7 Vdc –6 Vdc +1.8 Vdc

AT1 Attenuator J13–2

Table 1-7 E8257D/E8663D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (3 of 3)

Motherboard Fan
test points: –15 Vdc –5.2 Vdc –3 Vdc +3.5 Vdc +6.5 Vdc +12 Vdc +15 Vdc stby Vol tage

A2 Display P11–43

A3 Power Supply P231–12, P231–80

13, 52, 53

A5 Sampler P22–2, 17 P22–4,

19

A6 Frac–N P32–2, 17 P32–4,

19

A7 Reference P42–2, 17 P42–4,

19

A8 Output P52–2, 17 P52–4,

19

A9 YIG Driver P112–4, P112–1,

29 2, 26, 27

A10 ALC P122–3 P122–1,

26

A11 Mod Gen P132–3 P132–1,

26

A12 Pulse Modulator J14–7 P201–31,

32

A18 CPU P223–3 P223–1 P223–21

A21 Rear Panel P241–15, P241–9, P241–5, 6, 7,

16 10 8

A23 Lowband J15–10

Coupler/Detector

A26 Microwave Interface P201–11, P201–31,

12 32

A27 40 GHz Doubler J33–4 J33–8

(E8257D only)

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32–4 J32–8 J32–1, 3

A30 Mod Filter J31–4 J31–8 J31–1, 3

A36 Quadraplier J34–3 J34–17 J34–11, 12, J34–8, 9

(E8257D only) 13, 14, 15

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 39

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-7 E8257D/E8663D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (3 of 3) (Continued)

Motherboard Fan
test points: –15 Vdc –5.2 Vdc –3 Vdc +3.5 Vdc +6.5 Vdc +12 Vdc +15 Vdc stby Vol tage

A38 Low Band Switch P142–3 P142–26

Filter

B1 Fan Fan+ P252–2

P252–2
Fan– P252–1
P252–1

40 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-8 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (1 of 5)

LED LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: +32 VDC –24 VREF +15 VDC +15 VAF +10 VDC +8 VDC

A3 Power Supply J231–A4–6 J231–B1–3, J233–B1–3,

D1–3 D1–3
J232–A4–6

A6 Frac N P32–7 P32–6, 21

A7 Reference P42–7 P42–6, 21

A8 Lowband Output P52–7 P52–6, 21

A9 YIG Driver P112–6 P112–5, 30 P112–15, 16, 40

A10 ALC P122–4 P122–28

A11 Mod Gen P132–4 P132–28

A13 I/Q Multiplexer P152–4 P152–28

A14 Baseband Generator P162–4 P162–28

A18 CPU P223–4 P223–23 P223–39 P223–40

A21 Rear Panel P241–13, 14 P241–17, 18

A23 Lowband Coupler/Det J15–8

A26 Microwave Interface P201–1 1 P201–2, 3, 4 P201–5, 6, 7, 8, P201–29a

9, 10

A27 40 GHz Doubler J36–5 J36–19 J36–21

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32–5 J32–19 J32–21

A30 20 GHz Mod Filter J31–5 J31–19 J31–21

A35 20 GHz I/Q Modulator J34–8a J34–3a

A37 45 GHz Upconverter J35–10

A38 Low Band Switch Filter P142–4 P142–20

AT1 Attenuator J13–1

a. Originates on microwave interface.

Table 1-9 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (2 of 5)

LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: +8 VA +9 VDC +5.2 VDC +5.2 VAF +5.2D +5.2 VDF

A1 Keyboard P1–12

A2 Display P11–44

A2DS1 Backlight P12–1

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 41

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-9 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (2 of 5)

LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: +8 VA +9 VDC +5.2 VDC +5.2 VAF +5.2D +5.2 VDF

A3 Power Supply J232–B1–3, C4–6, J236–B1–3, D1–3

D1–3

A5 Sampler P22–20, 5 P22–14, 29

A6 Frac N P32–20, 5 P32–14, 29

A7 Reference P42–20, 5 P42–14, 29

A8 Lowband Output P52–20, 5 P52–14, 29

A9 YIG Driver P112–17, 18, P112–3, 28 P111–64, 65, 129,

42a 130

A10 ALC P122–2, 27 P122–64, 65, 129,

130

A11 Mod Gen P132–2, 27 P132–64, 65, 129,

130

A13 I/Q Multiplexer P152–2, 27 P151–64, 65, 129,

130

A14 Baseband Generator P162–2, 27 P161–64, 65, 129,

130

A18 CPU P223–18 P223–2, 22 P222–49, 50, 99,

100

A21 Rear Panel P241–11, 12

A23 Lowband Coupler/Det J15–12

A26 Microwave Interface P201–13, 14, 15, P201–23

16,
17, 18

A27 40 GHz Doubler J36–7, 9

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32–7, 9

A30 20 GHz Mod Filter J31–7, 9

A35 20 GHz I/Q Modulator J34–5, J34–7b J34–28b

6b

A37 45 GHz Upconverter J35–7, J35–1, 2, 3, J35–16

8 11

A38 Low Band Switch Filter P142–2, 27 P141–64, 65, 129,

130

AT1 Attenuator J13–2

a. Originates on YTO Driver

b. Originates on microwave interface

42 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-10 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (3 of 5)

LED LED LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: +3.4D +2.6VD –7 VDC –6 VDC –15 VDC –15 VAF

A2DS1 Backlight P12–1

A3 Power Supply J236–A4–6, J238–A4–6, J233–A4–6, C4–6, J231–C4–6

C4–6, E4–6 B1–3, E4–6 E4–6 ,
E4–6
J237–A4–6, J239–A4–6,
B1–3, B1–3
C4–6, D1–3

A5 Sampler P22–3, 18 P22–2

A6 Frac N P32–3, 18 P32–2

A7 Reference P42–3, 18 P42–2

A8 Lowband Output P52–3, 18 P52–2

A9 YIG Driver P111–60, 61, 62, P112–57, 58, P112–11, 12, 13, P112–19, P112–4, 29
63, 125, 126, 59, 123, 124 14, 38 44a
127, 128

A10 ALC P122–60, 61, 62, P122–57, 58, P122–3

63, 125, 126, 59, 123, 124
127, 128

A11 Mod Gen P132–60, 61, 62, P132–57, 58, P132–3

63, 125, 126, 5,
127, 128 123,124

A13 I/Q Multiplexer P151–60, 61, 62, P151–57, 58, P152–3

63, 125, 126, 59, 123, 124
127, 128

A14 Baseband Generator P161–60, 61, 62, P161–57, 58, P162–3

63, 125, 126, 59, 123, 124
127, 128

A18CPU P222–45, 46, 47, P223–37 P223–17 P223–3

48, 95, 96, 97,
98

A21 Rear Panel P241–15,

16

A23 Lowband Coupler/Det J15–10

A26 Microwave Interface P201–24 P201–30, 33, 46 P201–11,

12

A27 40 GHz Doubler J36–4

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32–4

A30 20 GHz Mod Filter J31–4

A35 20 GHz I/Q Modulator J34–4b

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 43

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-10 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (3 of 5)

LED LED LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: +3.4D +2.6VD –7 VDC –6 VDC –15 VDC –15 VAF

A37 45 GHz Upconverter J35–11

A38 Low Band Switch Filter P141–60, 61, 62, P141–57, 58, P142–3
63, 125, 126, 59, 123, 124
127, 128

a. Originates on YTO driver

b. Originates on Microwave Interface

Table 1-11 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (4 of 5)

LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: –5.2V –5.2 V2a +1.8 VDC +12 VDC +15 VSTBY Fan Vol tage

A2 Display P11–43

A3 Power Supply J235–E4, 5

A5 Sampler P22–4, 19

A6 Frac N P32–4, 19

A7 Reference P42–4, 19

A8 Lowband Output P52–4, 19

A9 YIG Driver P112–1, 2,

26, 27b

A10 ALC P122–1, 26

A11 Mod Gen P132–1, 26

A13 I/Q Multiplexer P152–1 P152–26

A14 Baseband Generator P162–1 P162–26

A18 CPU P223–1 P223–21

A21 Rear Panel P241–9, 10 P241–5, 6, 7, 8

A26 Microwave Interface P201–31, 32

A27 40 GHz Doubler J36–8

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32–8 J32–1, 3c

A30 20 GHz Mod Filter J31–8 J31–1, 3c

A35 20 GHz I/Q Modulator J34–9c

A38 LB Switch Filter P142–26 P141–51, 55,

56, 117, 120,
121

44 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Table 1-11 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (4 of 5)

LED LED LED

Motherboard Test Points: –5.2V –5.2 V2a +1.8 VDC +12 VDC +15 VSTBY Fan Vol tage

B1 Fan Fan+
P252–2,
P251–2

Fan–
P252–1,
P251–1

a. Voltage regulator on motherboard

b. Originates on YTO Driver
c. Originates on Microwave Interface

Table 1-12 E8267D Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix (5 of 5)

LED LED
Motherboard Test Points: +1.95VD1a +1.8VD_1a

Baseband Generator P161–52, 118 P161–55, 56, 120–122

a. Voltage regulator on motherboard

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 45

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Figure 1-2 E8257D (Analog) Motherboard Connectors – Bottom View

P223 P231 P241

P192 J1121 J1051
P222 P221
P191
P182
P181

P172
P171
P201

P152 P151

P141
P142

P131

P132
P121

P122
P111

J1122
J1055

J1042
P112 J1041
J1032
P53

P43

P33

P23

P13
J1043

P52 P51 J1021 P11 J1031

P41
P42 P32 P31
P22
P21

46 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Figure 1-3 E8267D (Vector) Motherboard Connectors – Bottom View

J235–J239
P241

J501
J1121
J231–J234 J1051 J502 J500
P201 P222 P221 P191

P171

P161

P151

P223

P141
P192

P172
P131
P162

P152 P121

P142 P111

P132
J1056
P122

J1122
J1055
P112

P53 J1042

J1053
J1043
P43

J1052

P33

P23
J1057

P13

J1041
J1031
P52 P31 P11 J1032
P51 P41 J1021
P22 P12
P42 P32 P21

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 47

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Symptom: amber standby LED not working properly

With the instrument plugged in and the power turned off, the front panel
amber standby LED should be on, as well as the green +15 Standby LED on the
motherboard. This is controlled by the +15 Standby line supplied by the power
supply, which is routed via the motherboard to the front panel.
To troubleshoot, turn the instrument off and follow the signal path.

Symptom: front panel green LED not working properly

When the front panel power switch is turned on, the amber LED should go out
and the green LED should come on. Also, the fan should start rotating and the
front panel display should illuminate.
Troubleshooting:
— Verify the supply voltages at P11 of the A31 Motherboard.
— If the supply voltages are correct, replace the Power Switch/Flat Panel
Interface Board.

Symptom: fan not working

The fan is connected to the motherboard, and is audible when the instrument
is on. The fan voltage is +14V.
To troubleshoot, verify that all supplies are working; disconnect the fan from
the rear panel assembly at P6 and check the fan voltage at P6–2. If the fan
voltage is correct, replace the fan.

Symptom: Instrument does not power up; power supply LEDs not on
Checking Power Supplies
Each of the power supplies has an LED on the bottom of the motherboard (see
Figure 1-4 on page 50 and Figure 1-5 on page 51). When the power supply is
functioning, the green LED lights. Use a DVM to measure the supplies on the
motherboard, and ensure they meet the following power supply specifications.

Supply Acceptable Maximum Supply Acceptable Maximum

Vol tage Vol tage Ripple Vol tage Vol tage Ripple
(Vdc) (mVpp) (Vdc) (mVpp)

+32 32 ± 1.0 10 +5.2VDF 5.2 ± 0.15 10

+15 15 ± 0.5 10 +3.4 VD 3.4 ± 1.0 10

+15 15 ± 0.75 20 –5.2 –5.2 ± 0.1 10

Standby

+10 10.2 ± 0.2 10 –6 –6 ± 0.12 10

+9 9 ± 0.18 10 –7 –7 ± 0.1 10

+8 8 ± 0.5 10 –15 –15 ± 0.5 10

48 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Supply Acceptable Maximum Supply Acceptable Maximum

Vol tage Vol tage Ripple Vol tage Vol tage Ripple
(Vdc) (mVpp) (Vdc) (mVpp)

+5.2 5.2 ± 0.15 10

Supply Acceptable Maximum Supply Acceptable Maximum

Vol tage Vol tage Ripple Vol tage Vol tage Ripple
(Vdc) (mVpp) (Vdc) (mVpp)

+32 32 ± 0.96 10 +1.95 VD_1 1.95 ± 0.06 10

+15 15 ± 0.45 10 +1.95 VD_2 1.95 ± 0.06 10

+15 15 ± 0.45 20 +1.8 VD_1 1.8 ± 0.05 10

Standby

+10 10 ± 0.3 10 +1.8 VD_2 1.8 ± 0.05 10

+9 9 ± 0.18 10 –5.2 –5.2 ± 0.1 10

+8 8 ± 0.5 10 –5.2 V2 –5.2 ± 0.16 10

+5.2 5.2 ± 0.16 10 –6.0 –6 ± 0.12 10

+5.2 D 5.2 ± 0.16 20 –7.0 –7.0 ± 0.21 10

+3.4 3.4 ± 0.1 10 –15 –15 ± 0.45 10

+2.6 D 2.6 ± 0.08 10

If a supply LED is not lit, or a measured voltage is less than the acceptable
value, an assembly may be loading down that supply. Using the appropriate
Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix, determine where each supply is used, then
use the following steps to isolate the defective assembly.

Remove a minimum number of assemblies at one time. If the power supply does
not have a minimum load on it, the supply voltage increases to an overvoltage
condition.

1. Turn off the instrument and remove one of the assemblies biased by the
faulty supply.
2. Turn the instrument on and check the faulty supply. If the supply LED
lights, replace the assembly removed in Step 1. If not, continue with Step
3.
3. Turn the instrument off and reinstall the assembly removed in Step 1.
Remove the next assembly and see if the supply LED lights. Continue this
process until the supply functions properly.
4. Replace the last assembly that you removed.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 49

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Figure 1-4 E8257D Motherboard Power Supply LEDs

DS101 DS103 DS112

+32V +15V DS104 –7V DS113 DS107
+10V –15V +5.2V

DS111 DS110 DS109 DS102

DS105 DS106 –5.2V DS100 +3.4VD
+9V +8V –6V +5.2VDF +15VSTBY

50 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Figure 1-5 E8267D Motherboard Power Supply LEDs

DS113 DS107 DS104 DS112
DS102 +5.2V +10V
DS101 –15V +15V –7V
+32V

DS103
+15VSVSTBY

DS106
+8V

DS105
+9V

DS110
–5.2V

DS111
DS115 –6V
–5.2V2
DS114 PS–FAULT DS119
+2.6VD DS118 +1.95VD2
+1.95VD1
DS109
+3.4D

DS108
+5.2VD

DS116 DS117
+1.8VD1 +1.8VD2

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 51

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Power Switch On/Off Line

If the control line (ON/OFF) from the A3 Power Switch located in the front panel
assembly goes to a TTL low state, or if the line impedance is less than 500
ohms, the power supply shuts down. This signal can be measured on the
A31 Motherboard at pin 79 of P241.
To troubleshoot:
1. Turn the front panel switch on and ensure that the +15 Standby is good.
2. Verify that the ON/OFF control line is > 3.5 Vdc.
The Power Switch/Flat–Panel Interface Board in the front panel assembly
controls this signal.

Symptom: Green front panel LED and power supply LEDs

on motherboard blinking
Overvoltage or Overcurrent
The individual supplies in the instrument are not fused, but an overvoltage or
overcurrent condition can shut them down. With either of these conditions, the
front panel green LED and the power supply LEDs blink at approximately 2 Hz.
The power supply tries to revive, but if the condition does not clear, the
instrument stays in this mode. In some cases, cycling power fixes the problem.
To troubleshoot, use the following steps to isolate the defective assembly:

Remove a minimum number of assemblies at one time. If the power supply does
not have a minimum load on it, the supply voltage increases to an overvoltage
condition.

Refer to the Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix tables, starting on page 37, for
help in determining which assembly uses which power supplies.

1. Turn off the instrument and remove one of the assemblies biased by the
faulty supply.
2. Turn the instrument on and check whether the overvoltage or overcurrent
condition still exists. If it does not, replace the assembly removed in Step
1. If it does, continue with Step 3.
3. Turn the instrument off and reinstall the assembly removed in Step 1.
Remove the next assembly and see if that fixes the problem. Continue this
process until the supply functions properly.
4. Replace the last assembly that you removed.

52 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Symptom: Amber front panel LED blinking

Thermal shutdown
With thermal shutdown, the front panel green LED and the power supply LEDs
blink as long as the condition exists. There are two temperature sensing
devices in the instrument: one on the A8 Output, and one on the A19 Power
Supply.
To troubleshoot:
1. If the instrument is hot, ensure that the fan is working and let the
instrument cool off.
2. If the instrument still shuts down, remove the Output assembly.
3. If the instrument still shuts down, replace the Power Supply.
or
If the instrument powers on, but the amber LED continues to blink, replace
the A3 Power Switch assembly.

Symptom; +9, –6, or –5.2 V LEDs not on

These supplies are generated on the YIG Driver Assembly.
Troubleshoot using the Power Supply vs. Assembly Matrix that begins on
page 1-37.
1. At P112 of the Motherboard, ensure the YIG Driver Assembly is receiving
the +32, +15, +10, –7, –15 Vdc supplies.
2. If the supplies are present at P112, note in the matrix where each supply is
used.
3. Power down the instrument and remove one of the assemblies that is
biased by the faulty supply.
4. Power the instrument up again and check the faulty supply. If it is still bad,
power down and re–install the first assembly removed.
5. Remove the next assembly and see if that fixes the problem. Continue this
process until the supply functions properly.
6. Replace the last assembly that you removed.

Symptom: +1.95 VD, +1.8 VD LEDs not on

These supplies are generated by voltage regulators on the A31 Motherboard.
Troubleshoot by checking the following voltages at the A19 Power Supply:
— +3.4 VD, which is regulated down to +1.95 VD
— +2.6 VD, which is regulated down to +1.8 VD
If the supplies are good at the A19 Power Supply, replace the A31
Motherboard.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 53

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Option 008/009 Troubleshooting

Removable flash memory operation requires a license key, a compact flash
drive, and a flash memory card. The flash drive communicates directly to the
A18 CPU through a ribbon cable.

A flash memory card must be installed for the firmware to report Option 008/009
in the instrument.

1. Verify the flash memory card is installed.

2. Power the instrument on.
3. Check to see if Option 008 or 009 is installed in the instrument, press
Utility > Instrument Info > Diagnostic.
4. Verify the green LED to the right of the A41 Compact Flash Door, on the
instrument rear panel, turns on and off during the instrument boot-up.
5. If the green LED light does not turn on and off or Option 008/009 is not
listed as an installed option,
a. Replace the flash memory card.
b. Repeat steps 2 thru 4.
6. If the green LED light still does not turn on and off or Option 008/009 is
still not listed as an installed option,
a. Replace the A40 Compact Flash Drive.
b. Repeat steps 2 thru 4.
7. If the green LED light still does not turn on and off or Option 008/009 is
still not listed as an installed option,
a. Replace the A18 CPU
b. Run the required performance test for the A18 CPU, see Chapter 4,
“Post–Repair Procedures.”
c. Repeat steps 2 thru 4.

54 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 1xx for the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

Power Supply Vol tage A31 Motherboard Minimum Maximum

Origin
(Vdc) Connector Pins (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P152 – 28 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

−15 P152 – 3 −15.45 −14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P152 – 27 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

−5.2 P152 – 1 −5.36 −5.04 A9 YIG Driver

−5.2 V2 P152 – 26 −5.30 −5.10 A31

Motherboard

+5.2 D P151 – 64, 65, 129, +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

130

100 Power Supply

— If all power supply voltages are good on the A31 Motherboard, replace the
A13 I/Q Multiplexer.
— If any of the supply voltages are bad on the A31 Motherboard, check the
origin of that supply.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 55

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

— If the supply voltage is good at the origin, replace the A31

Motherboard.
— If the supply voltage is bad at the origin, troubleshoot the origin.

101 CAL Source

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer.

102 Ext In Offset DAC and Switch

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

103 Path 1 & 2 and Ext Out

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

104 Path 1: Attenuators and Summing Amp

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

105 Path 2: Attenuators and Summing Amp

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

106 DC–Couple Mode, CW bias DAC, Course+Fine DAC

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

107 Drift Canceller

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

108 IQ Polarity Switch

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer

109 RMS to DC Converter

— Replace the A13 I/Q Multiplexer.

110 Not Used

56 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

111 Wideband Path Test

Use an oscilloscope to check A13 I/Q Multiplexer output.
1. Disconnect the cable from A13J10.
2. Probe A13J10 while executing self test 111, for a square wave, 300 ms at
+0.7V and 300 ms at –0.7V.
— If a square wave is not present on A13J10, replace the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer board.
— If a square wave is present at A13J10, continue to step 3.
3. Reconnect the cable to A13J10.
4. Disconnect the cable from A31J1052.
5. Probe A31J1052 while executing self test 111, for a square wave on the
center pin, 300 ms at +0.7V and 300 ms at –0.7V.
— If a square wave is not present on A31J1052, replace the W132
cable.
— If a square wave is present at A31J1052, replace the A8 Output
board.
6. Disconnect the cable from A13J9.
7. Probe A13J9 while executing self test 111, for a square wave, 300 ms at
+0.7V and 300 ms at –0.7V.
— If a square wave is not present on A13J9, replace the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer board.
— If a square wave is present at A13J9, continue to step 3.
8. Disconnect the cable from A31J1053.
9. Probe A31J1053 while executing self test 111, for a square wave on the
center pin, 300 ms at +0.7V and 300 ms at –0.7V.
— If a square wave is not present on A31J1053, replace the W131
cable.
— If a square wave is present at A31J1053, replace the A8 Output
board.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 57

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 2xx: A5 Sampler Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P22–7 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P22–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P22–2, 17 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+5.2 P22–14, 29 +5.04 +5.37 Main Supply

+9 P22–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

200 Power Supply

1. If the supply voltages are good on the connector pins indicated, replace
the A5 Sampler.
2. If the supply voltages are bad on any of the connector pins indicated,
check the origin of the supply.
3. If the supply voltages are good at the origin, replace the A31 Motherboard.

58 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

4. If the supply voltages are bad at the origin, troubleshoot the problem
using that assembly’s troubleshooting procedure.

201 Tuning + Bias Test

1. Turn power off and remove the A5 Sampler and connect a signal analyzer
to the A5 Sampler J1 input cable on the A31 Motherboard.
2. Turn the signal generator on and check for the presence of a 1 GHz signal
at the level of 0 dBm.
3. If the signal is good on the cable connector J1, replace the A5 Sampler.
4. If the signal is bad, remove the A7 Reference and ohm the cable between
the center pins (a short should occur) and between the center pins and
shielding (an open should occur) of J3 on the A7 Reference and J1 on the
A5 Sampler.
5. If an open is measured between the center pins or a short between center
pins and the shielding, replace the cable.
6. If the cable is good, replace the A7 Reference.

202 Coarse Loop Detector

1. Replace the A5 Sampler

203 YO Loop Detector

1. With power on carefully remove the A5 Sampler, connect a signal analyzer
to J3 on the A31 Motherboard. Set the signal generator to 8 GHz CW then
check for an 8 GHz signal at a power level greater than or equal to –7 dBm
on J3.
2. If the J3 signal is bad, troubleshoot the A29 20 GHz Doubler using the
procedure in the RF path section. If the J3 signal is good, go to the next
step.
3. Connect the signal analyzer to the A6 Frac–N VCO signal on the J6
connection on the A31 Motherboard. With the signal generator set to 8
GHz CW, the A6 Frac–N signal should be at a frequency of 593.75 MHz
and at a power level of +7 dBm.
4. If the signal is good, replace the A5 Sampler, if the signal is bad go to the
A6 Frac–N troubleshooting procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 59

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 3xx: A7 Reference (Standard) Self–Test Errors (For

instruments with serial prefixes < US4805/MY4805)

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any of the voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P102–7 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P102–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P102–2, 17 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+5.2 P102–14, 29 +5.04 +5.37 Main Supply

+9 P102–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

300 1 GHz Detector

1. Check and remove any connection to the 10 MHz external reference on the
rear panel.
2. If the signal generator continues to fail self–test, replace the A7
Reference.

60 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

301 Tuning Voltage

1. Replace the A7 Reference.

Self–Tests 4xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors (E8267D only)

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P52–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

−15 P52–2, 17 −15.45 −14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P52–14, 29 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+9 P52–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

−6 P52–3, 18 −6.12 −5.88 YIG Driver

400 Lowband Ground and PTAT Test

— Replace A8 Output.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 61

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

401 Prelevel Loop Test

1. With the signal generator powered up, carefully remove the A8 Output.
2. Set the signal generator to 3 GHz CW.
3. Using a spectrum analyzer measure the A6 Frac–N RF output at J4 of the
A8 Output.
The signal at J4 should be at 3 GHz and ≥0 dBm.
— If the signal is not present, or is not at the correct level, replace the
A6 Frac–N.
— If the signal is present, replace the A8 Output.

Do not re–install the A8 Output with the signal generator turned on, or serious
damage to the signal generator can result.

402 Quadrature DAC Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

403 VBLO Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

404 Marble Test

1. Measure the Q signal from the A13 I/Q Multiplexer:
a. Disconnect the cable from J1052 A31 Motherboard and connect it
to a DVM.
b. Set the CW frequency to 2 GHz.
c. Turn on the I/Q modulation, and make the Q offset the active
function:
1. Press the I/Q hardkey.
2. Select I/Q On > I/Q Ad justments > I/Q Ad justments On > Q
Offset
d. As you rotate the RPG, the voltage displayed on the DVM should
vary from approximately +0.25 Vdc for an offset of 50%, to
approximately −0.25 Vdc for an offset of −50%.
If the signal is bad, check it at J10 of the A13 I/Q Multiplexer.
— If the signal is bad at J10, refer to the A13 I/Q Multiplexer
troubleshooting, on page 55.
— If the signal is good at J10, change the cable.
2. Measure the I signal from the A13 I/Q Multiplexer:
a. Reconnect the cable removed in Step 1

62 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

b. Disconnect the cable from J1053 A31 Motherboard and connect it

to the DVM.
c. Leave the I/Q modulation on, and make the I offset the active
function.
d. As you rotate the RPG, the voltage displayed on the DVM should
vary from approximately +0.25 Vdc for an offset of 50%, to
approximately −0.25 Vdc for an offset of −50%.
If the signal is bad, check it at J9 of the A13 I/Q Multiplexer.
— If the signal is bad at J9, refer to the A13 I/Q Multiplexer
troubleshooting, on page 55.
— If the signal is good at J9, change the cable.
3. If both the I and Q signals are good, reconnect the cable removed in Step 2
Check the signals at the A8 Output board.
a. At J53–8, repeat the Q offset check in Step 1
— If the signal is good, replace the A8 Output board.
— If the signal is bad, replace the A31 Motherboard.
b. At J53–19, repeat the I offset check in Step 2
— If the signal is good, replace the A8 Output board.
— If the signal is bad, replace the A31 Motherboard.

405 Gain Adjustment Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

406 Prelevel Bypass Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

407 Switched Filters Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

408 ALC Reference DAC Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

409 ALC Modulation Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

410 Burst Mod Driver Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 63

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

411 ALC Detector Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

412 Het Band Test

Measure the 1 GHz signal from the A7 Reference board:
1. Turn on the signal generator.
2. Set CW = 200 MHz.
3. Using a spectrum analyzer, probe P51–19.
There should be a 1 GHz signal, that is >−30 dBm.
— If the signal is good, replace the A9 Output.
— If the signal is not good, run the A7 self–tests.

Self–Tests 6xx: A9 YIG Driver Self–Test Errors

64 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any are out of specification, troubleshoot the supply problem first.

Supply Connector Pins Minimum Maximum Origin

Vol tage Value Value
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P112–6 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P112–5, 30 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P112–4, 29 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+5.2 P112–3, 28 +5.04 +5.37 Main Supply

+10 P112–15, 16, 40 +10 +10.4 Main Supply

–7 P112–11, 12, 13, 14, 38 –6.86 –7.14 Main Supply

+5.2 Digital high P111–64, 65, 129, 130 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+3.4 Digital Low P111–60, 61, 62, 63, 125, 126, 127, 128 +3.29 +3.5 Main Supply

A9 YIG Driver Output Voltages

If any of the following voltages are out of specification, replace the A9 YIG
Driver:

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value

(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+9 P112–17, 18, 42 +8.82 +9.18

–5.2 P112–1, 2, 26, 27 –5.1 –5.3

–6 P112–19, 44 –5.88 –6.12

600 Post Regulator

— Replace the A9 YIG Driver.

601 DACs
— Replace the A9 YIG Driver.

602 PLL Interface

1. Remove the cable that goes from the A5 Sampler to J4 on the A9 YIG
Driver.
2. Loop self–test 602, and use an oscilloscope to measure the voltage on J4.
The voltage should pulse to +10 Vdc.
— If the voltage is +10 Vdc, replace the A9 YIG Driver.
— If the voltage on J4 is bad, replace the A5 Sampler.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 65

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

603 FM Driver
1. Remove the cable that goes from the A6 Frac–N to J3 on the A9 YIG
Driver.
2. Loop self–test 603, and use an oscilloscope to measure the voltage on J3.
The voltage should be approximately –1.3 Vdc.
— If the voltage is approximately –1.3 Vdc, replace the A9 YIG Driver.
3. If the voltage is bad at J3, check it entering the A6 Frac–N at P31–11.
The voltage on J3 originates on the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation
Generator and passes through the A6 Frac–N.
— If the voltage is good entering the A6 Frac–N, troubleshoot the
A6 Frac–N.
— If the voltage is bad at P31, troubleshoot the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator.

604 Sweep DACs

— Replace the A9 YIG Driver.

605 Sweep Lock

1. Using an oscilloscope with high input impedance, measure the center pin
of J9 on the A9 YIG Driver.
Source Setup Oscilloscope Setup
Start: 5 GHz 10 ms/div
Stop: 10 GHz 5V/div
Sweep: Freq 1 MΩ
Sweep Time: Auto
Sweep Repeat: Continuous

A positive and negative going signal should be present.

— If the signal is present at J9, replace the A9 YIG Driver.
2. If the signal is not present at J9, measure the center pin of J1032 on the
motherboard.
— If the signal is present, replace the cable.
— If the signal is not present, replace the A6 Frac–N.

66 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 7xx: A6 Frac–N Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P32–7 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P32–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P32–2, 17 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+5.2 P32–14, 29 +5.04 +5.37 Main Supply

+9 P32–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

–5.2 P32–4,19 –5.1 –5.3 YIG Driver

–6 P32–3, 18 –5.88 –6.12 YIG Driver

700 Ref Voltage

— Replace the A6 Frac–N.

701 Loop Gain

— Replace the A6 Frac–N.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 67

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

702 Tuning Voltage

1. Using an oscilloscope, check 10 MHz Synthesis line on P33–15. The signal
period should be 100 ns with an amplitude of approximately 3Vpp.

— If the signal is good, replace the A6 Frac–N.

2. If the signal is bad, turn the signal generator power off, remove the A6
Frac–N, and measure the signal at P33–15 again.
— If the signal is good, replace the A6 Frac–N.
3. If the signal is still bad, measure P41–5 on the A7 Reference.
— If the signal is good at P41–5, replace the A31 Motherboard.
— If the signal is bad at P41–5, replace the A7 Reference.

703 Output Voltage

1. Using an oscilloscope, check 10 MHz Synthesis line on P33–15. The
signal period should be 100 ns with an amplitude of approximately 3Vpp.

— If the signal is good, replace the A6 Frac–N.

2. If the signal is bad, turn the signal generator power off, remove the A6
Frac–N, and measure P33–15 again.
— If the signal is good, replace the A6 Frac–N.
3. If the signal is still bad, measure P41–5 on the A7 Reference.
— If the signal is good at P41–5, replace the A31 Motherboard.
— If the signal is bad at P41–5, replace the A7 Reference.

704 Filter Test

1. Refer to Table 1-13, and check J1 on the A6 Frac–N:
a. Turn the signal generator on and remove the A6 Frac–N.
b. Set the signal generator to the first center frequency.
c. Use an extender board cable to connect a spectrum analyzer to J1.
d. Tune the spectrum analyzer to the first J1 frequency, and check for
the correct power.
e. Repeat Step d for the remaining frequencies.

68 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

— If all the signals at J1 are good, continue with Step 3.

Table 1-13

Center Frequency J1 Frequency Power at J1

(GHz) (GHz) (dBm)

0.300 4.771

0.500 7.969

0.750 5.971
> –6
1.25 4.976

2.0 7.969

3.0 5.971

2. If any signal measured in Step 1 is bad, check the signal out of the
A6 Frac–N output port on the A29 20 GHz Doubler.
— If the signal out the A29 20 GHz Doubler is good, replace the cable.
— If the signal out the A29 20 GHz Doubler is bad, replace the A29 20
GHz Doubler.
3. If all of the signals at J1 are good, turn the signal generator off and
reinstall the A6 Frac–N.
4. Check J4 at the A8 Output (shown on page 95):
a. Power the signal generator on and remove the A8 Output.
b. Use an extender cable to connect a spectrum analyzer to J4.
c. Tune the spectrum analyzer to the first frequency in column one of
Table 1-13, and check for approximately +10 dBm.
— If an RF signal is present on J4, replace the A8 Output.
— If an RF signal is not present on J4, replace the A6 Frac–N.

705 F/2 Test

1. Using an oscilloscope, check the 10 MHz Synthesis line on P33–15. The
signal period should be 100 ns with an amplitude of approximately 3Vpp.

— If the signal is good, replace the A6 Frac–N.

2. If the signal is bad, turn the signal generator power off, remove the A6
Frac–N, and measure P33–15 again.
— If the signal is good, replace the A6 Frac–N.
3. If the signal is still bad, measure P41–5 on the A7 Reference.
— If the signal is good at P41–5, replace the A31 Motherboard.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 69

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

— If the signal is bad at P41–5, replace the A7 Reference.

706 FM Path Test

1. Using an oscilloscope, check P31–22 (FM_On_H):
a. Loop self–test 706
b. Check for a TTL transition from 0 Vdc to +5 Vdc.
— If the signal is not present, refer to A5 Sampler
troubleshooting.
2. If the signal is present, check P31–11 (FM):
a. Loop self–test 706.
b. Check for a 0 to 3.3 Vdc transition.
— If the signals is present, replace the A6 Frac–N.
— If the signal is not present, refer to A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator troubleshooting.

707 Sweep Phase Detector Test

1. Replace the A6 Frac–N.

Self–Tests 7xx: A45 Frac–N Self–Test Errors (option UNY)

720 Ref Voltage Test
— Replace the A45.

721 1 GHz Input Test

Disconnect the cable W155 from the Frac-N A45J4 and connect to a signal
analyzer. Check for 1 GHz and its power, approximately 0 dBm.
— If the signal is present, replace A45.
— If the signal is not present, replace W155 or A46.

722 Open Loop VCO Test

— Replace the A45.

723 Open Loop F/2 Test

— Replace the A45.

724 Close Loop VCO Test

— Replace the A45.

70 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

725 Low Band Filter Test

— Replace the A45.

Self–Tests 9xx: A10 ALC Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Connector Pins Minimum Maximum Origin

Vol tage Value Value
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P122–4 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P122–28 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P122–3 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+5.2 P122–2, 27 +5.04 +5.37 Main Supply

–5.2 P122–1, 26 +5.30 +5.10 YIG Driver

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 71

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Supply Connector Pins Minimum Maximum Origin

Vol tage Value Value
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+5.2 Digital high P121–64, 65, 129, 130 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+3.4 Digital Low P121–60, 61, 62, 63, 125, 126, 127, 128 +3.29 +3.5 Main Supply

900 Power Supply

— Replace the 10 ALC assembly.

901 Detector Test

1. Using a digital voltmeter, check J3 for approximately –0.29 Vdc:
a. Turn the signal generator’s RF power on.
b. Set the frequency to 10 GHz and the RF power level to +20 dBm,
ALC off.
c. Disconnect the cable from J3 of the A10 ALC (W15) and connect the
cable to the voltmeter.
— If the signal is not present, refer to highband RF loop
troubleshooting.
— If the signal is present, replace the A10 ALC.

902 Detector Level to ALC Ref

1. Using a digital voltmeter, check J5 for –2.3 Vdc:
a. Turn the signal generator’s RF power on.
b. Set the frequency to 1 GHz and the RF power level to +20 dBm, ALC
off.
c. Disconnect the cable from J5 of the A10 ALC (W14) and connect the
cable to the voltmeter.
— If the signal is not present, refer to lowband RF loop
troubleshooting.
2. If the signal is present, check J3 for –0.29 Vdc:
a. On the signal generator, change the frequency to 10 GHz.
b. Disconnect the cable from J3 of the A10 ALC (W15) and connect the
cable to the voltmeter.
— If the signal is not present, refer to highband RF loop
troubleshooting.
— If the signal is present, replace the A10 ALC.

72 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

903 Level Test

1. Using a digital voltmeter, check J3 for –0.29 Vdc:
a. Turn the signal generator’s RF power on.
b. Set the frequency to 10 GHz and the RF power level to +20 dBm.
c. Disconnect the cable from J3 of the A10 ALC (W15) and connect the
cable to the voltmeter.
— If the signal is not present, refer to highband RF loop
troubleshooting.
— If the signal is present, replace the A10 ALC.

904 Scalar Mod Pulse

— Replace the A10 ALC.

905 ALC Mod Test

— Replace the A10 ALC.

906 Scan Mod Test

— Replace the A10 ALC.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 73

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 10xx: A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX and Instruments

with Serial Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805) Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P42–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P42–2, 17 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+9 P42–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

1000 Power Supply

— Replace the A7 Reference.

1001 10 MHz Test

1. Using an oscilloscope, check P41–2 for a 10 MHz signal greater than 1.12
Vp–p. If the signal is present, replace the A7 Reference.

2. If the signal is not present, the problem could be the 10 MHz Reference or
the signal path from the 10 MHz Reference.

74 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

3. Check the 10 MHz reference oscillator output signal.

a. If the 10 MHz signal is not present on the output port, measure the
10 MHz power supply voltages on the rear panel interface board.
The following voltages should be observed:
— Pin 1 ground
— Pin 2 +12V
— Pin 3 ground
— Pin 4 a positive DC voltage around +3.8V should be present (oven
cold raw voltage may vary).
b. If the power supply voltages are good, replace the 10 MHz
reference.
c. If the power supply voltages are bad, replace the rear panel
interface board.
4. If the 10 MHz signal is present out of the reference oscillator, but not on
the A31 mother board at P41–2, reconnect the cable going to the 10 MHz
signal.
a. Measure the end of the cable going to the A31 mother board at
J1041.
b. If the signal is bad, replace the cable.
c. If the signal is good, go to Step 5.
5. Measure the ohmic resistance between the J1041 center pin and P41–2
and the J1041 center pin to ground.
a. If the trace is open or shorted to ground, replace the A31 mother
board.
b. If the J1041 is not shorted to ground and the J1041 to P41–2 is not
open, remove the A7 board and measure P41–2.
c. If the signal is now present, replace the A7 board.
d. If the signal is still missing, replace the A31 mother board.

1002 1 GHz Test

— Replace the A7 Reference.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 75

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 11xx: A18 CPU Self–Test Errors

1100 Power Supply

The A18 CPU self–test verifies the presence of the supplies listed. These
supplies are not checked during the turn–on check and are not necessary for
the turn–on check to pass.

1. After running self–test, View Details and see which supply failed.
2. If the 10 VRef has failed, replace the A18 CPU. The 10 VRef is generated
on the A18 CPU and used for the ADC circuit.
3. For a self–test failure other than the 10 VRef, measure the appropriate
connector pin listed in the following table.

Connector P223 Supply Vol tage Vol tage Range

Pin 1 –5.2 Vdc –5.2 ±.1 Vdc

Pin 17 –6 Vdc –6 ±.12 Vdc

Pin 18 +9 Vdc +9 ±.18 Vdc

76 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

4. If the voltages are present on the A31 Motherboard, turn power off,
remove the A18 CPU and inspect the connector. If the pins look good,
replace the A18 CPU.
5. If a supply voltage is not present on the connector, measure the
appropriate point listed in the following table:

Connector P112 Supply Vol tage Vol tage Range

Pin 1, 2, 26, 27 –5.2 Vdc –5.2 ± 0.1 Vdc

Pin 19, 44 –6 Vdc –6 ± 0.12 Vdc

Pin 17, 18, 42 +9 Vdc +9 ± 0.18 Vdc

6. If the voltage is present on P112 but not present on P223, replace the A31
Motherboard.
7. If the voltages are not present on P112, troubleshoot the A9 YIG Driver.

Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8257D)

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages in. If any of these voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the
supply problem first.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 77

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Supply E8257D All Other Models Minimum Maximum Origin

Vol tage Connector Connector Value Value
(Vdc) Pins Pins (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P201–11 P201–1 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P201–12, 13, 14 P201–2, 3, 4 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P201–21, 22 P201–11, 12 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P201–7, 8, 9, 10, 23, 24, 25, P201–13, 14, 15, 16, 17, +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply
26, 27, 28 18

+10 P201–15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 P201–5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 +9.7 +10.3 Main Supply

+8 P201–39 P201–29 +7.5 +8.5 MID

–7 P201–40, 43, 56 N/A –7.21 –6.79 Main Supply

–5.2 P201–41, 42 P201–31, 32 –5.30 –5.10 YIG Driver

+5.2 Digital high P201–33 P201–23 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+3.4 Digital Low P201–34 P201–24 +3.3 +3.5 Main Supply

1200 Power Supply

1. Press View Test Info and highlight Self Test 1200. Press View Details.
2. From the displayed self–test results, determine which supply or supplies
failed.
3. Refer to the following table; disconnect one microcircuit at a time and run
self–test 1200.

Microcircuit A26 MID +12V +8V +6.5V +3.5V −3V

Connector

A30 Modulation Filter J31 X X

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32 X X

A27 40 GHz Doubler J33 X

A36 Quadraplier J34 X X X

— If the test passes after disconnecting one or more microcircuits,

replace the microcircuit.
— If self–test still fails after disconnecting all the microcircuits,
replace the A26 MID.

1201 Mod Filter

1. Disconnect the cable between the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector and the
A30 Modulation Filter, and connect a spectrum analyzer to the cable.

78 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2. Tune the source across the lowband frequencies (250 kHz to 3.2 GHz) and
record the lowest power level.
3. Disconnect the cable coming from the A29 20 GHz Doubler, and connect
the spectrum analyzer to this cable.
4. Tune the source across the A29 20 GHz Doubler band of frequencies (3.2
GHz to 20 GHz) and record the lowest power level.
5. Determine the expected levels using the tools described in
“Troubleshooting RF Power Levels” on page 122, and compare them to the
measured levels.
— If the power level in both paths is good, replace the A30 Modulation
Filter.
— If the power level in either path is bad, troubleshoot that path.
— If the power level in both paths is bad, check the signal levels out of
the A28 YIG Oscillator.

1202 A29 20 GHz Doubler

1. Disconnect the cable between the A28 YIG Oscillator and the A29 20 GHz
Doubler, and connect a spectrum analyzer to the cable.
2. Tune the source frequency across the A28 YIG Oscillator range (3.2 GHz to
10 GHz) noting the lowest power level.
3. Determine the expected levels using the tools described in
“Troubleshooting RF Power Levels” on page 122, and compare them to the
measured levels.
— If the power level is good, replace the A29 20 GHz Doubler.
— If the power level is bad, replace the A28 YIG Oscillator.

1203 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540)

1. Disconnect the 0 to 20 GHz cable between the A30 Modulation Filter and
the A27 40 GHz Doubler, and connect a spectrum analyzer to the cable.
2. Tune the source from 250 kHz to 20 GHz, and record the lowest power
level.
3. Disconnect the 10 to 20 GHz cable that comes from the A30 Modulation
Filter, and connect the spectrum analyzer to this cable.
4. Tune the source from 20 GHz to 40 GHz, recording the lowest power level.
5. Determine the expected levels using the tools described in
“Troubleshooting RF Power Levels” on page 122, and compare them to the
measured levels.
— If both power levels are good, replace the A27 40 GHz Doubler.
— If either power level is bad, troubleshoot the path.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 79

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

1204 RF Path
This test checks for a dc voltage on the A10 ALC from the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector and
A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector.
1. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the RF output of the signal generator.
2. Turn the RF power on and verify the presence of an RF signal on the
output.
— If no RF signal is present, troubleshoot the RF path problem (see
“Troubleshooting the RF Path” on page 122).
3. If an RF signal is present on the RF output, set the signal generator to 4
GHz and 0 dBm.
4. Measure the dc voltage on the cable going to J3 of the A10 ALC. The
signal should be > –600 mV.
— If the signal at J3 is good, go to step 6.
5. If no dc signal is present on the cable to J3, check the output at the
highband detector.
— If the signal is good at the detector, replace the cable.
— If no signal is present at the output of the highband detector,
replace the highband detector.
6. If the signal at J3 is good, set the signal generator’s frequency to <1 GHz,
the power to 0 dBm, and measure the dc voltage on the cable going to J5
on the A10 ALC.
— If the dc voltage is –5.25 Vdc, replace the A10 ALC.
7. If other dc voltages are present, check for dc voltage on the output of the
lowband detector.
— If a dc voltage is present, replace the cable.
— If no dc voltage is present, replace the lowband detector.

1205 LB Pulse Mod

Lowband Pulse On
1. Disconnect the cable from J5 of A10 ALC, and connect the cable to a DVM
(this is the lowband detector output).
2. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: 3 GHz
Power: +20 dBm
Pulse Modulation: On

80 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Period: 40s
Pulse Wid th: 10 ns
RF: On
3. The voltage measured by the DVM should be approximately 0V. If it is not,
use an oscilloscope to view P131–6 of the A31 Motherboard (this is the
pulse signal out of the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator).
Change the pulse period to 1 ms and the pulse width to 500 μs.
— If the pulse is not present, perform the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator self–test, and follow the troubleshooting
procedure.
4. If pulse modulation is working, perform the A8 Output self–test.
— If the self–test passes, refer to “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on
page 122, and check the lowband path.
— If the self–test fails, refer to the A8 Output test troubleshooting.

Lowband Pulse Off

1. Disconnect the cable from J5 of A10 ALC, and connect the cable to a DVM
(this is the lowband detector output).
2. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: 3 GHz
Power: +20 dBm
Pulse Modulation: On
Period: 40s
Pulse Wid th: 39.9s
RF: On
3. The voltage measured by the DVM should be approximately −2.2 V. If it is
not, use an oscilloscope to view P131–6 of the A31 Motherboard (this is
the pulse signal out of the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator).
Change the pulse period to 1 ms and the pulse width to 500 μs.
— If the pulse is not present, perform the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator self–test, and follow the troubleshooting
procedure.
4. If pulse modulation is working, perform the A8 Output self–test.
— If the self–test passes, refer to “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on
page 122, and check the lowband (<3.2 GHz) path.
— If the self–test fails, refer to the A8 Output test troubleshooting.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 81

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

1208 Quadraplier
1. If the power supplies +15V, −15V, −3V, −5.2V, +6.5V, +3.5V, or −3V fail, refer
to the table on page 78, and check the supplies used by the A35 I/Q
Modulator as they leave A26 MID connector.
If the signals are good at the A26 MID connector, replace the A36
Quadraplier.
2. If the TC902, TC956 or any of the drain currents fail (test indexes 6 through
24), replace the A36 Quadraplier.
3. If self–test 20–40 GHz Prelevel, index 25, fails:
a. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: 30 GHz
Power: −20 dBm
RF: On
b. Remove the cable from J6 of the Quadraplier Bias Board and
connect it to a DVM.
c. The signal should measure approximately +5.2 Vdc.
1. If the signal is bad, troubleshoot the RF path.
2. If the signal is good, replace the A36 Quadraplier.
4. If self–test 20–40 GHz Prelevel, index 26, fails:
a. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: 45GHz
Power: −20 dBm
RF: On
b. Remove the cable from J7 of the Quadraplier Bias Board and
connect it to a DVM.
c. The signal should measure approximately +5.4 Vdc.
1. If the signal is bad, troubleshoot the RF path.
2. If the signal is good, replace the A36 Quadraplier.

82 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 12xx: A26 MID Self–Test Errors (E8267D)

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages in. If any of these voltages are out of specification, troubleshoot the
supply problem first.

Supply E8267D All Other Models Minimum Maximum Origin

Vol tage Connector Connector Value Value
(Vdc) Pins Pins (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P201–11 P201–1 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P201–12, 13, 14 P201–2, 3, 4 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P201–21, 22 P201–11, 12 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P201–7, 8, 9, 10, 23, 24, 25, P201–13, 14, 15, 16, 17, +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply
26, 27, 28 18

+10 P201–15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 P201–5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 +9.7 +10.3 Main Supply

+8 P201–39 P201–29 +7.5 +8.5 MID

–7 P201–40, 43, 56 N/A –7.21 –6.79 Main Supply

–5.2 P201–41, 42 P201–31, 32 –5.30 –5.10 YIG Driver

+5.2 Digital high P201–33 P201–23 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+3.4 Digital Low P201–34 P201–24 +3.3 +3.5 Main Supply

1200 Power Supply

1. Press View Test Info and highlight Self Test 1200. Press View Details.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 83

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2. From the displayed self–test results, determine which supply or supplies

failed.
3. Refer to the following table; disconnect one microcircuit at a time and run
self–test 1200.

Microcircuit A26 MID +12V +8V +9V +5.2V −5.2V

(E8267D) Connector

A30 Modulation Filter J31 X X X X

A29 20 GHz Doubler J32 X X X X

A27 40 GHz Doubler J36 X X X

A35 3–20 GHz IQ Modulator J34 X X X X X

A37 Upconverter J35 X X X X

— If the test passes after disconnecting one or more microcircuits,

replace the microcircuit.
— If self–test still fails after disconnecting all the microcircuits,
replace the A26 MID.

1201 Mod Filter

1. Disconnect the cable between the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector and the
A30 Modulation Filter, and connect a spectrum analyzer to the cable.
2. Tune the source across the lowband frequencies (250 kHz to 3.2 GHz) and
record the lowest power level.
3. Disconnect the cable coming from the A29 20 GHz Doubler, and connect
the spectrum analyzer to this cable.
4. Tune the source across the A29 20 GHz Doubler band of frequencies (3.2
GHz to 20 GHz) and record the lowest power level.
5. Determine the expected levels using the tools described in
“Troubleshooting RF Power Levels” on page 122, and compare them to the
measured levels.
— If the power level in both paths is good, replace the A30 Modulation
Filter.
— If the power level in either path is bad, troubleshoot that path.
— If the power level in both paths is bad, check the signal levels out of
the A28 YIG Oscillator.

1202 A29 20 GHz Doubler

1. Disconnect the cable between the A28 YIG Oscillator and the A29 20 GHz
Doubler, and connect a spectrum analyzer to the cable.

84 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2. Tune the source frequency across the A28 YIG Oscillator range (3.2 GHz to
10 GHz) and record the lowest power level.
3. Determine the expected levels using the tools described in
“Troubleshooting RF Power Levels” on page 122, and compare them to the
measured levels.
— If the power level is good, replace the A29 20 GHz Doubler.
— If the power level is bad, replace the A28 YIG Oscillator.

1203 40 GHz Doubler

1. Disconnect the 13.3 to 18 GHz cable between the A29 20 GHz Doubler
and the A27 40 GHz Doubler, and connect a spectrum analyzer to the
cable.
2. Determine the expected levels using the tools described in
“Troubleshooting RF Power Levels” on page 122, and compare them to the
measured levels.
— If both power level is good, replace the A27 40 GHz Doubler.

1204 RF Path
This test checks for a dc voltage on the A10 ALC from the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector and
A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector.
1. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the RF output of the signal generator.
2. Turn the RF power on and verify the presence of an RF signal on the
output.
— If no RF signal is present, troubleshoot the RF path problem (see
“Troubleshooting the RF Path” on page 122).
3. If an RF signal is present on the RF output, set the signal generator to 4
GHz and 0 dBm.
4. Measure the dc voltage on the cable going to J3 of the A10 ALC. The
signal should be approximately –0.3 Vdc.
— If the signal at J3 is good, go to step 6.
5. If no dc signal is present on the cable to J3, check the output at the
highband detector.
— If the signal is good at the detector, replace the cable.
— If no signal is present at the output of the highband detector,
replace the highband detector.
6. If the signal at J3 is good, set the signal generator’s frequency to <1 GHz,
the power to 0 dBm, and measure the dc voltage on the cable going to J5
on the A10 ALC.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 85

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

— If the dc voltage is approximately –2.2 Vdc, replace the A10 ALC.

7. If other dc voltages are present, check for dc voltage on the output of the
lowband detector.
— If a dc voltage is present, replace the cable.
— If no dc voltage is present, replace the lowband detector.

1205 LB Pulse Mod

Lowband Pulse On
1. Disconnect the cable from J5 of the A10 ALC, and connect the cable to a
DVM (this is the lowband detector output).
2. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: 3 GHz
Power: +20 dBm
Pulse Modulation: On
Period: 40s
Pulse Wid th: 10 ns
RF: On
3. The voltage measured by the DVM should be approximately 0V. If it is not,
use an oscilloscope to view P131–6 of the A31 Motherboard (this is the
pulse signal out of the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator).
Change the pulse period to 1 ms and the pulse width to 500 μs.
— If the pulse is not present, perform the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator self–test, and follow the troubleshooting
procedure.
4. If pulse modulation is working, perform the A8 Output self–test.
— If the self–test passes, refer to “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on
page 122, and check the lowband path.
— If the self–test fails, refer to the A8 Output test troubleshooting.

Lowband Pulse Off

1. Disconnect the cable from J5 of the A10 ALC, and connect the cable to a
DVM (this is the lowband detector output).
2. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: 3 GHz
Power: +20 dBm
Pulse Modulation: On
Period: 40s
Pulse Wid th: 39.9s
RF: On

86 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

3. The voltage measured by the DVM should be approximately −1.8 V. If it is

not, use an oscilloscope to view P131–6 of the A31 Motherboard (this is
the pulse signal out of the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator).
Change the pulse period to 1 ms and the pulse width to 500 μs.
— If the pulse is not present, perform the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator self–test, and follow the troubleshooting
procedure.
4. If pulse modulation is working, perform the A8 Output self–test.
— If the self–test passes, refer to “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on
page 122, and check the lowband (<3.2 GHz) path.
— If the self–test fails, refer to the A8 Output test troubleshooting.

1206 20 GHz IQ Modulator

1. If the power supplies +8V AF, +2.5V AF, +9V AFSW, +12V AFSW, +15V
VLIMF, or −15VSWBIAS fail, refer to the table page 83, and check the
supplies used by the A35 I/Q Modulator as they leave the A26 MID
connector.
— If the signals are good at the A26 MID connector, replace the A35
I/Q Modulator.
2. If the VD724 Doubler, test index 6, fails, replace the A35 I/Q Modulator.
3. If self–test TC672RF indexes 8, 9, 11, or 12 fail:
a. Remove the cable from J2 of the A29 20 GHz Doubler.
b. While measuring the signal at J2 with a spectrum analyzer, run
self–test 1206. You should see a +20 dBm signal at 5 GHz.
— If the signal is bad, troubleshoot the RF path.
— If the signal is good and TC672RF indexes 8, 11, or 12 have
failed, replace the A35 I/Q Modulator.
— If the signal is good and TC672RF index 9 has failed, you must
also check the I/Q signals from the A13 I/Q Multiplexer:
1. Remove the cable from J6 (I) of the A35 I/Q
Modulator, and connect it to an oscilloscope.
2. Execute a single 1206 self–test. The signal on the
oscilloscope should pulse to approximately −0.5 Vdc
for approximately 500 ms.
— If the signal is bad, refer to the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer troubleshooting.
3. If the signal is good, reconnect the cable to J6,
remove the cable to J7 (Q), and connect this cable
to the oscilloscope.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 87

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

4. Execute a single 1206 self–test. The signal on the

oscilloscope should pulse to approximately
18 millivolts for approximately 500 ms.
— If the signal is bad, refer to the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer troubleshooting.
— If both the I and Q signals are good,
replace the A35 I/Q Modulator.
4. If self–test Quad Loop Integrator fails, replace the A35 I/Q Modulator.

1207 Upconverter
1. If the power supplies +6.5V or +5.2V fail, refer to the table page 83, and
check the supplies used by the A37 Upconverter as they leave the A26
MID connector.
— If the signals are good at the A26 MID connector, replace the A37
Upconverter.
2. If any of the drain currents fail (test indexes 3 through 18), replace the A37
Upconverter.
3. If self–tests ALC (indexes 18 through 32) Vdet (indexes 24 through 26) fail:
a. On the signal generator, set the following:
Center Frequency: Value at which ACL or Vdet self–test failed (e.g.
20.01 GHz, 28.5 GHz, etc.)
Power: +20 dBm
RF: On
b. Disconnect A35–J24 and connect a spectrum analyzer to the A35
I/Q Modulator. This is the IF signal to the A37 Upconverter.
c. For RF signals >20 GHz to 28.5 GHz, the IF signal is mixed with the
LO to produce the downconverted RF signal. The IF signal will range
in frequency from 6.667 GHz to 9.50 GHz with an amplitude of >5
dBm.
— If the signal is bad, troubleshoot the A35 RF path.
— If the signal is good, reconnect A35–J24.
d. On the A37 Upconverter, disconnect J5 and connect a spectrum
analyzer to the cable coming from the A27 40 GHz Doubler. This is
the LO signal to the A37 Upconverter.
e. For RF signals >20 GHz to 28.5 GHz, the IF signal is mixed with the
LO to produce the downconverted RF signal. The LO signal will
range in frequency from 26.667 GHz to 38 GHz and will be four
times the IF frequency. The amplitude of the LO signal should be >5
dBm.
— If the signal is bad, troubleshoot the A35 RF path.

88 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

— If the signal is good, reconnect A37–J5 and replace the A37

Upconverter.
f. For RF signals >28.5 GHz, the IF signal frequency is mixed with the
LO to produce the upconverted RF signal. The IF signal will range in
frequency from 5.73 GHz to 8.82 GHz. The LO signal will range in
frequency from 22.8 GHz to 38.2 GHz and will be four times the IF
frequency. Repeat steps a through e, but with an RF signal >28.5
GHz.

Self–Tests 13xx: A11 Analog/Pulse Modulation Generator Self–Test

Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any of these voltages are out of specification troubleshoot the
supply problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P132–28 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P132–3 –14.55 –15.45 Main Supply

+5.2 P132–2, 27 +5.04 +5.37 Main Supply

–5.2 P132–1, 26 –5.3 –5.1 YIG Driver

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 89

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+5.2 Digital high P131–64, 65, 129, +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply
130

+3.4 Digital Low P131–60, 61, 62, 63, +3.29 +3.5 Main Supply
125, 126, 127, 128

1300 Power Supply

— Replace the A11 Reference.

1301 Internal Pulse Generator Clock

1. Using an oscilloscope, measure P131–91 for a 10 MHz signal at 3.5 Vpp.

— If the signal is good, replace the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation

Generator.
2. If the signal is bad, check P41–7.
— If the signal is good on P41–7, replace the A31 Motherboard.
— If the signal is bad on P41–7, replace the A7 Reference.

1302 Output
— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1303 Voltage Ref DAC

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1304 20 GHz Pulse

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1305 Not Used

1306 Standard 3 GHz Pulse

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1307 High Performance 3 GHz Pulse

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1308 Numeric Synthesizer

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

90 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

1309 Function Generator Channel 1

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1310 Function Generator Channel 2

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1311 Frequency Modulator

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1312 Low Frequency Out

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1313 Amplitude Modulation

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1314 External 1
— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1315 External 2
— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

1316 AM Path Loss

— Replace A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 91

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 16xx for the A14 Baseband Generator (Option 601/602)

Power Supply Vol tage A31 Motherboard Minimum Maximum

Origin
(Vdc) Connector Pins (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P162 – 4 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P162 – 28 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P162 – 3 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

–5.2 V2 P162 – 1, 26 –5.36 –5.04 A31

Motherboard

+5.2 P162 – 5, 27 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+5.2 D P161 – 64, 65, 129, 130 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+3.4 VD P161 – 60, 61, 62, 63, 125, +3.30 +3.50 Main Supply
126, 127, 128

+2.6 VD P161 – 57, 58, 59, 123, 124 +2.52 +2.68 Main Supply

+1.95 VD P161 – 52, 118 +1.89 +2.01 A31

Motherboard

+1.8 VD P161 – 55, 56, 120, 121, +1.75 +1.85 A31

122 Motherboard

92 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

1600 Host <–> BBG Comm

— If the +3.4 VD, +2.6 VD, and +1.9 VD supply voltages are good on the A31
Motherboard, replace the A14 Baseband Generator.
— If the +3.4 VD or +2.6 VD supply voltages are bad on the A31 Motherboard,
check the origin of the supply.
— If the supply voltage is good at the origin, replace the A31
Motherboard.
— If the supply voltage is bad at the origin, troubleshoot the A19 Power
Supply.
— If the +1.9 VD supply voltage is bad on the A31 Motherboard, check the
+3.4 VD supply at the A19 Power Supply.
— If the +3.4 VD supply is good at the A19 Power Supply, replace the
A31 Motherboard.
— If the +3.4 VD supply is bad at the A19 Power Supply, troubleshoot
A19 Power supply.

1601 Apps 1 <–> Apps 2 Comm

— If the +1.8 VD supply voltage is good on the A31 Motherboard, replace the
A14 Baseband Generator
— If the +1.8 VD supply voltage is bad on the A31 Motherboard, check the
+2.6 VD supply at the A19 Power Supply.
— If the +2.6 VD supply is good at the A19 Power Supply, then replace
the A31 Motherboard.
— If the +2.6 VD supply is bad at the A19 Power Supply, then
troubleshoot the A19 Power supply.

1602 Apps 1 <–> SH4 Comm

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

1603 Apps 2 <–> SH4 Comm

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

1604 FLiegan <–> Apps 2 Comm

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

1605 SRAM Test

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

1606 SDRAM Test

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 93

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

1607 Paren <–> SH4 Comm

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

1608 VCO Tune Test

— If the +32 V, ±15V, –5.2 V2, and + 5.2V supply voltages are good on the
motherboard, use an oscilloscope to check the 10 MHz signal on the A31
Motherboard at P161 pins 26 and 91. The signal should have a period of
100 ns with an amplitude greater than 0.4 Vpp.
— If the 10 MHz signal is good, replace the A14 Baseband Generator.
— If the 10 MHz signal is bad, check it at the A7 Reference.
• If the 10 MHz signal is bad at the A7 Reference, refer to A7
Reference troubleshooting.
• If the 10 MHz signal is good at the A7 Reference, replace the
A31 Motherboard.
— If the +32 V, ± 15 V, and +5.2 V supply voltages are bad on the motherboard,
check the origin of the supply.
— If the supply voltage is good at the origin, replace the A31
Motherboard.
— If the supply voltage is bad at the origin, troubleshoot the A19 Power
Supply.
— If the –5.2 V2 supply voltage is bad on the motherboard, check the –7 V
supply voltage at the A19 Power Supply.
— If the –7 V supply voltage is good at the A19 Power Supply, replace
the A31 Motherboard.
— If the –7 V supply voltage is bad at the A19 Power Supply,
troubleshoot the A19 Power supply.

1609 IQ DAC Output

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

1610 PLL Test

— Replace the A14 Baseband Generator

94 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 22xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P52–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P52–2, 17 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P52–14, 29 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+9 P52–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

–6 P52–3, 18 –6.12 –5.88 YIG Driver

2200 Ground and PTAT Test

— Replace A8 Output.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 95

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2201 Prelevel Loop Test

If the A8 Output board has been replaced recently and self test 2201 is
failing, run the ALC Mod Cal adjustment before replacing the A8 Output
board. See Chapter 4, “Post–Repair Procedures.”

1. With the signal generator powered on, carefully remove the A8 Output.
2. Set the signal generator to 3 GHz CW.
3. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the A6 Frac–N RF output at J4 of the A8
Output. The signal at J4 should be at 3 GHz and ≥0 dBm.
— If the signal is not present or at the correct level, replace the
Frac–N.
— If the signal is present, replace the A8 Output.

Do not re–install the A8 Output with the signal generator powered on. This can
cause serious damage to the signal generator.

2202 Switching Filter Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2203 ALC Mod System Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2204 Pulse Mod System Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2205 RF Path Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2206 Het Band Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

96 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 24xx: A38 Lowband Filter Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+32 P142–4 +31.04 +32.96 Main Supply

+15 P142–28 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P142–3 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P142–2, 27 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

–5.2 P142–1, 26 –5.30 –5.10 YIG Driver

+5.2 Digital High P141–64, 65, 129, +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply
130

+3.4 Digital Low P141–60, 61, 62, 63, +3.3 +3.5 Main Supply
125, 126, 127, 128

+2.6 P141–57, 58, 59, +2.52 +2.68 Main Supply

123, 124

+1.8 P141–55, 56, 120, –1.75 –1.85 Motherboard

121

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 97

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2400 Power Supply Test

— If the +15V and –15V power supplies are good in the above table, replace
the A38 Lowband Filter.

2401 RF Path Test

1. Remove the A38 Lowband Filter and insert a semi–rigid extender cable
into J3.
2. Connect the extender cable to a spectrum analyzer.
3. Tune the spectrum analyzer and signal generator to 2 GHz. Turn on the
signal generator’s RF.
4. You should see a high power signal (>+20 dBm) at 2 GHz on the spectrum
analyzer.
— If the signal is good, replace the A38 Lowband Filter.
— If the signal is troubleshoot the RF path.

2402 Lowband Amp/Filter Power Supply

— Replace the A38 Lowband Filter.

2403 RF Path
— Replace the A38 Lowband Filter.

Self–Tests 25xx: A43 Amp Filter Self–Test Errors

98 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P142–28 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P142–3 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P142–2, 27 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

–5.2 P142–1, 26 –5.30 –5.10 YIG Driver

+5.2 Digital High P141–64, 65, 129, +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply
130

+3.4 Digital Low P141–60, 61, 62, 63, +3.3 +3.5 Main Supply
125, 126, 127, 128

+10 P142, 10, 11, 36 +9.7 +10.3 Main Supply

2500 Power Supply Test

— If the power supplies, in the table above, are good, replace the
A43 Amp Filter.

2501 RF Amp Test

— Replace the A43 Amp Filter.

2502 Filter Path Test

— Replace the A43 Amp Filter.

2503 Pulse Modulator Test

— Replace the A43 Amp Filter.

2504 Step Attenuator Test

— Replace the A43 Amp Filter.

2505 Divider On/Off Test

— Replace the A43 Amp Filter.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 99

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 26xx: A8 Output Self–Test Errors

Before proceeding to the reported self–test error code, check the following
voltages. If any voltages are out of specification troubleshoot the supply
problem first.

Supply Vol tage Connector Pins Minimum Value Maximum Value Origin
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)

+15 P52–6, 21 +14.55 +15.45 Main Supply

–15 P52–2, 17 –15.45 –14.55 Main Supply

+5.2 P52–14, 29 +5.04 +5.36 Main Supply

+9 P52–5, 20 +8.82 +9.18 YIG Driver

–6 P52–3, 18 –6.12 –5.88 YIG Driver

2600 Power Supply Test

— Replace A8 Output.

100 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2601 Prelevel Loop Test

If the A8 Output board has been replaced recently and self test 2201 is
failing, run the ALC Mod Cal adjustment before replacing the A8 Output
board. See Chapter 4, “Post–Repair Procedures.”

1. With the signal generator powered on, carefully remove the A8 Output.
2. Set the signal generator to 3 GHz CW.
3. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the A6 Frac–N RF output at J4 of the A8
Output. The signal at J4 should be at 3 GHz and ≥0 dBm.
— If the signal is not present or at the correct level, replace the
Frac–N.
— If the signal is present, replace the A8 Output.

Do not re–install the A8 Output with the signal generator powered on. This can
cause serious damage to the signal generator.

2602 ALC Modulator Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2603 Pulse Modulator Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2604 Clamp Detector Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2605 Bias Switch Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2606 Switched Filters Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2607 DAC Functionality Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

2608 Het Band Test

— Replace the A8 Output.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 101

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

Self–Tests 27xx: A46 Offset Loop Self-Test Errors (Option UNY)

2700 Frac-N Signal Test
— Replace the A46.

2701 Offset VCO Test

— Replace the A46.

2702 Fstep OSL Test

— Replace the A46.

2703 Offset Loop Detector Test

— Replace the A46.

2704 Fcomb at YOL Test

— Replace the A46.

2705 YO Loop Detector Test

— Replace the A46.

Self–Tests 28xx: A8 Vector Output Self-Test Errors

2800 Power Supply Test
— Replace the A8.

2801 Prelevel Loop Test

— Replace the A8.

2802 ALC Mod System Test

— Replace the A8.

2803 Pulse Mod System Test

— Replace the A8.

2804 Clamp Detector Test

— Replace the A8.

2805 Bias Switch Test

— Replace the A8.

102 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Assembly–Level Problems

2806 Switch Filters Test

— Replace the A8.

2807 DAC Functionality Test

— Replace the A8.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 103

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlocks

Troubleshooting Unlocks
The phase lock loop refers to part of the frequency generating circuit used to
maintain the phase relationship between the frequency generation loop and a
reference frequency. By maintaining the phase relationship, the frequency
accuracy of the signal generator is guaranteed.
To maintain frequency accuracy the phase lock loop compares the phase of a
signal from the reference assembly to the phase of the frequency loop signal. If
the signals are slightly out of phase, the phase comparator circuit adjusts the
frequency loop signal until the two signals are in phase. If the phase
comparator circuit cannot adjust the phase of the frequency loop signal to
agree with the reference signal, the phase comparator rails and generates an
unlocked message. The unlock message is immediately displayed on the front
panel display.
There are four phase lock circuits in the frequency generation loop that can
generate error messages. These phase lock loops are located on the A6
Frac–N, A5 Sampler, and A7 Reference. There is also one other phase lock loop
on the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator that can generate an error
message when the signal generator is in phase modulation mode.

To avoid damage to the signal generator, turn it off and disconnect it from the
power source before installing or reinstalling any assembly.

508 A6 Frac–N Loop Unlock

This error can indicate a failure in other than the A6 Frac–N Loop board. To
determine which assembly is defective, check whether the error occurs in both
the CW and sweep modes, or in just the sweep mode.
— Occurs in both the CW and sweep modes:
Check P33–15 on the A31 Motherboard for the 10 MHz sync. approximately
2 Vpp.

— If the signal is present replace the A6 Frac–N.

— If the signal is not present, troubleshoot back to the A7 Reference.
— Occurs in only the sweep mode:
1. Start narrowing the sweep frequency range and increasing the sweep
time.
2. If making the sweep adjustments resolves the error, replace the A28
YIG Oscillator.
3. If the A28 YIG Oscillator does not resolve the error, replace the A9 YIG
Driver.

104 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlocks

512 A7 Reference Unlock

The instrument’s reference is unlocked. Use the following list to troubleshoot
the problem.

The error message remains until it is cleared. Ensure that you clear the error
message prior to each check to properly determine whether the error still persists.

— If an external reference is connected:

1. Measure the external reference signal frequency.
2. Measure the external reference signal power level.
3. Compare the results from Step 1 and Step 2 against the
specifications found in the E82x7D PSG data sheet.
4. Check the connection to the PSG along with the connectors.
5. Connect a different external reference source.
6. If the error persists, replace the A7 reference board:
— If the error occurs when you initially connect or disconnect the external
reference:
1. Clear the error queue: press Utility > Error Info > Clear Error
Queue(s).
2. With no changes to the external reference connection, check to
ensure that the error does not reappear.
3. If the error reappears, replace the A7 reference board.
— If none of the above apply, replace the A7 reference board.

513 1 GHz Out of Lock

A 513 1 GHz Out of Lock message indicates a failure on the A7 Reference.
— Replace the A7 Reference.

514 Reference Oven Cold

The Reference Oven Cold Error message indicated the reference has not been
connected to electrical power for 30 minutes. This message appears when the
signal generator is unplugged or the reference assembly is removed. The
message is controlled by a timer and should turn off after 30 minutes. This is
not a failure unless the message does not go off after 30 minutes. If it
continues to be displayed after 30 minutes, replace the A7 Reference.

515 10 MHz Signal Bad

A 515 10 MHz Signal Bad message indicates a problem on the A7 Reference.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 105

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlocks

A7 Reference (Standard)
— Replace the A7 Reference.
A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)
1. Check the 10 MHz signal into the A7 Reference from the 10 MHz standard.
The signal should be 10 MHz 1.8 Vpp into 1 MΩ.

2. If the 10 MHz signal is bad, replace the A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator.
3. If the signal is good, replace the A7 Reference.

520 Sampler Unlocked

A 520 Sampler unlock message indicates a failure of the A5 Sampler VCO loop.
1. Run self–test. If self–test fails, troubleshoot the problem reported.
2. Power–up the signal generator. Remove the A5 Sampler. Probe the mmx
connection center pin on the right side of the A31 Motherboard in the A5
Sampler slot. There should be a 1 GHz signal >0 dBm.
3. If the 1 GHz signal is present, replace the A5 Sampler.
4. If the 1 GHz signal is not present, replace the A7 Reference.

521 YO Loop Unlocked

A 521 YO Loop unlocked message indicates a failure of the A5 Sampler’s YO
Phase detector circuit.
Execute the YIG pretune calibration: Press Utility > Instrument Ad justments >
Service Ad justments > YIG PreTune Calibration > Execute Cal.
— If this resolves the error, the repair is complete.
— If this does not resolve the error, perform the following steps:
1. Run self tests.
a. If the self tests pass, continue to step 2.
b. If the self tests fail, troubleshoot the reported failure.
2. Set the signal generator to 5 GHz.
3. While the signal generator is on, remove the A5 Sampler.
4. Probe the mmx connectors on the A31 Motherboard:

Connector Signal

right mmx connector 1 GHz >0 dBm from A7 Reference

center mmx 5 GHz from A29 20 GHz Doubler –6 dBm

connector

106 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlocks

Connector Signal

left mmx connector approximately 850 MHz >–6 dBm from A6 Frac–N

— If all signals are present:

1. Turn off the signal generator and disconnect the power cord.
2. Replace the A5 Sampler.
— If a signal is not present for a connector listed above:
1. Troubleshoot back to that connector’s assembly.
2. If the signal is not present at the assembly:
a. Turn off the signal generator and disconnect the
power cord.
b. Replace the assembly.
3. Reinstall the A5 Sampler.
4. Replace W11.

625 Internal Pulse Generator Unlock

A 625 internal pulse generator unlocked message indicates a failure on the
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.
— Replace the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.

626 Internal Mod Source Unlock

A 626 Internal Mod Source Unlock error message indicates a problem with the
digital 10 MHz signal to the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator. This
error message is turned on if the signal generator is in phase modulation mode
and there is a problem with the 10 MHz digital signal to the in phase clock.
1. Set the signal generator to phase modulation mode.
2. Measure pin P131–91. The waveform is not a sine wave, but more like a
distorted pulse waveform >2 Vpp.

3. If the waveform is present, replace the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation

Generator.
4. If the signal is not present, replace the A7 Reference.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 107

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

Troubleshooting Unlevels
A leveled output power is obtained by comparing a detected voltage with a
reference voltage. The reference voltage is generated using DACs on the A10
ALC and the detected voltage is generated by coupling off a portion of the RF
output signal and converting it to dc using detector diodes. When the
reference and detected levels are the same the integrated output level remains
constant. When the detected and reference levels are not the same, the
integrator output ramps either up or down to increase or decrease the
detected level. If the integrator can not get the detected voltage and the
reference voltage to match, an unleveled annunciator is displayed.
The Automatic Leveling Circuit (ALC) uses two detectors and two modulator
diodes. The A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector is used for frequencies 2 GHz and
below. The A25 Highband Coupler/Detector is used for all frequencies above 2
GHz. The modulator in the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector is used to control
the RF amplitude for frequencies 3.2 GHz and below. The modulator in the A30
Modulation Filter is used to control the amplitude for frequencies above
3.2 GHz.
The RF path must provide a minimum power level to the ALC loop for the ALC
loop to work properly. The minimum power required is slightly higher than the
maximum leveled power. The first step to troubleshooting a leveling problem is
to verify the RF path power level.

Troubleshoot and correct any unlock problems before troubleshooting

unleveled problems.
If the unleveled annunciator is on:
1. Verify the signal generator’s amplitude is not set higher than the maximum
level specified on the data sheet. Verify that the signal generator’s RF
output is terminated into 50 ohms. If the unleveled indication turns off
after resetting the amplitude or terminating the RF output into 50 ohms,
the signal generator is operating correctly. If the unleveled indicator
remains on, proceed to step 2.
2. Using a spectrum analyzer check the RF signal level at the RF output
connector.
a. Signal generator and spectrum analyzer setup:
Signal Generator:
— Turn ALC Off
— Set Amplitude to 30 dBm
— Turn Modulation Off
— Turn RF On
— Set Sweep to Frequency
— Set Sweep Type to Step (if Option 007 is installed, you can
use ramp sweep)
— Set Start Frequency to 250 kHz

108 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

— Set Stop Frequency to 3.2 GHz

— Set Number of Points to 500 (skip this step if using ramp
sweep)
Spectrum Analyzer:
— Set Start Frequency to 225 kHz
— Set Stop Frequency to 3.25 GHz
— Set Reference Level to +30 dBm
— Set Display to Max Hold
b. Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the spectrum
analyzer. Measure and record the minimum power level.
c. Set the signal generator and spectrum analyzer start/stop
frequencies to the next start/stop frequencies in Table 1-14. Repeat
step b above.

Table 1-14

Signal Generator Spectrum Analyzer

Start Stop Start Stop

3.2 GHz 20 GHz 3.15 GHz 20 GHz

20 GHz Max. Freq. 20 GHz Max. Freq.

d. If any of the frequency ranges do not produce power levels ≥ the

maximum leveled power shown in the tables below, set the signal
generator to the frequency with the lowest power level and measure
the power with a power meter. If the power level is low, troubleshoot
the RF path before proceeding.

Table 1-15 E8257D Maximum Leveled Power (dBm)a

Frequency 20 GHz Models 40 GHz Models 50 & 67 GHz Models

Std. 1EA/ 1E1 1E1+ Std. 1EA/ 1E1 1E1+ Std. 1EA/ 1E1 1E1+
1EU 1EA/ 1EU 1EA/ 1EU 1EA/
1EU 1EU 1EU

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz +13 +16 +11 +15 +9 +15 +7 +14 +5 +14 +3 +13

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz +11 +11 +10 +10 +9 +10 +7 +9 +5 +9 +3 +8

w/UNW

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz +13 +13 +11 +12 +9 +12 +7 +11 +5 +11 +3 +10
w/1EHb

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz +10 +10 +9 +9 +9 +9 +7 +8 +5 +8 +3 +7

w/UNW + 1EHb

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 109

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

Table 1-15 E8257D Maximum Leveled Power (dBm)a

Frequency 20 GHz Models 40 GHz Models 50 & 67 GHz Models

Std. 1EA/ 1E1 1E1+ Std. 1EA/ 1E1 1E1+ Std. 1EA/ 1E1 1E1+
1EU 1EA/ 1EU 1EA/ 1EU 1EA/
1EU 1EU 1EU

>3.2 GHz to 20 GHz +13 +20 +11 +18 +9 +18 +7 +16 +5 +14 +3 +13

>20 GHz to 30 GHz +9 +14 +7 +12 +5 +11 +3 +9

>30 GHz to 40 GHz +9 +14 +7 +12

>30 GHz to 65 GHz +5 +11 +3 +9

>65 GHz to 67 GHz +5 +10 +3 +8

>67 GHz to 70 GHz +5 +8 +3 +6

a. always check data sheet for updates to specifications

b. with filters switched out

Table 1-16 E8267D Maximum Leveled Power (dBm)a

Frequency 20 GHz Models 32 & 44 GHz Models

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz +13 +12

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz w/UNW +9 +8

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz w/1EHb +10 +9

250 kHz to 3.2 GHz w/UNW + 1EHb +7 +6

>3.2 GHz to 20 GHz +18 +14

>20 GHz to 31.8 GHz +14
>31.8 GHz to 40 GHz +12
>40 GHz to 44 GHz +10

a. Always check data sheet for updates to specifications

b. With filters switched out

Table 1-17 E8663D Maximum Leveled Power (dBm)a

Frequency All Models

Std. 1EU 1E1 1E1

+
1EU

100 kHz to 3.2 GHz +15 +23 +15 +23

100 kHz to 3.2 GHz w/UNX +13 +23 +15 +23

110 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

Table 1-17 E8663D Maximum Leveled Power (dBm)a

Frequency All Models

Std. 1EU 1E1 1E1

+
1EU

100 kHz to 3.2 GHz w/1EHb +13 +23 +15 +23

100 kHz to 3.2 GHz +12 +23 +15 +23

w/UNX + 1EHb

>3.2 GHz to 9 GHz +15 +23 +14 +22

a. Always check data sheet for updates to speci-

fications
b. With Option 1EH Low-pass Filters below 2
GHz switched off. With filters on, this specifi-
cation applies above 2 GHz.

3. If the RF signal levels are good, most likely the problem is either a
detector, ALC, or modulator. Before proceeding, turn ALC On and set the
signal generator to maximum leveled power for the model and options you
have and note the frequencies where the unleveled condition occur. Later,
when troubleshooting in ALC Off mode the unleveled indication is turned
off.
4. For each of the failed conditions listed, always start with the following
signal generator settings:
— ALC Mode ALC Off
— Amplitude +30 dBm (max.)
— Attenuator Hold Mod On (if Option 1E1 is installed)
— RF On
— Modulation Off
Conditions:
5. Unleveled only between 250 kHz and 2 GHz. (Applies to all frequency
options)
If the unleveled problem only occurs between 250 kHz and 2 GHz, the
problem is most likely the
A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector.
a. Checking the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector:
— Set the signal generator to 1.9 GHz or an unleveled signal
generator frequency.
— Connect a power meter or spectrum analyzer to the A23
Lowband Coupler/Detector output.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 111

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

— Set the signal generator to 1 GHz. Using the RPG, adjust the
amplitude level so the detected voltage on cable J5 of A10
ALC (W14) is –0.117 Vdc. Using a power meter, measure the
signal level at the end of the cable going to J3 of A30
Modulation Filter (W27). Use Table 1-18 to determine the
expected power level. If the power can not be adjusted to this
level, troubleshoot the RF path.
— If the problem is at some frequency other than 1 GHz, repeat
the above step using the problem frequency. The dB p–p
variation from 250 kHz to 2 GHz should be <2 dB.
— If the dc level is bad, replace the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector.
— If the signal is good, replace the A10 ALC.

Table 1-18

Option Expected Power Level

Standard 2.3 dBm ±.5 dBm

UNW 4.5 dBm ±.6 dBm

1EH 6.5 dBm ±1 dBm

UNW+1E 9 dBm ±1 dBm

H

6. Unleveled only between 250 kHz and 3.2 GHz. If the unleveled problem
only occurs between 250 kHz and 3.2 GHz, the problem is most likely the
A8 Output or A10 ALC. (Applies to all frequency options)
a. Checking Lowband Modulator Drive signal:
— Set the signal generator to a frequency between 250 kHz and
3.2 GHz. Set the amplitude so the power meter reads +21
dBm (or the maximum settable power) on cable W27 going to
J3 on A30 Modulation Filter. If the power can not be set and
options 1EH and/or UNW are installed, use the RF path block
diagram to verify the power levels through each device.
— Measure the voltage on the center pin on A31 Motherboard
connector J1122. The voltage should be around +2.0 Vdc.
— Reduce the amplitude setting to 0 dBm and the voltage on
J1122 should move towards +0.15 Vdc.
— If the voltages are not correct or do not change as power is
changed, replace the A10 ALC.
— If the voltage changes, replace the A8 Output.

112 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

7. Unleveled only between 2 GHz and the maximum frequency. If the

unleveled condition occurs only for frequencies >2 GHz to the maximum
frequency, the problem is most likely the A25 Highband Coupler/Detector.
(Applies to all frequency options)
a. Checking the A25 Highband Coupler/Detector:
— Set the signal generator frequency to 19 GHz or a frequency
where the signal generator is unleveled.
— Connect a power meter or spectrum analyzer to the RF output
connector.
— Using the RPG, adjust the power to the highest level possible.
This level will be either +9 dBm, +7 dBm, or +3 dBm,
depending on the mix of installed options. If the power can
not be adjusted to one of these levels, troubleshoot the RF
path.
— Remove the cable from J3 on the A10 ALC and measure the
dc voltage on the center pin of the cable. Use Table 1-19 to
determine the expected power level.
— Set the power level to 0 dBm and repeat the center pin
measurement. The voltage should be –5 mVdc ±10 mVdc.
— If the voltages are good, go to step 8.
— If the voltages are the same, replace the A25 Highband
Coupler/Detector.
Table 1-19

Power Expected Vol tage Level

Level at J3 Center Pin

+9 dBm –30 mVdc ±10Vdc

+7 dBm –20 mVdc ±10Vdc

+3 dBm –10 mVdc ±10Vdc

8. Unleveled only between 3.2 GHz and 20 GHz. (Applies to all frequency
options)
If the unleveled condition occurs between 3.2 GHz and 20 GHz, the
problem is most likely the A30 Modulation Filter.
a. Checking the A30 Modulation Filter:
— Set the signal generator to 20 GHz or a frequency where the
signal generator is unleveled and measured RF output level is
+7 dBm or +3 dBm, depending on options. If the power can
not be set to +7 dBm or +3 dBm, troubleshoot the RF path.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 113

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

— Remove the cable going to J6 on the A30 Modulation Filter

and measure the voltage on the center pin. The voltage
should be approximately +5.4 Vdc.
— Set the amplitude to –15 dBm. The voltage on the center pin
should decrease a few mVdc.
— If the voltages are good, replace the A30 Modulation Filter.
— If the voltages are bad, go to step 7.
b. If Option 540, measure the signal going into J3 and out of J2 on the
A27 40 GHz Doubler. If the loss is greater than 2.5 dBm, replace the
A27 40 GHz Doubler.
c. If Option 550 or 567, measure the signal going into J3 and out of J2
on the A27 40 GHz Doubler. If the loss is greater than 2.5 dBm,
replace the A36 Quadraplier.
d. If Option 532 or 544, measure the signal going into J1 and out of J2
on the A37 Upconverter. The loss should be less than 5 dBm. If the
loss is 5 dBm or greater, replace the A37 Upconverter.
9. Unleveled only between 20 GHz and 40 GHz or 44 GHz. If the unleveled
condition occurs between 20 GHz and 40 GHz, the problem is either with
the A27 40 GHz Doubler or the A25 Highband Coupler/Detector.
a. Checking the A25 Highband Coupler/Detector:
— Using a spectrum analyzer, check at the RF output signal
level to the level shown in the Maximum Leveled Power table.
The RF output level must be greater than the maximum
specified power level.
— If the maximum power level is not greater than the maximum
power level specified, troubleshoot the RF path starting with
the signals out of the A30 Modulation Filter to the A27 40
GHz Doubler.
— If Option 550 or 567, replace the A36 Quadraplier.
— If Option 532 or 544, replace the A37 Upconverter.
— If the signal is greater than the maximum specified power
level, replace the A25 Highband Coupler/Detector.
[Link] from >3.2 GHz to the maximum frequency.
Option 540 – Using the RF path block diagram, check the output levels of
the A29 20 GHz Doubler, the A30 Modulation Filter, and the A27 40 GHz
Doubler.
Options 550 and 567 – Using the RF path block diagram, check the output
levels of the A29 20 GHz Doubler, the A30 Modulation Filter, and the A36
Quadraplier.

114 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Unlevels

Option 532 and 544 – Using the RF path block diagram, check the output
levels of the A35 20 GHz IQ Modulator, the A27 40 GHz Doubler, and the
A37 Upconverter.
[Link] at all frequencies.
If the signal generator is unleveled at all frequencies, the problem is most
likely the A10 ALC.
a. Checking the A10 ALC:
— Run a complete self–test and troubleshoot the reported
failure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 115

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems

Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems

When an adjustment does not work or fails to resolve a problem and all
self–tests have passed, use the following table to locate the most likely failure.
Table 1-20 Troubleshooting Help for Failed Adjustments

Ad justment that is failing... Assemblies most likely causing failure...

ADC Calibration A18 CPU

YIG–Driver Pre–Tune Calibration A9 YIG Driver
A28 YIG Oscillator
A5 Sampler
A6 Frac–N
VCO Bias Frac–N Calibration A6 Frac–N
Internal Source Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
AM Audio Path Offset Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
KV vs. Frequency Calibration A6 Frac–N
Timebase Calibration A7 Reference
FM Scale Offset Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
FM Path Offset Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
A6 Frac–N
FM In–band Offset Calibration A6 Frac–N
FM Inverting Amplifier Offset Calibration A6 Frac–N
FM 1/2 Path Ratio Gain Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
Mod Source Relative Gain Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
FM/PM Out–of–Band Calibration A6 Frac–N
FM/PM YO Frequency Compensation Calibration A9 YIG Driver
A28 YIG Oscillator
DC FM Calibration A6 Frac–N
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
Low Frequency Output Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
External Input Peak Detector Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
ALC Dynamic Calibration A10 ALC
A30 Modulation Filter
A8 Output
Power Flatness Calibration A10 ALC
RF Path
ALC Modulator Calibration A30 Modulation Filter
A8 Output

116 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems

Table 1-20 Troubleshooting Help for Failed Adjustments (Continued)

Ad justment that is failing... Assemblies most likely causing failure...

Attenuator Calibration–Lowband and Highband AT1

Power RF Path
Attenuator Calibration–Highband and High AT1
Power RF Path
Attenuator Calibration–Lowband and Low Power AT1
RF Path
Attenuator Calibration–Highband and Low Power AT1
RF Path
AM Gain Calibration A11 Pulse Modulation Generator
Gain Adjustment Bypass Calibration A8 Output
(Frequencies £ 3.2 GHz) A6 Frac–N
Pulse Width Calibration A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
A30 Modulation Filter
A8 Output
IQ Impairment A13 IQ Mux
A35 3–20 GHz IQ Modulator
A8 Output
Cables between IQ Mux and IQ Modulators
9v PTAT A10 ALC
Lowband Digital Pre–level Gain Calibration A6 Frac–N
Lowband Digital Mixer Bias Calibration A8 Output
Lowband Digital Gain Adjust A8 Output
IQ Power Floor A13 IQ Mux
Target IQ Power A13 IQ Mux
I/F Corner A13 IQ Mux
A8 Output
A35 3–20 GHz IQ Modulator
A37 Upconverter
Upconverter Download A37 Upconverter
RF Timing Skew A14 Baseband Generator
A13 IQ Mux
A8 Output
A35 3–20 GHz IQ Modulator
A37 Upconverter
Baseband Generator Timing Skew A14 Baseband Generator
A13 IQ Mux
VBand Level Accuracy AT1 Attenuator
A24/25 67 GHz Coupler/Detector

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 117

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Adjustment Problems

Table 1-20 Troubleshooting Help for Failed Adjustments (Continued)

Ad justment that is failing... Assemblies most likely causing failure...

Upconverter Gain Adjust Calibration A37 Upconverter

A35 3–20 GHz IQ Modulator
Modulator Bias DAC Sensitivity A10 ALC
A8 Output
A30 Modulation Filter
A36 Quadraplier
A37 Upconverter

118 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ADC Adjustment Failures

Troubleshooting ADC Adjustment Failures

The ADC adjustment adjusts the ADC reference voltage to match the A18 CPU
+10 Vdc reference. There are three reasons the adjustment could fail:
— problems with the +10 Vdc reference
— A18 CPU problems
— analog mux on another assembly is starting to fail
Procedure:
1. Run self–test 1100. If self–test 1100 passes, the +10 Vdc reference is
good; proceed to step 2.
2. To see if an analog mux is failing and loading the supply, turn power off
and remove the A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, and A7 Reference.
3. Run the adjustment. If the adjustment passes, turn power off, reinstall one
assembly at a time and run the adjustment until the problem assembly is
located.
4. If self–test fails, turn power off, reinstall the assemblies and remove the
A8 Output, A9 YIG Driver, and A10 ALC.
5. Run the adjustment. If the adjustment passes, turn power off, reinstall one
assembly at a time and run the adjustment until the problem assembly is
located.
6. If self–test fails, turn power off, reinstall the assemblies and remove the
ribbon cable from J10 on the A26 MID (W35).
7. If self–test passes, replace the A26 MID.
8. If self–test fails, replace A18 CPU.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 119

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Performance Test Problems

Troubleshooting Performance Test Problems

If a performance test fails and all self–tests pass, use the following to find the
most likely failure:

Performance test that is failing... Action to perform...

Maximum Leveled Output Power Refer to “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on page 122.

Power Level Accuracy Perform

Power Flatness Calibration,
Attenuator Calibration–Lowband and Highband Power,
Attenuator Calibration–Highband and High Power,
Attenuator Calibration–Lowband and Low Power, and
Attenuator Calibration–Highband and Low Power.

Internal Pulse Modulation Level Accuracy If the frequency ≤3.2 GHz, check the
Internal Pulse Modulation Rise/Fall Time A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator or the A8 Output.
Internal Pulse Modulation Minimum Pulse Width
If the frequency is >3.2 GHz, check
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and the A10 ALC.

If the Internal Pulse Modulation Minimum Pulse Width test fails,

perform a Pulse Width Calibration prior to replacing any assembly.

DC FM Carrier Offset Perform DC FM Calibration.

If still failing, check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

External AM Frequency Response If the frequency is ≤3.2 GHz, check the

A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator or the A8 Output.

If the frequency is >3.2 GHz, check the

A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and the A10 ALC.

Internal FM Frequency Response Perform FM adjustments.

If still failing check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

External Phase Modulation Frequency Response Perform FM adjustments.

If still failing check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

Internal FM Distortion Perform FM adjustments.

If still failing check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

Internal Phase Modulation Distortion Perform FM adjustments.

If still failing check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

External FM Deviation Accuracy Perform FM adjustments.

If still failing check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

External Phase Modulation Deviation Accuracy Perform FM adjustments.

If still failing check A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and A6 Frac–N.

120 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Performance Test Problems

Performance test that is failing... Action to perform...

External Pulse Modulation ON/OFF Ratio If the frequency is ≤3.2 GHz, check the
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator or the A8 Output.

If the frequency is >3.2 GHz, check the

A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and the A10 ALC.

Harmonic Spurious Refer to “Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious” on page 127.

Sub–Harmonic Spurious

Non–Harmonic Spurious Refer to “Troubleshooting Non–Harmonic Spurious” on page 132.

Single–Sideband Phase Noise Refer to “Troubleshooting the RF Path” on page 122.

Internal EVM Digital Modulation Quality Perform I/Q and digital calibrations.

Digital Modulation Power Relative to CW Perform I/Q and digital calibrations.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 121

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the RF Path

Troubleshooting the RF Path

Troubleshooting RF Path procedure:
— preset the signal generator
— set a frequency
— open ALC loop (ALC Off)
— set signal generator to maximum power
— check power levels in the RF path using “Troubleshooting RF Power
Levels”, below.

Troubleshooting RF Power Levels

The following information has been provided to aid in troubleshooting power
levels in the RF path:
— RF Block Diagrams (see Figure 1-9 on page 167 and Figure 1-10 on
page 169 for the E8257D, and Figure 1-13 on page 175 and Figure 1-14 on
page 177 for the E8267D). The block diagrams show signal flow, path
frequency ranges, and minimum power levels ts a few key points in the RF
path.
— A Gain/Loss table (Table 1-28 on page 165). The table provides the
minimum gain or maximum loss level between the input and output for
each part
When troubleshooting the instrument, the troubleshooting procedure may
refer you to the RF Block Diagram, the Gain/Loss table, or both.

Examples:
Verifying the gain or loss of a part – Locate the part in the Gain/Loss table.
Measure the output and input power levels. Subtract the input from the output
to determine the gain or loss. If the part is not meeting the gains or losses
specified (the gain is less than specified or the loss is more than specified), the
part most likely needs to be replaced. In cases where the part fails to meet its
specification but comes very close, calculate and measure the minimum input
power level into the part before replacing the part.
Verifying the minimum power into a part – Locate a point on the RF path
where output power is specified, then use the Gain/Loss table to calculate the
minimum power level at the specific location. If the minimum power level is not
present, measure the output of the first device showing a power level on the RF
Block Diagram, then measure the input and output power level for each device
in the path until the defective part is located.

ALC and RF problems

1. Run a full self–test and troubleshoot any reported failures before
proceeding.

122 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the RF Path

2. From Table 1-21, determine the frequencies where the problem occurs.
Table 1-21

Frequencies Assemblies

All frequencies A27 40 GHz Doubler (40 GHz models only)

A28 YIG Oscillator
A29 20 GHz Doubler
A30 Modulation Filter
AT1 (Option 1E1)
RF Output Connector

250 kHz to 2 GHz A6 Frac–N

A8 Output
A27 40 GHz Doubler
A29 20 GHz Doubler
A30 Modulation Filter
A25 Highband Coupler/Detector
AT1 (Option 1E1)
RF Output Connector

250 kHz to 20 GHz A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

A8 Output

3.2 GHz to 20 GHz/40 GHz A27 40 GHz Doubler (40 GHz models only)
A29 20 GHz Doubler
A30 Modulation Filter
AT1 (Option 1E1)
RF Output Connector

20 GHz to 40 GHz A25 Highband Coupler/Detector

A27 40 GHz Doubler
A30 Modulation Filter
AT1 (Option 1E1)
RF Output Connector

3. Perform the following steps:

— press Preset
— press Frequency, and set signal generator to frequency in problem
area
— press Amplitude, and set to +25 dBm
— press RF ON/OFF (turn RF On)
— turn ALC Off
— Power Search Manual
— Do Power Search
4. Using the RF Path Block Diagram, check the power levels at the points
shown.
5. Once the problem is located, verify that the cables between the two
assemblies are good before replacing the assembly.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 123

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the RF Path

6. To measure the A6 Frac–N output level, with the signal generator on,
remove the A8 Output and probe the right hand mmx connector’s center
pin. The power level should be ≥+5 dBm.

Always turn the signal generator off before installing any assembly.

7. If power levels look good through the path in ALC Off mode, the problem is
most likely in the ALC loop. Go to troubleshooting the ALC loop.

Troubleshooting Pulse Modulation

1. Verify a license key has been entered for either Option UNU or UNW.
2. Run a full self–test and troubleshoot any reported failures before
proceeding.
3. Determine the frequency of the pulse modulation problem.
4. Configure the signal generator to the pulse modulation setting that
produces the problem.
5. Connect an oscilloscope to the LF OUTPUT connector. The waveform
should be present on the oscilloscope.
6. If the waveform is present, continue to step 7.
7. If the waveform is not present or the signal is not the correct amplitude or
type, replace the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator.
8. Turn ALC Off. In ALC On mode, the ALC bandwidth limits pulse amplitudes
at pulse widths <1μs. If turning ALC Off corrects the problem, then verify
that pulse modulation is setup in either ALC Off or Power Search Modes.

Troubleshooting Problems <3.2 GHz

9. If the pulse modulation problem occurs at <3.2 GHz, check P52–23 on the
A31 Motherboard. Compare the results with Table 1-22.
Table 1-22

Pulse On Pulse Off

+5 Vdc 0 to +5 Vdc (pulses at modulation rate)

[Link] signal levels are good, replace the A8 Output.

[Link] the signals are bad, check the cable continuity. If the cable is bad,
replace the cable. If the cable is good replace the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator.

124 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the RF Path

Troubleshooting Problems >3.2 GHz

[Link] the pulse modulation problem occurs >3.2 GHz, remove the cable A30
Modulation Filter J7 (W17). Probe the end of the cable. Compare the
results with Table 1-23.
Table 1-23

Pulse On Pulse Off

+5 Vdc 0 to +5 Vdc (pulses at modulation rate)

[Link] the signal levels are good, replace the A30 Modulation Filter.
[Link] the signal levels are bad, check the cable continuity. If the cable is bad,
replace the cable. If the cable is good replace the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator.

Troubleshooting AT1 Attenuator

The attenuator in a E8267D signal generator steps (changes levels) every 5
dBm. In a E8257D Option 513/520/532/540 signal generator the attenuator
steps 5 dBm for the first change, then ever 10 dBm. In a E8257D 550/67 signal
generator the attenuator steps every 10 dBm.
1. If the attenuator switches at the switch points but the power does not
change or the power changes more or less than expected, replace the
attenuator.
2. If the attenuator does not switch, press: Utility > more 1 of 2 > Instrument
Info > Options Info
An Option 1E1 should be listed.
3. If Option 1E1 is not listed, the option is either not installed or the
configuration file is bad. The signal generator will need to be returned to
Keysight for service.
4. If Option 1E1 is listed, turn the signal generator off and remove W36 from
J13 on the A26 MID.
5. Turn the signal generator on and probe the following pins on J13.
— Pin 1 +15 Vdc ±0.75 Vdc
— Pin 2 +5.2 Vdc ±0.5 Vdc

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 125

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the RF Path

Table 1-24 shows the amplitude ranges and the corresponding attenuator
switch control line voltages. Attenuation is switched in at +3 Vdc ±0.75
Vdc and switched out at 0 Vdc.
Table 1-24

Pin Numbers and Vol tages

Amplitude J13–5 40B dB J13–6 20 dB J13–7 40C dB J13–9 10 dB J13–10 5 dB

Levels Atten. Step Atten. Step Atten. Step Atten. Step Atten. Step

+25 to +5.1 dBm 0 0 0 0 0

+5.0 to –4 99 dBm 0 0 0 0 +3

–5.0 to –14.99 dBm 0 0 0 +3 +3

–15.0 to –24.99 dBm 0 +3 0 0 +3

–25.0 to –34.99 dBm 0 +3 0 +3 +3

–35.0 to –44.99 dBm +3 0 0 0 +3

–45.0 to –54.99 dBm +3 0 0 +3 +3

–55.0 to –64.99 dBm +3 +3 0 0 +3

–65.0 to –74.99 dBm +3 +3 0 +3 +3

–75.0 to –84.99 dBm +3 0 +3 0 +3

–85.0 to –94.99 dBm +3 0 +3 +3 +3

–95.0 to –104.99 +3 +3 +3 0 +3
dBm

>–105.0 dBm +3 +3 +3 +3 +3

6. If the voltages are correct, replace the attenuator.

7. If the voltages are not correct, replace the A26 MID.

126 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious

Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious

Harmonics are multiples of the output frequency. The second harmonic should
be two times the output frequency at an x dBc down. This section contains
procedures for checking spurious harmonic emission levels to make sure they
are within specifications.

If the harmonic falls beyond the frequency range of the signal generator, the
harmonic is not specified or measured.

To measure harmonics that fall within the signal generator frequency range,
set the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to the harmonic frequency and
set the signal generator to a specified power level. Measure the output signals
peak power level on the spectrum analyzer. This peak power level is the
reference level for the harmonic measurement. Turn on Marker Delta, set the
signal generator to the fundamental frequency, and measure the power level of
the fundamental frequency. The dBc value is the difference between the
fundamental peak power level and the harmonic frequency power level.

Table 1-25 Harmonic Specifications

Harmonic Specifications

< 10 MHz –28 dBc

10 MHz to 2 GHz –30 dBc

10 MHz to 2 GHz (with Option 1EH filters on) –55 dBc

> 2 GHz to 20 GHz –55 dBc

> 20 GHz to 40 GHz (Option 540) –50 dBc

> 20 GHz to 44 GHz (Options 532 & 544) –45 dBc

> 20 GHz to 67 GHz (Options 550 & 567) –45 dBc

20 GHz Models
Use this procedure to troubleshoot harmonic problems with a fundamental
frequency between 500 kHz and 3.2 GHz.
1. Set the signal generator as follows:
— Frequency: set to harmonic frequency to be measured
— Amplitude: +10 dBm
— ALC Off
— Amplitude Power Search (softkey)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 127

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious

2. Remove the cable on A30 Modulation Filter J3 (W27). Connect the

spectrum analyzer to the cable.
3. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic frequency, then press peak
search and delta marker.
4. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
5. Using the delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Compare the spectrum analyzer reading to the specifications in
Table on page 127.
6. If the harmonics do not meet specifications, replace the A8 Output.
7. If harmonic meet specifications reconnect the cable to the A30
Modulation Filter J3 and remove the cable going to A30 Modulation Filter
J2 (W31). Connect the spectrum analyzer to the A30 Modulation Filter J2.
8. Set the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to the harmonic
frequency, then on the spectrum analyzer, press marker peak search and
then delta marker.
9. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
[Link] the delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Harmonic level should be ≤–55 dBc.
[Link] the harmonic level is >–55 dBc, replace the A30 Modulation Filter.

20 GHz Models
Use this procedure to troubleshoot harmonic problems with a fundamental
frequency between 3.2 GHz and 10 GHz.
1. Set the signal generator as follows:
— Frequency: set to harmonic frequency to be measured
— Amplitude: +10 dBm
— ALC Off
— Amplitude Power Search (softkey)
2. Remove the cable from the A29 20 GHz Doubler J2. Connect the spectrum
analyzer to
A29 20 GHz Doubler J2.
3. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic frequency, press marker peak
search and then delta marker.
4. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
5. Using the delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Compare the spectrum analyzer reading to the specifications in
Table on page 127.
6. If harmonics do not meet specification, replace the A29 20 GHz Doubler.

128 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious

7. If harmonics meet or exceed specification, reconnect the cable to the A29

20 GHz Doubler J2 and remove the cable going to the A30 Modulation
Filter J2 (W31). Connect the spectrum analyzer to the A30 Modulation
Filter J2.
8. Set the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to the harmonic
frequency. On the spectrum analyzer, press marker peak search and delta
marker.
9. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
[Link] the delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Compare the spectrum analyzer reading to the specifications in
Table on page 127.
[Link] the harmonics do not meet specification, replace the A30 Modulation
Filter.

32 GHz and 44 GHz Models Only

Use this procedure to troubleshoot harmonic problems with a fundamental
frequency between 10 GHz and 16 GHz for Option 532, and between 10 GHz
and 22 GHz for Option 544.
1. Set the signal generator as follows:
— Frequency: set to harmonic frequency to be measured
— Amplitude: +10 dBm
— ALC Off
— Amplitude Power Search (softkey)
2. Remove the cable from the A37 20–44 GHz Upconverter (W102). Connect
the spectrum analyzer to the A37 20–44 GHz Upconverter (J4).
3. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic frequency, then press peak
search and delta marker.
4. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
5. Using the delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Compare the spectrum analyzer reading to the specifications in
Table on page 127.
6. If the harmonics do not meet specifications, replace the A37 20–44 GHz
Upconverter.

40 GHz Models Only

Use this procedure to troubleshoot harmonic problems with a fundamental
frequency between 2 GHz and 20 GHz
1. Set the signal generator as follows:

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 129

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious

— Frequency: set to harmonic frequency to be measured

— Amplitude +10 dBm
— ALC Off
— Amplitude Power Search (softkey)
2. Remove the cable from the A30 Modulation Filter J2 (W31). Connect the
spectrum analyzer to
A30 Modulation Filter J2.
3. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic frequency and press marker
peak search and delta marker.
4. Set the signal generator frequency to the fundamental frequency of the
harmonic.
5. Using the delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Compare the spectrum analyzer reading to the specifications in
Table on page 127.
6. If the harmonics do not meet specification, replace the A30 Modulation
Filter.
7. If the harmonics meet or exceed specification, reconnect the cable to the
A30 Modulation Filter J2 and remove the cable going to A27 40 GHz
Doubler output (W30). Connect the spectrum analyzer to the A27 40 GHz
Doubler J2.
8. Set the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to the harmonic
frequency. Press marker peak search and delta marker.
9. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
[Link] delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. Compare the spectrum analyzer reading to the specifications in
Table on page 127.
[Link] the harmonics do not meet specification, replace the A27 40 GHz
Doubler.

50 and 67 GHz Models Only

Use this procedure to troubleshoot harmonic problems with a fundamental
frequency between 20 GHz and 25 GHz for Option 550, and between 20 GHz
and 33.5 GHz for Option 567.
1. Set the signal generator as follows:
— Frequency: set to harmonic frequency to be measured
— Amplitude +10 dBm
— ALC Off
— Amplitude Power Search (softkey)

130 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Harmonic Spurious

2. Remove the cable from the A30 Modulation Filter output going to the A36
Quadraplier (W107). Connect the spectrum analyzer to A30 Modulation
Filter (J2).
3. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic frequency and press marker
peak search and delta marker.
4. Set the signal generator frequency to the fundamental frequency of the
harmonic.
5. Using the delta marker, read and record the harmonic power level on the
spectrum analyzer.
6. Reconnect the cable to the A30 Modulation Filter (J2) and remove the
cable from the A36 Quadraplier output (W112). Connect the spectrum
analyzer to the A36 Quadraplier (J3).
7. Set the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to the harmonic
frequency. Press marker peak search and delta marker.
8. Set the signal generator to the fundamental frequency of the harmonic.
9. Using delta marker, read the harmonic power level on the spectrum
analyzer. There should be a decrease in the harmonic power level from
what was measured in step 3, at the output of the A30 Modulation Filter. If
there isn’t, or if the decrease is less than 15 dB, replace the
A36 Quadraplier.
[Link] the harmonics are decreased, replace the A30 Modulation Filter.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 131

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Non–Harmonic Spurious

Troubleshooting Non–Harmonic Spurious

There are nine different groupings a spur can fall into. The grouping determines
what assembly is most likely generating the spur. The procedure for
troubleshooting spurs is to identify the grouping based on failing a
performance test, checking for loose or broken cables or castings, and
replacing the assembly.
Table 1-26 Non Harmonic Spurs
Mixing Spurs These spurs are generated by the mixing products of the RF and IF signals on the
A8 Output. The instrument is tuned to a frequency in the Heterodyne–Band (250 kHz
to 250 MHz) to measure these spurs.
Power Supply Spurs These spurs are generated by the power supply switching at a 100 kHz rate. If the test
fails for these spurs, change A19 Power Supply.
Offset Reference Spurs These spurs are generated by the 10 MHz frequency reference on the A7 Reference.
Clock Spurs Two clocks on the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator generate these spurs.
The first clock is 33.554432 MHz and is used by the numeric synthesizer. The second
clock is 100 MHz and is used by the internal pulse generator.
RF and LO Feedthrough When the instrument is tuned to a Heterodyne Band (250 kHz to 250 MHz)
Spurs frequency, the RF and LO feeds through from the mixer on the A8 Output generates
spurs on the RF output.
Frac–N Feedthrough These spurs are generated by the Frac–N frequency coupling onto the low–band
signal as it leaves the A6 Frac–N. The spurs then appear at the Frac–N frequency at
the RF output.
Sampler Spurs These spurs are generated on the A5 Sampler by the sampler LO and IF frequencies.
Frac–N 250 MHz These spurs are generated by either the A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, or A7 Reference.
Crossing Spurs They occur when a harmonic of the Frac–N frequency equals a harmonic of 250 MHz.
The spurs are measured in highband at 133 kHz offset from the CW frequency.
IF 250 MHz Crossing These spurs are generated on the A5 Sampler. They are caused by harmonics of the
Spurs A5 Sampler IF. The spurs are measured in highband at 133 kHz offset from the CW
frequency.

132 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Option UNR/UNX/UNY and Instruments with Serial Prefixes ≥
US4805/MY4805 Phase Noise

Troubleshooting Option UNR/UNX/UNY and Instruments with Serial

Prefixes ≥ US4805/MY4805 Phase Noise
Poor grounds or shielding problems in either the test environment or the
measurement system can cause the phase noise measurement to fail. Physical
vibration is another common cause of phase noise. Before performing a phase
nose measurement make sure all covers are installed, the work surface is free
of physical vibrations, and the phase noise system is working properly.
Phase noise failures at specific offsets are fairly predictable. After making sure
the measurement accurately reflects a failure, use Table 1-27 to troubleshoot
phase noise problems. The troubleshooting procedure consists of assembly
substitution.

Table 1-27 Phase Noise Failures

Frequency Offset Most Likely Assembly

0 to 100 Hz A32 High Stability Time Base

100 Hz to 10 kHz A7 Reference

<5 kHz to 10 kHz A6 Frac–N; A45 Frac-N (Option UNY)

10 kHz to 100 kHz A5 Sampler; A46 Offset (Option UNY)

>100 kHz to 1 MHz A28 YIG Oscillator or A9 YIG Driver

Frequencies <3.2 GHz A8 Output

Frequencies >3.2 GHz A29 20 GHz Doubler or A30 Modulation Filter

Frequencies >20 GHz A27 40 GHz Doubler

In non–Option UNR/UNX and instruments with serial prefixes > US4805/MY4805,

the most likely assemblies and frequency offset are the same except for <100 Hz.
In non–Option UNR/UNX and instruments with serial prefixes > US4805/MY4805,
the most likely assembly for <100 Hz offset is the A7 Reference.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 133

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Overall Description
The overall description provides a functional overview of the Keysight PSG
signal generators. Some of the functional blocks discussed are common to
many types of instruments, while others are more specific to analog and vector
signal generators.
Common functions:
— A18 CPU
— A19 Power Supply
— Input/Output Interface
Specific signal generator functions:
— Frequency Generation
— Output Power Level/Automatic Leveling Control
— Analog Modulation (Option UNU Standard Pulse, UNW Fast Pulse, UNT
AM/FM and Phase Modulation) and Digital Modulation

A18 CPU
The A18 CPU controls all activities in the signal generator:
— translating information entered from the front panel keys, LAN, GPIB, or
Auxiliary Interface (RS–232) into machine–level instructions
— communicating translated instructions on the internal buses
— monitoring critical circuits for problems, such as unleveled and unlocked
conditions
— reporting (on the front panel display) any problems with critical circuits

A19 Power Supply

The power supply has an internal line fuse that cannot be replaced. If the fuse
opens, the power supply must be replaced.

Voltages
The main power supply converts line voltage (120 Vac or 240 Vac) to regulated
dc voltages. Some of the required dc voltages are not directly available from
the main power supply and are provided by re–regulating one of the main
power supply voltages to the required voltage. This regulation can take place
on any assembly and then routed to the required assemblies.

134 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Line Module
The line voltage connects to the power supply through the A22 Line Module.
Because the power supply automatically detects and adjusts to different line
voltages, manual line voltage selection is neither necessary nor available.

Power Supply Thermal Sensors and fans

Two thermal sensors prevent the signal generator from overheating. One
sensor is internal to the A19 Power Supply; the other sensor is on the A8
Output. If the signal generator goes into thermal shutdown, the amber and
green LEDs on the front panel blink on and off.
There are two fans in the instrument. One fan cools the power supply. The
other is a variable speed fan that increases and decreases its speed to regulate
the instrument’s internal temperature. For reliability, it is important to operate
the instrument with the covers installed to ensure proper airflow and cooling.

Input/Output Interface
Front Panel
The signal generator accepts inputs through the front panel hardkeys and the
display softkeys, and provides outputs on the front panel display, and through
the RF output connector. Depending on the model, features, and options, the
front panel may have modulation input/output BNC connectors installed but
not operational if the option associated with that connector is not also
installed.
When line voltage is present and the signal generator is in standby mode, the
amber LED above the power switch lights. When the signal generator is in
power–on mode, the green LED (also above the power switch) lights.

Hardkeys/Softkeys
The front panel has two types of keys:
Hardkeys are dedicated to specific functions, entering values for the most
commonly used features, and controlling the display’s contrast and intensity.
The front panel keypad uses a row and column configuration. Pressing a key
makes a connection between a row and column. The row and column
information is routed to the A18 CPU where it is interpreted, and the
corresponding function executed.
Softkeys, located along the display, are used to select the function displayed
to the left of the key (on the display). When a softkey is pressed, the displayed
function changes.

A2 Display
A liquid crystal display (LCD) provides information about the instrument's
settings and condition. The LCD requires a power supply, lighting, and data:

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 135

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

— The A4 inverter converts dc voltage to the ac voltage required by the

display.
— A backlight (a bulb powered by the A4 Inverter) lights the display so that
information is visible.
— The A18 CPU generates data, which is routed to the LCD through the
A3 Power Switch assembly.
— To extend the life of the LCD, an available sleep mode turns the LCD off
after a defined inactive period (no key presses or program commands) and
turns it back on with any key press.

RF Output Connector
On 20 GHz instruments, the RF output connector is an APC 3.5 male or
Type–N (Option 1ED). On models with output frequencies above 20 GHz and
<50 GHz, the RF output connector is a 2.4 mm male. On models with output
frequencies above 50 GHz, the RF output connector is a 1.85 mm male
connector. Option 1EM moves all front panel connectors to the rear panel.

Rear Panel
The rear panel contains the power line module, LAN, GPIB, RS–232, and A20
Source Module Interface (SMI), scalar interface, and BNC connectors used for
sweep interface. BNC and SMB connectors may be present on the rear panel
but not operational if the option associated with that connector is not installed.

Frequency Generation
The YIG oscillator generates frequencies from 3.2 to 10 GHz.

Output Oscillator
Path Notes
Frequency Frequency

A6 Frac–N signal is mixed with a 1 GHz signal on the A8 output assembly;

< 250 MHz 3.2 to 10 GHz
Lowband path, the difference is used to generate the lower frequencies.

250 MHz and part of

to 4 to 8 GHz highband path Oscillator output is divided by 2/4/8/16 on the A6 Frac–N assembly.
3.2 GHz

136 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Output Oscillator
Path Notes
Frequency Frequency

> 3.2 GHz 3.2 to 10 GHz Highband path On all models, the 3.2 to 10 GHz oscillator output is doubled to achieve
frequencies between 10 and 20 GHz.
On analog models, the 10 to 20 GHz signal is doubled to achieve
frequencies between 20 and 40 GHz.
On vector models, frequencies between 20 and 44 GHz are developed
using a 40 GHz doubler and an upconverter. The 10 to 20 GHz signal from
the 20 GHz Doubler is doubled using the same 40 GHz Doubler used in
analog models, and then used as the LO input to the A37 Upconverter. A
3.2 to 10 GHz signal from the 20 GHz Doubler is fed to the IQ side of the
A37 Upconverter. Frequencies up to <28.5 GHz are the difference
between the LO and IQ inputs to the upconverter and frequencies 28.5
GHz to 44GHz are the sum.
In analog models with output frequencies >40 GHz, the output frequency
is developed by replacing the A27 40 GHz Doubler with the
A36 Quadraplier. The A36 Quadraplier doubles the 10 to 20 GHz signal to
develop frequencies up to 40 GHz and then doubles >20 GHz signals to
generate frequencies >40 GHz.

Highband Path – Frequencies 3.2 GHz and Above

The output of the YIG oscillator (3.2 to 10 GHz) is routed to the A29 20 GHz
Doubler microcircuit. Depending on the desired output frequency, the signal is
routed either through a bypass circuit (for frequencies below 10 GHz), or
through a frequency doubler circuit (for frequencies above 10 GHz). After the
bypass or doubler circuits, the signal is amplified and filtered.
In analog models, the A29 20 GHz Doubler output is routed to the A30
Modulation Filter. The A30 contains amplitude and pulse modulators,
amplifiers, and filters. In 40 GHz analog models, the A30 Modulation Filter
output is routed to the doubler path of the A27 40 GHz Doubler for frequencies
above 20 GHz, and to a bypass switch in the A27 40 GHz Doubler for
frequencies up to 20 GHz. The output of the A27 40 GHz Doubler is connected
to the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector, the optional AT1
attenuator, and the front panel RF output connector.
In analog models with output frequencies above 40 GHz, the A30 Modulator
filter provides outputs for the two A36 Quadraplier inputs. One input is to a
bypass circuit for frequencies from 250 kHz to 20 GHz. The other input takes a
10 to 20 GHz signal and doubles it to provide 20 to 40 GHz to a second doubler
for frequencies above 40 GHz. The A36 Quadraplier’s output then connects to
the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector, to the optional AT1
attenuator, and to the front panel RF output connector.
In vector models, the 20 GHz Doubler output is routed to the A35 3–20 GHz
I/Q Modulator and then to the A30 Modulation Filter. The A35 3–20 GHz I/Q
Modulator contains I and Q modulation circuits used to transfer I/Q information
to the RF signal.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 137

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

In 20 GHz vector models, the output of the A30 Modulation Filter is routed to
the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector, then through the AT1
attenuator to the front panel RF output connector.
In 32 and 44 GHz models, the A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator routes two signals.
One signal goes to the A27 40 GHz Doubler. The second signal goes to the IQ
input of the A37 Upconverter. The output of the 40 GHz Doubler is then routed
to the LO side of the A37 Upconverter.

Lowband Path – Frequencies Below 3.2 GHz

For frequencies below 3.2 GHz, the YIG oscillator output is tuned between 4
and 8 GHz. In analog models and 20 GHz vector models, the YIG oscillator
output is routed to the A29 20 GHz Doubler microcircuit, where a portion of the
signal is coupled off and routed to the A6 Frac–N. In vector models with output
frequencies > 20 GHz, the A39 Coupler is added at the YIG oscillator output to
couple the signal to the A6 Frac–N. A divider on the A6 Frac–N divides the 4 to
8 GHz signal to a frequency between 250 MHz and 3.2 GHz. This signal is then
routed to the A8 Output assembly where it is amplified, filtered and modulated.

The following paragraphs apply to E8257D instruments without Option 1EU, with
serial prefixes < US4928/MY4928/SG4928, and all E8267D & E8663B instruments.

Frequencies below 250 MHz are generated on the A8 Output by mixing the
output signal from the A6 Frac–N (between 1000 and 750 MHz) with a 1 GHz
LO from the A7 Reference. In vector models, the A8 Output also contains the
I/Q modulation circuit.
Option UNW (improved pulse performance below 3.2 GHz) adds a fast pulse
modulator after the A8 Output. Option 1EH (reduced harmonics below 3.2
GHz) adds a filter assembly (A38 Low Band Switch Filter) after the A8 Output.
If Option UNW is installed, 1EH is installed after the A8 Output and before the
UNW assembly.
The 100 kHz to 3.2 GHz signal is routed to the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector,
and then switched into the highband path by a switch in the A30 Modulation
Filter microcircuit. From this point, the low frequency signals flow to the front
panel through the highband path.

The following paragraph applies to E8257D instruments with Option 1EU and all
E8663D instruments.

The A43 Amp Filter assembly is added to the low band RF path. The RF signal
flow goes from the A8 Output board into the A43 Amp Filter and then into the
A23 Low Band Coupler. The A43 Amp Filter induces the circuitry for Options
UNU and UNW for frequencies from 250 MHz to 3.2 GHz, Option 1EH, Option
007, Option 1EU, and a divider circuitry used with Option UNX.

138 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Frequency Control
CW Mode
The A9 YIG Driver, A18 CPU, A7 Reference, A5 Sampler, and A6 Frac–N
establish frequency accuracy and stability. This circuitry is commonly referred
to as a phase lock loop (PLL).
In CW operation, the A18 CPU programs the A9 YIG Driver pre–tune DAC to
output a voltage that coarsely tunes the YIG oscillator to the desired
frequency. The A18 CPU also sets the A6 Frac–N VCO and the A5 Sampler
phase dividers and VCO to a frequencies such that when the A6 Frac–N, A5
Sampler signal, and the YIG oscillator signals are in phase, the output of the
phase comparator is 0 volts, and the phase lock loop is at the desired output
frequency. When the phases of these two signals (YO feedback and reference)
are not the same (in phase), the output of the phase detector changes to some
voltage other than 0 volts.
The phase detector output is then integrated (the integrator voltage is
proportional to the frequency error), and routed to the A9 YIG Driver where it is
summed with the pre–tune DAC voltage, causing the YIG’s output frequency to
change. Once the phase of the two signals matches, the phase detector output
voltage returns to 0 volts, and the integrator maintains a constant output
voltage, holding the YIG output frequency constant.
To perform a phase comparison between the A6 Reference signal and the RF
signal coupled off by the A20 Doubler, a sampling function on the A5 Sampler
converts the RF (in GHz) to an IF frequency in the MHz range. A 10 MHz signal
from the A7 Reference Assembly is used as the reference to the A6 Frac–N
VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) to maintain the A6 Frac–N frequency
accuracy. The frequency reference for the A7 Reference can be an:
— external 10 MHz signal
— internal standard 10 MHz OCXO (Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator) on the
A7 Reference
— optional high–stability 10 MHz OCXO
In summary:
— The A18 CPU coarse tunes the YIG, and sets the A5 Sampler VCO frequency
and the A6 Frac–N VCO frequencies.
— The A5 Sampler and A6 Frac–N VCO frequencies are not fixed, and vary
according to the YIG frequency.
— In some modes, the A6 Frac–N’s VCO is divided on the A5 Sampler.
— The A5 Sampler converts the RF signal to an IF signal for phase
comparison.
— After a phase detector determines the phase difference between the two
signals, the phase detector output is integrated. The integrated voltage is
summed with the A9 YIG Driver pre–tune DAC voltage, causing the YIG
oscillator output frequency to change to the desired frequency.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 139

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Ramp Sweep Mode (Option 007)

The A9 YIG Driver, A18 CPU, A7 Reference and the A6 Frac–N are used in
sweep mode, but the A5 Sampler is not. The A9 YIG Driver does the following:
— generates the sweep rate
— sets the start frequency
— generates the sweep ramp
— provides delay compensation
— adjusts the ALC leveling reference for improved power flatness during
sweep
The A6 Frac–N contains the phase lock circuitry required to monitor and
maintain phase lock during sweep. It also provides a correction frequency
voltage to the A9 YIG Driver.

Output Power Level/Automatic Leveling Control

The output power control circuitry, commonly referred to as the ALC loop,
comprises the following:
— Two detectors: the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector (frequencies ≤2 GHz)
and the A24 Highband Coupler/A25 Highband Detector (frequencies >2
GHz). Note: this is not the same frequency breakpoint as defined by the
lowband and highband paths.
The couplers couple off a small portion of the RF signal and route it to the
detectors. The detectors convert the RF signal to a dc voltage proportional
to the RF power level. This dc voltage is routed to the A10 ALC and used to
adjust the output power.
— An ALC assembly (A10)
— Two ALC modulators
In ALC leveling on (closed loop operation), the output level is detected and a
voltage fed back and compared to a reference voltage. The output of the
comparator controls the modulator drive current, which controls the output
power level. When the detected and reference voltage levels are the same, the
modulator drive current remains constant. When the detected and reference
levels are not the same, the modulator drive current changes, causing the RF
output power to increase or decrease until the reference and detected voltages
are the same.
In ALC leveling off (open loop operation), only a reference voltage is used to
control the modulation drive current. The comparator output is the sum of the
reference voltage and stored calibration data for that frequency point; no
feedback is provided. The stored calibration data is correction information
stored in the instrument during power level calibration; it adjusts for any losses
that occur after the coupler/detector. The reference voltage is generated on
the A10 ALC by a DAC, the output voltage of which is the result of the power
level set on the front panel.

140 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Leveling during ramp sweep (Option 007)

In ramp sweep mode, a sweep compensation reference voltage is routed from
the A9 YIG Driver assembly to the A10 ALC to improve leveling during sweep
operation. The A18 CPU controls the ALC reference correction DAC on the
A9 YIG Driver.

Analog Modulation (Option UNU Standard Pulse, UNW Fast Pulse,

UNT AM/FM and Phase Modulation)
All modulation functionality is license keyed. Without a license key entered into
the instrument, the instrument will not provide any pulse, amplitude,
frequency, or phase modulation. Two levels of pulse modulation performance
are offered. Pulse Option UNU provides pulse widths of 150 ns or greater for
frequencies at or above 3.2 GHz, 500 ns or greater for frequencies below 3.2
GHz, and with ALC off or in search mode, 1 ns or greater for frequencies at or
above 3.2 GHz, and 2 ns or greater for frequencies below 3.2 GHz with ALC on.
Pulse option UNW provides pulse widths of 20 ns or greater for all frequencies
with ALC off.
The RF can be modulated using either external or internal signals from the A11
Pulse/Analog Generator. The A11 Pulse/Analog Generator includes a pulse
generator and a numeric synthesizer that provides AM, FM, PM, and pulse
modulation capabilities. For better phase modulation control, the internal
generator is tied to the A7 Reference 10 MHz.
Internally generated signals up to 1 MHz can be switched to the LF Output
BNC on the front panel.
A11 Pulse/Analog output signals are routed as follows:

Modulation Type Routed to

Amplitude A10 ALC

Pulse A30 Modulation Filter
A8 Output
A36 Quadraplier
A37 Upconverter
Frequency and Phase A6 Frac–N

Digital Modulation
Digital I/Q modulation is generated on the A8 Lowband Vector Output and A35
3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator assemblies. The A13 I/Q Multiplexer routes the I/Q
modulation to the A8 and A35. The source of the modulation may be provided
externally via the front panel I/Q inputs or via the rear panel Wideband I/Q
(Option 015) inputs. For signal generators with Option 601 or 602, the internal
A14 Baseband Generator may be used as the source of the I/Q modulation.
The A13 I/Q Multiplexer also routes the baseband I and Q, along with their
inverses, to the rear panel.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 141

 Troubleshooting
Overall Description

Baseband Generator (Option 601 or 602)

Option 601or 602 provides the signal generator with a baseband generator and
arbitrary waveform generator (ARB). The A14 Baseband Generator provides
built–in basic waveform creation capability (QAM, FSK, PSK, etc.). The ARB
enables users to generate their own waveforms and download them for
playback. Option 601 provides 8 Msamples of playback memory, and Option
602 provides 64 Msamples of playback memory. The A14 Baseband Generator
is also capable of generating two–tone or up to 64 multitones within its RF
modulation bandwidth.

142 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

Synthesis Loop
A9 YIG Driver Microwave / RF Path
Trigger &
FM Driver Timing A26 Microwave Interface Deck
Control

Phase Lock FM Coil

Interface 250 KHz to 20 GHz
Sweep (Opt 520)
Out A28 YIG 3.2 to 10 GHz 3.2 to 20 GHz
Pretune DAC A29 20 GHz Doubler A30 Modulator Filter A24 Coupler RF Output
Main Coil Oscillator A27 40 GHz Doubler
10 GHz to (models < 40GHz) 250 KHz to
20 GHz or 40 GHz
Sweep Sweep or 250 kHz to 20 Ghz.
Level A36 Quadraplier 250 kHz to 40 Ghz,
Generator 250 kHz (models > 40 Ghz) 250KHz to
Control 70 GHz A25 Detector AT1 250 kHz to 50 GHz,
to
3.2 GHz 115 dB Attenuator or
(Option 1E1) 250 kHz to 67/70 GHz
YO Phase Lock
3.2 to 10 GHz
3.2 to 10 GHz

ALC Loop Detected

A6 Frac-N High-Band ALC High Band
Ramp Low-Band 250 kHz
(Fine Tune) Sweep Divider and A8 Output to 3.2 GHz A23 Low-Band Detected Low Band
f Lock Coupler / Detector A10 ALC
Filter
FM
Scaling 250 kHz A38 LB A12 Pulse
to 3.2 GHz Switch Filter Modulator
(Opt 1EH) (Opt UNW)
VCO

Low-Band ALC
A25B A24 A23 AT1
A25
500-1000 MHz A26 A27/A37
High-Band AM A20
Pulse
A11 Pulse/Analog
A5 Sampler Low-Band Pulse Modulation
(Coarse Tune) Generator
Front Panel*
Sampler/ Ext 1 Input
YO Loop YO Phase
Phase-Locked Correction Ext 2 Input
Loop RF Output
LF Output
ALC Input

Pulse/Trigger Gate Input

Pulse Video Out

Rear Panel Pulse Sync Out

Reference (Standard) Stop Sweep

Z/Blank * Note: Option 1EM moves all
Sweep Out connectors to the rear panel.
1 GHz
A7 Reference 10 MHz Out
10 MHz .25-3.2 GHz
10 MHz In Carrier A21 Rear Panel
10 MHz EFC Interface

Reference (Option UNR/UNX & Source Module

Interface
Instruments with serial
prefix >US4805/MY4805) GPIB
1 Ghz
LAN
10 MHz A7 Reference
Auxiliary Interface

Source Settled
A32 10 MHz Trigger In
Crystal Oscillator Option UNR/UNX
Only Trigger Out

Sweep Out
p-anaphoto_top

A18 CPU
120 Vac
A19 Power Supply A22 Line Module or
240 Vac
A32 A19 A38 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5
A18
A31 Motherboard
Photograph: 67 Ghz Model (Option 567)

57d_ovr-all
Block Diagram for the Overall E8257D PSG Analog Signal Generator, Service Guide E8251-90359
 Synthesis Loop
A9 YIG Driver Microwave / RF Path
Trigger &
FM Driver Timing A26 Microwave Interface Deck
Control
FM
Phase Lock Coil
Interface A27 3-40 GHz A37 20 - 44 GHz Upconverter
3.2 to Doubler
Sweep 10 GHz 3.2 to (models > 20 GHz)
Out A29 (models
A28 YIG 20 GHz AT1
Pretune DAC 20 GHz A35 3-20 GHz > 20 GHz) A24 Coupler RF Output
Oscillator Doubler 115 dB Attenuator
A39 I/Q Mod 250 kHz to 20 GHz,
Main 20 - 44 GHz ALC Mod
Sweep 2-20 GHz Coupler 250 kHz to 32 GHz,
Sweep Coil
Level (models > 20 GHz) 20 GHz Model or
Generator
Control A30 Modulator Filter A25 Detector 250 kHz to 45 GHz
20 GHz Model
YO Phase
Lock 3.2 - 20 GHz ALC Mod
3.2 to 10 GHz
3.2 to 10 GHz 20 GHz Model
Models >20 GHz
ALC Loop Detected
A6 Frac-N 250 kHz High Band
Ramp Low-Band
(Fine Tune) Sweep Divider and A8 Output to 3.2 GHz A23 Low-Band
f Lock Coupler / Detector A10 ALC
Filter Detected
FM
Scaling 250 kHz A38 LB A12 Pulse Low Band
to 3.2 GHz Switch Filter Modulator
(Opt 1EH) (Opt UNW)
VCO

Low-Band ALC Mod A39

A12
A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 AT1
500-1000 MHz
3.2 - 20 GHz
A11 Pulse/Analog Pulse
Modulation A34
A5 Sampler Low-Band Pulse Generator 20 - 44 GHz Pulse
(Coarse Tune)
AM
Sampler/
YO Loop Front Panel* A13 I/Q Mux
Phase-Locked
Loop Ext 1 Input
YO Phase Lowband I/Q
Correction Ext 2 Input Highband I/Q
LF Output RF Output
ALC Input

Pulse/Trigger
Gate Input
Rear Panel Pulse
Video Out I only
Reference (Standard) Stop Sweep
Q only
A17
Pulse
Z/Blank .25-3.2 GHz Sync Out
Sweep Out Carrier
I Q
1 GHz Wide I
10 MHz Out A14 Baseband
A7 Reference Wide Q Data
10 MHz Generator
10 MHz In Source Module (Opt 601/602)
Interface Data Clock
10 MHz EFC Baseband Symbol Snyc
Gen Ref In
Reference (Option UNR/UNX & Event 1 A17
Instruments with serial Event 2 Baseband
Gererator * Note: Option 1EM moves all
prefix >US4805/MY4805) Pattern Trig In
Interface connectors to the rear panel.
1 GHz Burst Gate In
GPIB A34 Internal
10 MHz A7 Reference A21 Rear Panel
LAN Hard Drive (Opt 005)
Interface
Auxiliary Interface A20
Source Settled (Not
A32 10 MHz Trigger In Visible)
Crystal Oscillator Option UNR/UNX
Trigger Out
Only Sweep Out
I/Q Ext Out
I/Q Ext Out

A18 CPU
120 Vac
A19 Power Supply A22 Line Module or
240 Vac
A32 A19 A18 A14 A13 A38 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5
A31 Motherboard
Photograph: 45 Ghz Model (Option 544)

67d_ovr-all Block Diagram for the Overall E8267D PSG Vector Signal Generator, Service Guide E8251-90359
 Troubleshooting
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

This description covers generating CW and swept signals at frequencies from
3.2 to 10 GHz. For information on generating other frequencies, see the
“Overall Description” on page 134.
The Reference/Synthesis Loop establishes the frequency characteristics of the
signal generator. Frequency requirements include the following:
— fundamental frequency range generation
— phase noise
— frequency accuracy
— sweep rate (in sweep mode, Option 007)
— swept frequency accuracy (in ramp sweep mode, Option 007)

Reference/Synthe In CW operation, the hardware used includes the A7 Reference, A5 Sampler,

sis Loop A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference, A9 YIG Driver, A28 YIG Oscillator (YO), and A29 20
Hard ware GHz Doubler.
In sweep mode, the A5 Sampler is not used.

CW Mode The following two basic functions are used to generate an accurate frequency:
— coarse and fine tuning
The Pre–tune DACs on the A9 YIG Driver provide coarse tuning; the A5
Sampler and A6 Frac–N assembly provide fine–tuning.
— frequency monitoring or feedback

Example (5 GHz CW)

The A18 CPU sets the A9 YIG Driver Pre–tune DAC to a value such that the YIG
oscillator output is approximately 5 GHz (within approximately 3 MHz of the set
frequency). The A18 CPU also sets the A5 Sampler VCO and the A6 Frac–N
VCO frequencies to the values necessary to generate a 5 GHz YIG Oscillator
output.
The A29 20 GHz Doubler receives the output of the YIG oscillator, and couples
off and routes a portion of the signal to the A5 Sampler.
On the A5 Sampler, the VCO output samples the 5 GHz from the A29 20 GHz
Doubler and converts it to an IF frequency between 30 and 64 MHz. The IF
signal is then filtered and routed to a phase detector.
The output of the VCO on the A6 Frac–N is also routed to the A5 Sampler,
where a divide circuit generates the phase detector reference frequency.
At this point, the reference IF and the sampled IF are approximately at the
same frequency/phase. When the two signals are in phase, the output of the
phase comparator is 0 volts. If the two signals are not in phase, the phase
detector generates a voltage proportional to the phase (frequency) difference
or error.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 147

 Troubleshooting
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

The phase detector error voltage is integrated and summed with the YIG
oscillator pre–tune voltage on the A9 YIG Driver, fine tuning the YIG oscillator
output to exactly 5 GHz.

Ramp Sweep The following basic functions are required to generate an accurate sweep in
(Option 007) ramp sweep mode:
— coarse and fine tune
— sweep rate control
— sweep generation
— output frequency monitoring or feedback

Example (start 3.2 GHz, stop 10 GHz, sweep rate 50 ms)

The A18 CPU sets the A9 YIG Driver Sweep DAC for a +3.2V output, which
results in a YIG oscillator output of approximately 3.2 GHz. To sweep the
instrument from 3.2 to 10 GHz, a programmable counter on the A9 YIG Driver
increments the Sweep DAC’s output to +10V.
The speed at which the output of the Sweep DAC changes determines the
instrument's sweep rate. The rate of change is controlled by the output
frequency of a digitally developed synthesis (DDS) chip on the A9 YIG Driver.
The A18 CPU sets the DDS output to a frequency between 0 and 25 MHz, and
the DDS output frequency clocks a programmable counter that drives the
Sweep DAC rate of change. A low DDS frequency produces a slow sweep rate;
a high DDS frequency produces a high sweep rate.
In ramp sweep mode, the A9 YIG Driver Pre–tune DAC is set to 0V. Delay
compensation is added to improve linearity, and a fine tune correction from the
A6 Frac–N is summed with the Sweep DAC voltage to maintain phase lock. The
phase lock correction voltage is generated on the A6 Frac–N by coupling off
some of the YIG output frequency in the A29 20 GHz Doubler, and routing it to
the A6 Frac–N. On the A6 Frac–N, fixed and programmable dividers (controlled
by the A18 CPU) divide the RF signal down to 5 MHz.
Also on the A6 Frac–N, 10 MHz from the A7 Reference is divided down to 5
MHz. The phase of the two 5 MHz signals is compared and integrated. The
integrator’s output is routed to the A9 YIG Driver and summed with the Sweep
DAC (YIG Drive) voltage to maintain phase lock during sweep.
After the A18 CPU has everything set up, the A9 YIG Driver programmable
counter is enabled and sweep begins. The A6 Frac–N divide numbers
determine how far the A6 Frac–N sweeps before the A18 CPU calculates new
divide numbers. The A6 Frac–N divide numbers are updated at filter switch
points and at band crossings. During multiple band sweeps, the A9 YIG Driver
Sweep DAC, DDS, and delay compensation are updated at band crossings.

148 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

A5 Sampler (CW mode only)

The A5 Sampler contains a microwave sampler used to convert a portion of the
YIG oscillator output frequency to an IF frequency for phase comparison.
The A5 Sampler VCO provides the LO input to the sampler and the YIG
oscillator provides the RF input. The VCO is phase locked to the 1 GHz
reference board output. The 1 GHz signal is split into 2 paths. One path is
divided by 4 and mixed with the other path to generate a 750 MHz signal. The
750 MHz signal is then split into 2 paths, one of which is divided down and
input to a phase detector. The other path goes through a low pass filter and
becomes the LO side of the mixer. The RF side of the mixer is the sampler VCO
output. The mixer IF output then passes through a 155 MHz low pass filter and
into the sampler phase detector. If the divided down 750 MHz path and the
mixer output do not agree, a sampler lock is reported.
The A5 VCO output frequency (LO input) is set between 618 and 905 MHz, the
RF input is between 3.2 and 10 GHz and the sampler output is an IF signal
between 30 and 64 MHz. The IF signal passes through an 80 MHz low pass
filter, eliminating all signals above 80 MHz that might pass through the
sampler.
The IF signal is one input to a phase comparator. The second input to the
phase comparator is 10 to 80 MHz, and is the result of dividing or mixing the
500 to 1000 MHz signal from the A6 Frac–N VCO. The output of the phase
comparator is a voltage proportional to the difference in phase that is
integrated and summed with the pre–tune voltage on the A9 YIG Driver, fine
tuning the YIG oscillator to the desired frequency.
The sampler contributes to the phase noise at offsets between 10 KHz and
100 KHz. Phase noise is better in FM off mode than in FM on mode. In off mode
the A6 Frac–N VCO signal on the A5 Sampler is divided down to get the phase
comparator reference frequency of 10 and 80 MHz. In FM on mode, and for FM
rates above 230 Hz, phase noise performance degrades because the
A6 Frac–N VCO uses a mixer (required for higher FM rates) to get to the
reference frequency.

A6 Frac–N
CW Mode
The A6 Frac–N uses a dividing technique to set the YIG Oscillator to the
desired frequency. Because the A6 Frac–N VCO output is the phase reference
for the comparator on the A5 Sampler, small changes in the Frac–N
programmable divider number result in small changes in the A6 Frac–N VCO
output frequency, which result in small changes in the YIG Oscillator
frequency.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 149

 Troubleshooting
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

The A6 Frac–N can contribute to phase noise between 5 and 10 KHz. This
overlaps with the frequencies over which the A7 Reference contributes to
phase noise. There is no easy way to identify if a phase noise problem in the
overlapping area is generated by the A6 Frac–N or A7 Reference, other than to
try new assemblies.

FM Mode
FM rates up to 230 Hz are accomplished by combining the FM signal and the
A6 Frac–N VCO tune signal to drive the YIG Driver main coil.
FM rates above 230 Hz are accomplished using the FM drive circuit on the A9
YIG Driver to drive the FM coil in the YIG Oscillator.

Sweep Mode
The A6 Frac–N maintains phase lock in sweep mode by providing the
frequency correction voltage; in CW mode the A5 Sampler provides the
frequency correction voltage.
On the A6 Frac–N, the RF signal is downconverted to 5 MHz using fixed and
programmable dividers. The RF 5 MHz is compared to a 5 MHz reference
developed by dividing 10 MHz from the A7 Reference by 2. The difference in
phase is integrated and a correction voltage is applied to the crossover circuit
on the A9 YIG Driver. By using programmable dividers, the RF side of the
comparator can be kept at 5 MHz while the RF frequency sweeps. Because the
instrument can maintain phase lock while sweeping over a finite frequency
range, the A6 Frac–N divide numbers are changed at filter switch points and
band crossings.

A7 Reference
Clean and stable reference signals are essential for low phase noise. In this
case, two reference signals are provided:
— 1 GHz (to the A5 Sampler and the A8 Output, for down conversion)
— 10 MHz (to the A6 Frac–N for VCO phase coherency, and the A9 YIG Driver
for DDS clock and baseband generator accuracy).
The standard A7 Reference uses a 1 GHz STW Oscillator and 10 MHz OCXO.
The low phase noise A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX) uses a 100 MHz VCXO
that is multiplied by 10 to achieve 1 GHz, and a high performance 10 MHz
OCXO.
The A7 Reference contributes to phase noise between 100 Hz and 10 KHz. See
the “A6 Frac–N” assembly description on page 149, for more information on
phase noise.

150 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

A9 YIG Driver
CW Mode
The A9 YIG Driver provides the A28 YIG Oscillator tune voltage. Coarse tuning
of the A28 YIG Oscillator occurs when the A18 CPU sets the pre–tune DAC’s
output voltage to a value that sets the YIG oscillator frequency close to the
desired frequency. 3.2 volts out of the pre–tune DAC results in a 3.2 GHz YIG
oscillator output. The A28 YIG Oscillator output (in GHz) is proportional to the
pre–tuned DAC output (in volts).
The A6 Frac–N and A5 Sampler compare the phase of a reference signal and
the YIG oscillator frequency. A correction voltage is generated and summed
with the pre–tune voltage on the A9 YIG Driver, which fine tunes the A28 YIG
Oscillator to the desired frequency. For higher rate FM operation, the FM signal
is scaled and the gain calibrated on the A9 YIG Driver before being used to
drive the FM coil in the A28 YIG Oscillator.
Both the A9 YIG Driver and the A28 YIG Oscillator contribute to phase noise
between 100 KHz and 1 MHz.

Ramp Sweep Mode (Option 007)

In sweep mode the A9 YIG Driver provides the tune voltage for the YIG
oscillator, generates the sweep voltage, and provides the ALC Reference
correction used during sweep.
The A9 YIG Driver has two similar circuits that generate:
— rear panel sweep out signal
— YIG sweep voltage
The hardware in these two circuits is identical, and includes:
— a sweep rate clock that is a digitally developed synthesis (DDS) chip with an
output frequency of 0 to 25 MHz. A 10 MHz signal from the A7 Reference
maintains the DDS frequency accuracy, and its output frequency clocks the
programmable counter at its output rate.
— a programmable counter that can count either up or down; its output
increments the sweep DAC.
— a sweep DAC
In the rear panel Sweep Out circuit, the DDS frequency is set so the
programmable counter output increments the sweep DAC at the desired sweep
rate. The programmable counter in the Sweep Out circuit always increments
the sweep out DAC from 0 to +10V.
Because the output frequency can be equal to, a fraction of, or a multiple of
the YIG oscillator frequency, the frequency of the DDS in the YIG Drive circuit
changes during a sweep so the RF output frequency always sweeps at the
desired sweep rate. The amount the programmable counter increments the
sweep DAC depends on the required tune voltage. The YIG tunes from the start

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 151

 Troubleshooting
Reference/Synthesis Loop Description

frequency to either the stop frequency or a band crossing. The Sweep DAC sets
the start frequency, and the sweep DAC output voltage directly relates to the
YIG output frequency:
— If sweep DAC output = 5V, YIG frequency = 5 GHz
— If sweep DAC output = 10V, YIG frequency = 10 GHz
Signals that are summed with the sweep DAC voltage include:
— delay compensation, which is calculated by the A18 CPU and is dependent
on the sweep rate and frequency band
— YIG pre–tune (the pre–tune DAC is always set to 0 volts in sweep mode)
— frequency correction voltage from the A6 Frac–N, which is dependent on
the amount of frequency correction required

A28 YIG Oscillator (YO)

The A28 YIG Oscillator output frequency (3.2 to 10 GHz) is controlled by the
amount of current through the main and FM coils. The main coil is used to set
the frequency and for FM ≤230 Hz. The FM coil is used for FM rates >230 Hz.
Both the A9 YIG Driver and the A28 YIG Oscillator contribute to phase noise
between 100 KHz and 1 MHz.

A29 20 GHz Doubler

The A29 20 GHz Doubler provides:
— a thru path for output frequencies from 3.2 to 10 GHz
— two internal couplers that provide a 3.2 to 10 GHz signal to both the A6
Frac–N for phase locking during sweep operation, and to generate
frequencies ≤3.2 GHz; and the A5 Sampler to provide the feedback needed
for fine tune correction in CW mode
— a doubler path to generate frequencies from 10 to 20 GHz
— RF signal amplification and filtering
Both the A29 20 GHz Doubler and the A30 Modulation Filter contribute to
phase noise >3.2GHz.

A38 Switch Filter and A43 Lowband Amp Filter (Option 1EH)
The A38 and A43 assemblies provide reduced harmonics below 3.2 GHz. The
assemblies contain low pass filters that are switched in at different frequencies.
The switch filter has several modes. In the CW and analog modulation modes,
filters are on between 250 MHz and 2 GHz, with reduced power between 10
MHz and 2 GHz. In ramp, step and list sweep modes, filters are on between
250 MHz and 2 GHz, with reduced power between 250 MHz and 2 GHz. In IQ
mode, filters are on between 10 MHz and 2 GHz, with reduced power between
10 MHz and 2 GHz, and degrade IQ bandwidth.

152 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 A6 Frac-N (Fine Tune) Lowband A9 YIG Driver A29 20 GHz Doubler
Frec-N to / from
Divide J1 A6 Sweep Start / Stop Retrace (Rear Pnl)
H_FM_INV MOD_CONTROL J3 3-10
Sweep Control Z-axis / Blanking (Rear Pnl)
Zo 3.2-10GHz Stop Sweep (Rear Pnl) to A6 Frac-N
from Sweep Level (to A10) 3.2 - 10 GHz
H_SD_FM FM
FM A29 Doubler > -7 dBm 3-10
10MHz Programmerable Sweep Out
1 MHz PM Ref Counter Sweep_DAC Rear Panel
L_SD_OFF Fixed J1 3-10
Divider Programmerable (0-10v)
FM_OUT_ Sweep_DAC 3-10
L_FM_OFF 0.1 MHz PM ATTEN_ Programable Counter
BAND_
DAC
CONTROL Divider
3.2-10V
+32 V A28 YIG 750 MHz
YTO_FM 3-20
7 9 Delay_Coupler DAC 5-10
Source Settled (cw) 10-13 Limiter
Indicators 10-20
Control 5 2 SOURCE_SETTLED_H J2
X2
Main Doubler
FM_OFF_H Frac-N Sweep Start / Stop (to / from A9) sweep= Coil >3.2 - 20 GHz
L_RST 16-20
Prescaler 0V 100Hz
Control YIG Pre-tune DAC
Atten & SD 3 16 L_WIDELBW YIG
Control (cw) > 3.2-10 GHz
Offset Mod 5 13-16
L_POS_PHASE_INCR J1 > + 11 dBm
16
STRB J4 to A5 Sampler
3.2 - 10 GHz
Reclocked Ramp FM > -7 dBm
FM_IN_BAND_DAC FM VCO/N Sweep_YIG Driver Coil
Sweep 230
Data I/O Prescaler
Pretune
10 dB H_Speedup Enable
Speedup 2k
FM_IN_BAND_OFFSET_DAC LYO Loop Hold 1
VCO
7 FM J4
VCO 230: :1k
from A5 800k
Reference 5 MHz Phase Loop Filter & Tune : :
Lead-Lag 500-1000 MHz :
Divider /2 Detector :4k
12 dB
FM_FREQ_COMP_L
J9
from A6
Ramp Swp FM_GAIN_DAC FM_FREQ_COMP A39
GAIN_CONTROL_DAC EE_POT_
CONTROL
FM_FREQ_COMP_H Coupler
Reference Input
7 3 RF
Power J3
2-20 GHz
10 MHz TCXO Out of lock Detector
to
from A6 (44 GHz
Detector
L_Out_of_Lock Analog Bus
VCO Out
FM_ATTEN_L
FM_ATTEN
Models)
V_GHZ_DAC
FM Input FM_ATTEN_H

from A11 Pulse / Analog

Modulation Generator

10 MHz to A5 Sampler / YO Loop (Coarse Tune) FM_OFF_H SOURCE_SETTLED_H

A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX & Instruments A6 Frac-N
Mode A
A32 10 MHz with Serial Prefix >US4805/MY4805) 2 ¸P H_PRESET_EN L_YOPLL_OPEN YO_PREDAC
A31 Motherboard LFNSWP
Crystal Oscillator 14 dB L_YOPLL_PRESET
YOLGAIN 1 - Shot
J1 1 GHz In
Ext STROBE 0.2 ms
J6 500 - 1000 MHz +5dBm
10 MHz RF Mode B
10 MHz Frac-N FM MODE
Out In 1 - Shot
10 MHz LO & MULTR
750 MHz 4 1.0 ms
STROBE
Ext FM_MODE_A_B
10 MHz 1 GHz RF (from YO Driver) LYOSLEW
In 10 MHz J1 1 GHz In (from FRAC-N) LFNSWP
FNDIV
10 MHz Digital Out
f IF L_HOLD
L_YOL_UNLK
10 MHz 4
I
_
250 MHz LO YO PLL
Digital Out to
A11 Pulse / Analog f Unlock
+
Modulation Generator Detector A Bus
x 10 1 GHz-OUT_LOWBAND HIGH_LOW
100 MHz
ON / OFF
MULTR LATCH
STROBE YO
L_CRSPLL_Pretune Phase-
MULTR 1- Shot YOLGAIN _
H_PRESET_EN +15V 80 MHz lock
100 MHz I 1 GHz 50 MHz
1 GHz
Output to 6 L CRS PLL
Sampler IF
30 to 64 MHz
+
A8 Output UNLK
+/- 1 _
750 MHz C M
x ---- I Unlock
256 f Detector +
fS
1 GHz
500 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz 1 GHz 618 to 905 MHz 900 MHz
Output to
VCO
A5 Sampler 155 MHz LO RF
x5 x2 _
Vtune S
Mixer IF +
12 to 155 MHz fS fYO
Note: This drawing shows the A7 Reference (Option UNR). 750 MHz 900 MHz
Both the A7 Reference (Standard) and the A7 Reference (Option UNR) LO RF
have the same input and output signals. 750 MHz B

57d-67d_ref_synth-loop Block Diagram for the E8257D/67D PSG Signal Generator Reference / Synthesis Loop, Service Guide E8251-90359
 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

RF Path Description
(Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)
The RF path can divide, pass through, and multiply the A28 YIG Oscillator (YO)
signal to generate the desired RF frequency. Depending on models and
options, the RF path includes hardware for amplitude, pulse, and digital (I/Q)
modulation and controls the RF output power level. The Synthesis /Reference
Block Description provides additional information on generating fundamental
frequencies of 3.2 GHz to 10 GHz.
All RF signals originate from the A28 YIG Oscillator (YO) output frequencies of
3.2 GHz to 10 GHz. RF output frequencies below 3.2 GHz are generated by
dividing the YO signal on the A6 Frac–N and A8 Lowband Output assembly. RF
output frequencies between 3.2 and 10 GHz pass through the A29 20 GHz
Doubler. RF output frequencies between 10 to 20 GHz are generated by
doubling the 5 to 10 GHz YO signal in the A29 20 GHz Doubler. In 40 GHz
analog models, RF output frequencies above 20 GHz are generated by
doubling the 10 to 20 GHz signal output of the A29 20 GHz Doubler in the
A27 40 GHz Doubler. In analog models with output frequencies greater than 40
GHz, the A27 40 GHz Doubler is replaced with the A36 Quadraplier. The A36
Quadraplier generates all frequencies above 20 GHz. The A36 Quadraplier
contains two doublers. The first doubler is a 40 GHz doubler that doubles the
10 to 20 GHz from the A30 Modulation Filter to generate frequencies between
20 and 40 GHz. The second doubler in the A36 Quadraplier doubles
frequencies above 20 GHz (from the 40 GHz doubler) to generate frequencies
above 40 GHz.
In vector models with frequencies above 20 GHz, the RF output is generated
using the A37 Upconverter. The A37 Upconverter contains a mixer, band pass
filters, ALC and pulse modulation diodes, and amplifiers. The A27 40 GHz
Doubler is used to generate a 20 to 40 GHz LO input to the A37 Upconverter.
The input to the A27 40 GHz Doubler is an 11.4 to 19 GHz signal out of the A35
3–20 GHz IQ Modulator. A 5.7 to 9.5 GHz output from the A35 3–20 GHz IQ
Modulator is used for the A37 Upconverter IQ input. For frequencies of 20 to
28.5 GHz, the difference product from the mixer is used and between 28.5 and
44 GHz, the summing mixing product is used.

Analog Model In analog models, the RF Path comprises the following:

Hardware
— A6 Frac–N
— A8 Output
— A12 Fast Pulse Modulation (Option UNW)
— A27 40 GHz Doubler (40 GHz models)
— A29 20 GHz Doubler
— A30 Modulation Filter
— A36 Quadraplier (> 40 GHz models)
— A38 Switch Filter (< 3.2 GHz if Option 1EH is installed)
— A43 Lowband Amp Filter
— AT1 Attenuator (if Option 1E1 is installed). Analog models have a 90 dB step
attenuator and vector models have a 115 dB step attenuator.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 155

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

Analog model option hardware includes:

— a removable compact flash drive1 (Option 008) for external waveform

storage

Vector Model In add ition to the analog hardware, vector models add the following hardware:
Hardware
— A13 I/Q Multiplexer
— A27 40 GHz Doubler (> 20 GHz models)
— A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator
— A37 44 GHz Upconverter (> 20 GHz models)
Vector model option hardware includes:
— a baseband generator (Option 602) for internal I/Q waveform generation
— an internal hard drive2 (Option 005) for internal waveform storage
(discontinued)
— a removable compact flash drive3 (Option 009) for external waveform
storage
Assemblies that differ between vector and analog models include:
— an A8 Output assembly that includes an I/Q modulator for frequencies
below 3.2 GHz
— an A19 Power Supply and A31 Motherboard that can handle increased
power requirements
— an A26 Microcircuit Interface Deck and front and rear panels that provide
the digital interface

A6 Frac–N
The A6 Frac–N is part of the Synthesis Loop and the RF lowband path.
The RF signal from the A29 20 GHz Doubler is amplified, filtered, divided
(dividers generate RF output frequencies below 3.2 GHz), and then amplified
again before being routed to the A8 Output.
The A8 Output provides the A6 Frac–N a pre–level bias voltage to maintain the
required RF output level to the A8 Output assembly.
Troubleshooting note: To check the A6 Frac–N RF output level to the A8
Output, remove the A8 Output from the signal generator while the signal
generator is powered on. If the A8 Output is removed while the power is on, the
pre–level bias is maintained on the A6 Frac–N, maintaining the RF power level
on the A6 Frac–N output. Turn the instrument off before reinstalling the A8
Output.

1. Instruments with serial prefix ≥ 4829.

2. Instruments with serial prefix < 4829.
3. Instruments with serial prefix ≥ 4829.

156 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

A8 Output
Analog
The A8 Output is in the RF lowband path; it provides:
— pre–level bias voltage to the RF output level control on the A6 Frac–N
For frequencies up to 3.2 GHz, the ALC diode controls the RF output power
level. Without bias applied to the ALC diode, the output power goes to the
maximum level. In closed–loop operation, the A10 ALC uses a negative
voltage from both the A23 (< 2 GHz) and A24/25 (>2 GHz)
coupler/detectors to control the ALC diode’s bias.
— pulse modulation
Pulse modulation (RF pulsed on) is achieved by applying +5 Vdc to the
pulse circuitry on the A8 Output. +5 Vdc turns the RF signal on; removing
the +5Vdc turns the RF signal off. In instruments with Option UNW (fast
pulse) the pulse modulation input cable is moved from the A8 Output to the
A12 Fast Pulse Modulator and the A8 diode is biased on.
— amplitude modulation
— the circuitry to generate under–range frequencies (<250 kHz)
Under–range frequencies are the result of mixing the A6 Frac–N RF signal
with a 1 GHz signal from the A7 Reference and using the difference
between the two signals for the output. The A8 Output signal passes
through the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector to the A30 Modulation Filter.

Digital
In addition to providing the analog functionality described above, the A8
Output assembly used in vector models contains an I/Q modulator that is
driven with signals from the A13 I/Q Multiplexer to provide I/Q modulation
<3.2 GHz. When digital modulation is not selected, the I/Q modulator is
bypassed.

A12 <3.2 GHz Fast Pulse Modulator (Option UNW)

Option UNW is a hardware/firmware (license key) option that provides
improved pulse performance (see the data sheet for specific pulse width
performance). A firmware license key is required to turn Option UNW on; below
3.2 GHz additional hardware is also required. The additional hardware for this
option is installed in the lowband path between the A8 Output and the A23
Lowband Coupler Detector. The pulse drive signal is electrically switched from
the A8 Output to the UNW hardware, and the pulse diode on the A8 Output is
biased on, allowing the RF signal to pass through. The pulse shaper circuitry on
the A11 Pulse Modulator needs to be set using a license key to provide
narrower pulse widths.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 157

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector, A24 Highband Coupler, and

A25 High Band Detector
The coupler couples off a portion of the RF signal which is then detected and
used to monitor the RF output power level. The detector converts the coupled
RF signal to a dc voltage that is routed to the A10 ALC, where it is compared to
a reference voltage and integrated. The integrated output provides the ALC
diode bias.
The A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector is used for frequencies ≤2 GHz; the A24
Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector are used for frequencies >2
GHz.
In 20 GHz analog and vector instruments, the A24 Highband Coupler and A25
Highband Detector are located after the A30 Modulation Filter. In 40 GHz
analog models, the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector are
located after the A27 40 GHz Doubler. In models with output frequencies
above 40 GHz, the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector are
located after the A36 Quadraplier. In vector models with output frequencies
above 20 GHz, the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector are
located after the A37 Upconverter. The output of the A24 Coupler is routed to
either the attenuator (the attenuator is optional for the analog models and
standard for the vector models) or the RF output connector.
The A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector is located at the end of the lowband path,
prior to the A30 Modulation Filter, where the low band signal is switched into
the high band path. Because the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector is a single
unit, the coupler and detector must be replaced together; the A24 Highband
Coupler and A25 Highband Detector are separate units that you can replace
independently.

A27 40 GHz Doubler (Analog 40 GHz Models and Vector 44 GHz

Models)
The 40 GHz Doubler generates frequencies from 20 to 40 GHz. The doubler has
two inputs from the A30 Modulation Filter. One input routes frequencies ≤20
GHz to a bypass switch, and the other input routes 10 to 20 GHz signals to the
40 GHz Doubler. After doubling, band pass filters eliminate unwanted
harmonics. In analog models, the 40 GHz output is routed to the A24
Highband Coupler and A25 High Band Detector. In vector models, the
A27 40 GHz Doubler output is routed to the LO input of the A37 Upconverter.

A29 20 GHz Doubler

The A29 20 GHz Doubler provides RF signals to the:
— synthesis loop (described on page 147)
— low (< 3.2 GHz) band RF path (to the A6 Frac–N)
— high (> 3.2 GHz) band RF path

158 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

Frequencies 3.2 to 10 GHz pass through the A29 20 GHz Doubler. Frequencies
10 to 20 GHz are generated in the doubler by doubling the 5–10 GHz YO
signal. Frequencies > 3.2 GHz are routed from the A29 20 GHz Doubler to the
A30 Modulation Filter (in analog models) or to the 3 to 20 GHz I/Q Modulator
(in vector models).

A30 Modulation Filter

One function of the A30 Modulation Filter is to switch the highband and
lowband signals into a common path. Therefore the output frequency range of
the A30 Modulation Filter is 100 kHz to 20 GHz. For frequencies > 3.2 GHz, the
A30 Modulation Filter provides amplitude and pulse modulation circuitry,
power level control, and filtering. Frequencies < 3.2 GHz are simply switched
through the A30 Modulation Filter and are not filtered or modulated by any
circuitry in the A30 Modulation Filter.
The highband ALC diode within the A30 Modulation Filter provides level
control and amplitude modulation. With no bias applied to the ALC diode,
output power is at the maximum power level. In pulse operation, the pulse
diode must be biased on for the RF signal to pass through the pulse
modulation circuitry.
In 20 GHz analog signal generators, the A30 Modulation Filter output is routed
to the A24 Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector. In 40 GHz analog
instruments, two outputs from the A30 Modulation Filter are routed to the
A27 40 GHz Doubler, one input for frequencies ≤20 GHz to a bypass switch
and one to the 40 GHz Doubler circuit. In signal generators with output
frequencies above 40 GHz, the A27 40 GHz doubler is replaced with the
A36 Quadraplier. In these instruments two A30 Modulator outputs go to the
A36 Quadraplier. One of the A30 Modulator outputs is connected to the A36
Quadraplier bypass circuit and the other to the doubler circuit.

A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (Vector Models Only)

The A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator adds I/Q information to the RF signal. In 20
GHz models, the A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator is installed between the A28 20
GHz Doubler and the A30 Mod Filter. In models with output frequencies above
20 GHz, the A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator is installed after the A28 20 GHz
Doubler with one output (11.4–19 GHz) routed to the A27 40 GHz Doubler and
the other output routed to the A37 Upconverter. The A35 3–20 GHz I/Q
Modulator provides the 90° delay circuitry required for I/Q modulation. The I
and Q inputs to the A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator are from the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer. The A13 I/Q Multiplexer receives inputs from the External I/Q Mod
inputs and, if installed, the Option 601/602 Baseband Generator.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 159

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

A36 Quadraplier (Analog Models > 40 GHz)

The A36 Quadraplier is installed after the A25 20 GHz Modulator and before
the A24 High Band Detector Coupler. The A36 Quadraplier provides an input to
a through path for signals from 250 kHz to 20 GHz and an input a doubler path
for frequencies >20 GHz. The doubler path contains 2 doublers, on to
generator frequencies up to 40 GHz, and a second to generate frequencies
above 40 GHz. For frequencies > 20 GHz to ≤ 40 GHz, the doubler output is
switched to a path containing ALC and pulse modulation circuitry and then to
the A36 Quadraplier’s output. For frequencies > 40 GHz, the 20 to 40 GHz
doubler output is switched to the second doubler and another ALC and pulse
modulation control circuit before going to the A36 Quadraplier’s output.
Two prelevel detectors in the A36 Quadraplier provide feedback to the A30
Modulation Filter/ALC modulator to control the power into the A36
Quadraplier. One pre–level detector is located in the 20 GHz to 40 GHz path,
and the other is located in the > 40 GHz path. The ALC modulator drive signal
from the A10 ALC board is routed to the A36 Quadraplier to control the power
level and provide AM modulation. Depending on the frequency, the ALC
modulation drive is switched to the A30 Modulation Filter, the
A36 Quadraplier’s 20 to 40 GHz path, or the A36 Quadraplier > 40 GHz path.

A37 44 GHz Upconverter (Vector Models > 20 GHz)

The A37 Upconverter’s main function is to be a mixer and to generate
frequencies > 20 GHz. For frequencies less than 20 GHz, the A35 3–20 GHz I/Q
Modulator output is routed through the A37 Upconverter to the A30 3–20 GHz
Modulation Filter, then through the upconverter to it’s output.
For frequencies > 20 GHz, the output of the A35 3–20 GHz IQ Modulator is
routed to the A37 Upconverter and switched to the IF (IQ) input of the mixer.
The 40 GHz Doubler output is routed to the A37 Upconverter and connected to
the LO input of the mixer. The upconverter’s mixer LO frequency is always four
times the IF frequency. The desired RF output signal from the mixer will be
either the sum frequency (LO+IF) or the difference frequency (LO–IF). For
frequencies between 20 an 28.5 GHz the difference frequency is used. Without
correction the difference frequency mixing products will invert IQ, FM, and
phase modulation. For example, an increasing frequency FM mixer input signal
will produce a decreasing frequency FM mixer output signal. When operating
in the > 20 GHz and < 28.5 GHz frequency range, the PSG automatically
corrects internal and external IQ, FM, and phase modulation signals. However,
the PSG does not correct I and Q input signals from the rear panel for Option
015 (Wideband IQ) inputs. To maintain the correct phase relationships in this
frequency band, the I and Q wideband inputs at the signal generator’s rear
panel must be reversed.

Instruments with Option 015 route the rear panel wideband IQ inputs directly to
the IQ modulator. Swap the I and Q signals when using the rear panel wideband
IQ inputs at RF > 20 GHz and < 28.5 GHz.

160 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

ALC Loop
The ALC loop maintains power level control and power level accuracy. Level
accuracy is achieved by converting a portion of the RF signal to a dc voltage,
comparing the measured dc voltage to a reference dc voltage, integrating the
difference, and using the integrated output to drive the ALC modulation diode.
Level control is achieved by adjusting the reference voltage.
The A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector, A24 Highband Coupler and A25
Highband Detector couple off the RF signal and convert it to a dc voltage.
Because the coupled signal is a known ratio of the RF output power, it can be
used to control the RF output level. On the A10 ALC assembly, the dc is
compared to a reference voltage and integrated. The integrated voltage is
used to drive the modulator diodes on the A8 Output, A30 Modulation Filter,
A36 Quadraplier, and A37 44 GHz Upconverter. Temperature–sensing circuits
maintain level correction over the specified temperature range. In sweep mode,
additional compensation is applied to the ALC from the A9 YIG Driver to
maintain power flatness during sweep.

A10 ALC
The A10 ALC assembly provides circuitry for level control and amplitude
modulation. In ALC On mode (closed–loop operation), the output signal level is
continually monitored and used to adjust the modulator diode output to
produce the desired RF output level. In ALC On mode, the A10 ALC integrates
the difference between the detected voltage and the reference voltage to
adjust the modulator diode drive until both voltages agree. The A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector, A24 Highband Coupler, and A25 Highband Detector provide
the feedback (detected DC) voltage to the A10 ALC. On the A10 ALC, the
reference voltage is generated by DACs that are controlled by the CPU. The
DAC’s output voltage is calibrated to the RF output power level.
In ALC Off mode (open–loop operation), the feedback path (the RF detected
voltage path) is opened, and only the reference voltage is used to set the
output power level. With the modulator reference level set to a fixed drive level,
and without the output level being monitored, the RF output level can vary
from the set power level. In open–loop operation, the power level can also drift
over time due to changes in temperature.
In external leveling operation, the internal detectors are replaced with an
external detector, so the level control voltage is provided by the external
detector. The external detector must be a negative detector to provide the
correct polarity for the A10 ALC. In standard instruments, the external leveling
operating range is option–dependent, but is either –20 dBm or –15 dBm to
maximum power.
Level accuracy is a function of the detector and instrument calibration.
Because the instrument is calibrated with internal detectors, external level
accuracy depends on the difference in characteristics between the internal and
external detectors.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 161

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

When internally leveled, the ALC circuit is temperature compensated to

improve level accuracy over the specified temperature range. Temperature
compensation for the A25 Highband Detector consists of a temperature
sensing circuit on the A24 Highband Coupler. A resistor pack calibrates the
A25 Highband Detector; if the A25 Highband Detector is replaced, a new
resistor pack is provided with the new detector, and must be installed on the
A24 Highband Coupler. Although rare, unstable level performance above 2
GHz can result from poorly soldered resistors on the resistor pack, or with other
components in the temperature compensation circuit.
The A23 Lowband Coupler Detector temperature correction circuit is inside the
A23 Lowband Coupler Detector package. Because the lowband detector and
coupler are in one package, they cannot be replaced independently.

Modulation (Option UNT–AM, FM, ΦM, UNU–Standard Pulse, and

UNW–Fast Pulse)
Modulation features apply only to certain options of signal generators. The A11
Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator provides modulation signals for AM, FM,
pulse, and phase, and SYNC OUT and VIDEO OUT. For phase synchronization
and modulation accuracy, a dual function generator on the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator is tied to the 10 MHz reference from A7 Reference. Pulse
Input, EXT1, and EXT2 provide external modulation input connections. A front
panel low frequency output connector (LF Output) can be selected to output
the signal generated by the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator and can
be used to drive other instruments.
EXT 1 and EXT 2 inputs contain modulation drive level detection circuits that
generate error messages if the signal applied to the input is too small or too
large. The input impedance of EXT 1 and EXT 2 can be set for 50 or 600 ohms,
and can be configured for dc or ac coupling.

AM (Option UNT)
The AM signal from the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator is routed to
the A10 ALC, where it is summed with the ALC reference voltage where it is
used to drive the A30 Modulation Filter, A36 Quadraplier, A37 44 GHz
Upconverter, and A8 Output ALC diodes.

FM/ΦM (Option UNT)

The FM/ΦM signal is routed from the A11 Modulation Generator to the A6
Frac–N. On the A6 Frac–N:
— FM rates < 4 kHz are applied to the pre–scale control circuit and the A6
Frac–N VCO. This generates a change in the pre–scaled drive (feedback
from the VCO) to the VCO’s phase detector, causing a VCO frequency
change.
— FM rates 4 kHz to 100 kHz are applied only to the A6 Frac–N VCO.

162 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

— FM rates >100 kHz are routed from the A6 Frac–N to the A9 YIG Driver and
applied to the FM coil in the YIG Oscillator.
— For phase modulation, the FM drive signal is routed through an LCR circuit
Other than the LCR circuit, ΦM signals are routed the same as FM signals.

Pulse (Options UNU and UNW)

Pulse modulation signals from the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
depends on model and option can be routed directly to the A8 Output and the
A30 Modulation Filter or A12 Pulse Modulation (UNW) pulse diodes. Pulse
diodes must be biased on to pass RF signals. Circuitry on the A8 Output, A30
Modulation Filter, A36 Quadraplier, and A37 44 GHz Upconverter keep the
pulse diodes turned on in instruments that do not have modulation capability.
Because ALC bandwidth is limited, the ALC circuit can only level pulse widths
> 1 microsecond. To level pulse widths < 1 microsecond, use search mode.
Search mode calibration sequencing is as follows:
1. Modulation is turned off.
2. The ALC feedback loop is closed and the RF power leveled.
3. The ALC feedback loop is opened and the integrated output voltage used
to drive the ALC diodes is maintained at the level determined during
closed loop operation (step 2).
Changes in power level, frequency, or pulse settings cause the signal
generator to repeat the search mode leveling procedure and determine a new
ALC diode drive level. Because drift in that leveling circuit can occur over time
in open–loop operation, it is not recommended to stay in search mode for
extended periods of time without closing the loop and refreshing the ALC diode
drive voltage.

Digital Modulation
Digital modulation is produced using portions of the following major
assemblies:
— A8 Output
— A13 I/Q Multiplexer
— A14 Baseband Generator (Option 601/602)
— A35 I/Q Modulator
Together, these assemblies generate and route the baseband signals to the I/Q
modulators located on the A8 Output and the A35 I/Q Modulator. The A8
Output modulates carrier signals form 250 kHz to 3.2 GHz, while the
A35 I/Q Modulator modulates carrier signals form 3.2 to 20 GHz. The
A14 Baseband Generator (Option 601/602) comprises data generation, burst
control, and symbol building circuitry. The output section of the A14 Baseband
Generator consists of two 16–bit DACs: one for the I signal and one for the Q
signal. The data produced from these I/Q signals is converted to analog,

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 163

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

amplified, and filtered before being routed to the A13 I/Q Multiplexer. The I/Q
signals are routed from the A13 I/Q Multiplexer to the I/Q modulators located
on the A8 Output and the A35 I/Q Modulator. These I/Q signals modulate the
main RF signal.

A13 I/Q Multiplexer

The A13 I/Q Multiplexer receives I/Q input signals from the A14 Baseband
Generator, external I/Q input signals from the front panel, and I/Q sense
feedback signals from the I/Q modulators on the A8 Output and A35 I/Q
Modulator. The A13 I/Q Multiplexer inverts and routes the I and Q signals to
the rear panel, where these signals can be used to modulate external
equipment. The A13 I/Q Multiplexer also routes the main internal I and Q
modulating signal into the I/Q modulators on the A8 Output and A35 I/Q
Modulator, which are used to modulate the main RF output.
The A13 I/Q Multiplexer has two identical paths in which to switch incoming
I/Q signals. Each path has individual gain control, and can be switched to a
summing node. The output of the summing node can be switched to the EXT
outputs (through additional gain control circuitry), and/or simultaneously to
the A8 Output and A35 I/Q Modulator.
The EXT IN I and EXT IN Q signals enter the A13 I/Q Multiplexer, and can be
switched into a 50 or 600 ohm input impedance.
An internal calibration source supplies the levels required to perform
independent self tests. This enables the firmware to check the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer by setting known levels and reading the various nodes without
actually needing an I/Q signal.
An Offset Sense signal that comes in from the I/Q Modulators on the A8 Output
is used to adjust for offsets between the I and Q signals. The Offset Sense
signal is compared to the I/Q signal output, and the result is used to control
the amplitude; the feedback signal minimizes quadrature and gain errors.

A14 Baseband Generator (Option 601/602)

The A14 Baseband Generator may be used as a dual arbitrary waveform
generator, a real time I/Q baseband generator, a noise generator, or a
multitone generator. Customer–supplied waveforms can be downloaded into
the waveform memory to generate customized formats.
The I/Q bandwidth is 80 MHz for internally generated signals, and 160 MHz for
externally generated I/Q signals. The A14 Baseband Generator can generate
symbol rates of up to 6.25 Msymbol/sec, and has 8 Msamples (Option 601)
and 64 Msamples (Option 602) of waveform memory.
Data is sequenced from waveform memory by the field programmable gate
array block (A1–FPGA), passed on to the format builder block
(A2–FPGA/Modulator/Filter), and finally to the output section. I and Q DACs at
the output convert the digital waveform data to analog. The I and Q output
DACs are driven by a sample clock generated by an on–board VCO. The VCO

164 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

has a frequency range of 200 to 400 MHz. A 10 MHz reference signal from the
A7 Reference (or an external 10 MHz reference) can be used to phase–lock the
sample clock signal of the DACs.
The Burst Pulse signal from the A14 Baseband Generator goes to the A11
Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator, and is used to drive the pulse modulators
on the A8 Output and A30 Modulation Filter. The Burst Pulse signal is used by
the digital modulation formats to synchronize the main RF path and ensure
maximum on/off level ratio.
The I and Q output signals are the primary signals out of the A14 Baseband
Generator. They are the digital modulation signals that go to the A13 I/Q
Multiplexer, and are then routed to the I/Q modulators on the A8 Output and
A35 I/Q Modulator.

Approximate Device Gains and Losses

You can troubleshoot assemblies in the RF path by measuring gains and losses
and comparing them to Table 1-28, below. See “Troubleshooting RF Power
Levels” on page 122 for more information.
Table 1-28 Approximate Device Gains and Losses

Value Analog Vector

Item # Device Gain/Loss
(dB) Instruments Instruments

1 A8 Output
non–1EA/1EU N/A > 17 X X
1EA/1EU N/A > 20

2 A12 Opt 1E6 Pulse Mod. Loss <3 X X

3 A23 Lowband Coupler Loss <3 X X

4 A28 YO Output N/A > 11 X X

5 A29 20 GHz Doubler

J1 to J2 Gain >1 X X
J1 to J3 and J4 Loss < 18

6 A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Mod.

Bypass mode, J5 to J1
X
3.2 to 12.8 GHz Gain >0
12.8 to 20 GHz Loss <2

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 165

 Troubleshooting
RF Path Description (Frequency Generation, Level Control, and Modulation)

Table 1-28 Approximate Device Gains and Losses (Continued)

Value Analog Vector

Item # Device Gain/Loss
(dB) Instruments Instruments

7 A30 Mod ulator Filter

J1 to J2 (non–1EA/1EU) Gain >0
J1 to J2 (1EA/1EU) Gain >8
X X
J1 to J4 (non–1EA/1EU) Gain >1
J1 to J4 (1EA/1EU) Gain >9
J3 to J4 Loss <3

A27 40 GHz Doubler

J1 to J2 (> 20 GHz) <8
8 Loss X
J3 to J2 (< 3.2 GHz) <1
J3 to J2 (3.2 to 20 GHz) < 2.5

A24 Highband Coupler

< 3.2 GHz < 2.5
9 Loss X X
2–20 GHz < 0.5
> 20 GHz < 2.5

10 AT1 (0 dB step) Loss < 2.5 X X

11 A36 Quadraplier N/A see

Troubleshoot X
ing Unlevels

12 A37 Upconverter
3.2–12.8 GHz, J1 to J2 Loss <3
12.8–20 GHz, J1 to J2 <4
250 KHz–20 GHz, J2 to J4 <2.5
20 GHz, J1 to J4, J1@ <–10.5 Gain >21 X
dBm
>21
40 GHz, J1 to J4, J1@ <–8.5 >18
dBm
44 GHz, J1 to J4, J1@ <–5
dBm

13 A38 Low Band Switch Loss <8.5

X X
Filter

166 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 A9 YIG Driver A26 Micro Interface Deck MODF_PLS_
to / from DBL20_AMP_ON_H ENB_L DBL40_LPF ATTEN
Sweep Start / Stop 6
A6
Sweep Control
Retrace (Rear Pnl)
Z-axis / Blanking (Rear Pnl) DBL20_PATH MODF_PATH
DBL40_BIAS
DBL40_PATH
5 Models up to 40 GHz.
Stop Sweep (Rear Pnl)
Sweep Level (to A10) 6
MODF_AMP_ON_H 2 3 DBL40_AMP See next sheet for
10MHz Programmerable Sweep Out
models over 40 Ghz.
Ref Counter Sweep_DAC Rear Panel
Programmerable (0-10v)
Counter
Sweep_DAC
A29 20 GHz Doubler A30 Modulator
3.2-10V
+32 V A28 YIG A27 40 GHz Doubler A24 Coupler to A36

Delay_Coupler DAC 5 3-10

Filter 10-20 J4 2-20 GHz (20 GHz models) AT1
Quadraplier
(models over 44 GHz)
(cw)
J1 3-10
3-10
10-20 GHz
20-26 20-40
2-40 GHz (40 GHz models) Option 1E1
Main 5-8 J1 X2
GHz A25 Detector Attenuator 10
sweep= Coil 750 MHz 8
0V 100Hz J1
7 Doubler
32-40
J2 5/10/40/20/40 RF
YIG Pre-tune DAC 30 or 40 Out Gate / Pulse /
4 5-10
3-20
(cw) YIG 13-20 0-20 9 Optional
Trigger Input,
J1 10-13 Limiter Front Panel
10-20 ALC 26-32 GHz Attenuator
X2 J2 Pulse
> 3.2-10 GHz
> + 11 dBm Doubler >3.2 - 8-13
16-20 J2 J3
Ramp FM 20 GHz A11 Pulse / Analog Modulation Generator
Sweep Coil 3.2 250 kHz - 20 GHz
230 3-5
Pretune 13-16 EXT1_AC_H A Bus
H_Speedup Enable 3-10 EXT1_PEAK_V A bus
Speedup 2k J3 EXT1_50_ REF_DAC Peak
LYO Loop J4 to J3 3.2 - 10 GHz OHMS_H Detect Ext1_High_H
Hold 1 A5 Sampler > -7 dBm -10Vref Ext1_low_H
J4 Ext 1,
3.2 - 10 GHz
from A5 230: :1k 800k Front X2 L Pulsed
: : > -7 dBm Rin = 600
Panel Internal Pulse Generator RF Off
: or 50 ohms to A10
:4k EXT1_PEAK_V Vref PULSE_OUT_SEL ALC
REF_DAC A bus EXT2_AC_H
3

+
_
EXT2_50_ Peak
J9 FM_FREQ_COMP_L Ext2_High_H
FM_GAIN_DAC FM_FREQ_COMP OHMS_H Detect A Bus
Ramp Swp -10Vref
from A6 Ext 2, Ext2_low_H
FM_FREQ_COMP_H FED_VREF_DAC
2
J3
A38 Option to A5 Sampler to A5 Sampler
Front
Panel Rin = 600
X2
and A6 Frac-N and A6 Frac-N or 50 ohms FED_PULSE_SEL
from A6 1EH
FM_ATTEN_L
Low Band A23 Low Band IPGCLK Out ABUS PULSE IN SEL
FM_ATTEN
A12 Option Coupler / Detector A10 ALC +V FM_OFF_H SOURCE_SETTLED_H IPGCLK_ON_H of Lock L IPGCLK RED_PULSE_SEL
V_GHZ_DAC TUNE
FM_ATTEN_H Switch Filter UNW 0-2 GHz ALCMOD_LIN_DAC RED_VREF_DAC
A Bus
+V
Pulse Mod SM Input 6.8 volts
ALCMOD_BIAS_DAC
10 MHz 100 MHZ IPG
Clock
IPG_CLK PG_MODE PULSE_ED_SEL
Latch DAC A Bus
L_OPENLOOP 12 12 PG_TRIGGER_INVERT
NSCLK Out ABUS -
HIPWRCAL_DAC H_RF_OFF L_70MOD of Lock L
NSCLK
Data Data S
YTO_FM ALC_BW_SEL _OFF PG_PULSE_REP_INTERVAL
A6 Frac-N (Fine Tune) A8 Output HET_SELECT_L
LOG_BRKPT_DAC
L_ALC_HOLD_LATCHED Cx1000 L Unlvl NSCLK_ON_H
TUNE
Clock Clock
-
VIDEO_OUT_EN_L A Bus
1 40 to 70 GHz to A36 Quadraplier PG_PULSE_REP_INTERVAL
Interrupt
250 Mhz to 3.2 GHz DET_OFS_DAC ALC Mod (67/70 Ghz models) "Elsie" NS Video Out
H_FM_INV MOD_CONTROL H_SM_MODE FGEN1_OFFSET_ 50 ohm
Zo Hiband
Cx100 10 MHz 33.554 MHz OCA
PG_VIDEO_BEGIN
Detector 2 + +V NS Clock NS_CLK DAC
FM 10 MHz ODBUS
H_SD_FM FM 1 Dual Slope Log Amp _ PG_VIDEO_END
Cx10 Digital OCC
1200 MHz 6 dB 400 MHz 0 +66mV/dB FGEN2_OFFSET_
1 MHz PM 0-3.2 GHz Loband Det level 3
L_SD_OFF _ CNTOUT DAC PG_SYNC_BEGIN
Detector 1 1 kHz all open = 0
FM_OUT_ > 17 dBM, SYNC_OUT_EN_L A Bus
ATTEN_ < 250 MHZ C + L_40MOD
BAND_ > 20 dBM 1EA Clock Clock PG_SYNC_END
L_FM_OFF 0.1 MHz PM CONTROL Pulse External 2 Open = Exponential _OFF NS_Reset Sync Out
DAC BB_FILTERED Ext ALC - 50 ohm
7 9 Detector Hold Modulation Driver
850 to Front Int Out 12 12
BB_THRU H_DET_LPF _ 20 to 40 GHz to A36 Quadraplier NS_Address Data Data -
FM Input Source Settled from A10 MOD_ 1150 Panel x 25 +10dB/V ALC Mod (67/70 Ghz models) S
Indicators SOURCE_SETTLED_H ALC OFFSET_DAC MHz +
Control 5 2 H_BYPASS DETECTOR_SEL +V NS_Data A Bus

External 2
F_Gen 2

External 1
MODLIN_DAC

F_Gen 1
MOD_L_BW Latch DAC
FM_OFF_H Sweep Start / Stop (to / from A9) L_RST
Frac-N L_DETLVLX25 -10v
MOD_DRIVER_ L_RF_OFF_MOD L_20/
Prescaler AM1_MUX
L_WIDELBW H_40DIG
Atten & Σ∆ 3 16 Control BIAS/GAIN_DAC 3 dB L_EN_LIN/LOG FM1_MUX
L_20MOD
Offset Mod 5 Control L_POS_PHASE_INCR
L_MODE _OFF AM1_DAC
ALCMODGAIN_DAC
16 STRB 1 GHz H_DEEP_AM + External 1
L_HOLD_ALC _ 3.2 to 20 GHz FM_OFFSET1
FM_IN_BAND_DAC Reclocked Ref from H_BELOW_3.2GHZ A Bus
Deep ALC Mod A Bus _DAC External 2
FM VCO/N
Prescaler
A7 Reference - AM_OFFSET +
Data I/O AM
10 dB L_Open Loop Loband FM + Audio 1 _DAC
FM_IN_BAND_OFFSET_DAC Comp ALC - AM
VCO FeedFwd ALC Mod S Audio 2 Σ
FM
7 L ALC Hold
VCO Bypass Mode Prelevel Detector I/H + F_GEN1
5 MHz In Loop Filter Tune Pre-Level Driver Delay - +
Reference Phase & 500-1000 MHz from A11 Pulse/ L Pulsed RF Off ADC FM_OFFSET2 F_GEN2
Reference Input Divider /2 Detector Burst MUX ADC
Lead-Lag PRE_ Analog Mod General _DAC
10 MHz TCXO _ Comp
LEVEL_ ALC Ref -66mV/dBm AM2_DAC
REF_DAC H_BYPASS Gain 250 MHz + Delay
Sweep_YIG Driver to 4 GHz AM Input
Adj ALC FM2_SCALE_DAC
FM2_MUX AM2_MUX
from A8 Pre-Level Driver 27.778kHz Log LVL_DAC
8.5 GHz
ALC Timing
Multi to A8 Mod Signal AM
Moduler Gen. H_EXP_AM
Diveder GAIN_ADJUST_DAC from FM
Lowband RF to A9 H_LIN_AM LF_OUT_DAC
Frac-N Power Analog OUTPUT_LP_FILTER_SELECT Yig Driver LFO
Divide Detector Bus Sweep Level H_BURST A Bus Front Panel
ALC_MOD_OFFSET_DAC 50 ohm
from from J1 3.2-10GHz
A11 Pulse / Analog A7 Reference from ALC_MOD_DRIVER_
BIAS/GAIN_DAC MOD_MUX
Modulation Generator A29 Doubler
from A10 ALC
and A5 Sampler

57d_rf-path
Block Diagram for the Analog RF Path, Service Guide E8251-90359
 A26 Micro Interface Deck
QPLR_40_70_GAIN_ADJ_DAC
QPLR_PATH_20_40_H

MODF_AMP_ON_H QPLR_20_40_BIAS_EN_H
QPLR_20_40_DET_H
QPLR_PULSE_EN_L
QPLR_40_70_DET_H
MODF_PLS_ QPLR_PULSE_BELOW_40_L QPLR_20_26_5_FIL_L
ENB_L
6
QPLR_FLB QPLR_FIL_55_70_L QPLR_40_70_BIAS_EN_H ATTEN
MODF_PATH
5

A36 Quadraplier 40-51 GHz

ALC Gain Pulse
40-70 GHz
20-35 X2
225
20-40 GHz 956x4

51-70 GHz
A30 Modulator
Filter 10-20 J4 X2 ALC Pulse A24 Coupler AT1
221
A25 Detector Option 1E1
20-40 GHz
2-67 GHz Attenuator 10
3.2 - 20 GHz 5-8 9
from A29 906x4 7 10/20/20/20/20 RF
20 Ghz Doubler ALC Out
0-20 GHz
J1 13-20 Prelevel Optional
J2 Loop Attenuator
QPLR_PRELEVEL_DAC Prelevel
8-13 DAC
Pulse
3.2
QPLR_PRECHARGE_DAC
3-5 QPLR_PRELEVEL_OPEN_LOOP_L QPLR_0_20_SW_L
QPLR_ALC_0_20_SW_L

0-20 GHz to A10

ALC

from A11 250 kHz - 3.2 GHz from A11

Pulse / Analog from A23 Low Band Pulse / Analog
Modulation Generator Coupler / Detector Modulation Generator

40 - 70 GHz ALC Mod

from A10 ALC

20 - 40 GHz ALC Mod

from A10 ALC

3.2 - 20 GHz ALC Mod

from A10 ALC

Quadraplier Block for the E8257D PSG Analog RF Path

57d_67-70ghz-path (Analog Models Over 40 GHz), Service Guide E8251-90359
 A30 Mod/Filter uckt ** Option 521
3-20 GHz
0.01-20 GHz
Power Amp uckt **
A28 YTO 3-10 GHz A29 20 GHz Doubler uckt ALC Pulse **
A24 2-20 GHz
AT1
5/10/40/20/40
3-10 ALC Det 0-20 GHz
8
Optional output
Attenuator
X2 1-7

Opt 1EW only

0-3.2 GHz

** Not Necessary for E8663B **

To 0-3.2 GHz
Sampler

DIVIDER_EN STEP_ATTEN FILTER_PATH

A43 Amp/Filter Board
HPF above .25 - 3.2 GHz
Dividers below 250 MHz 6 6 200 MHz
Pulse 396 MHz 6
0.25-3.2 .25 - 2 GHz A23 0-2 GHz
Power
GHz 6 ALC Det
Driver Amp 2 GHz
1 5-6 5
/ 2N / 2N 5
1-5
2-4 1-4
LB Step 300 MHz
3 3 LB Step
Atten Atten 10-250 MHz

ALC 2-4
DIVIDER 2-6 1
Control
0.25-2.0 GHz 0-3.2 GHz 1,3-4 1,3-4
4
1-2
A8 Analog Output Board 1-2
0.1-250 MHz
Prelevel
A6 p/o Frac N board
LB_FIL_EN
1 ALC Scan
N 5-6
/2 HB_FIL_EN
0.25-3.2 2-6 LB_HB_AMPOUT_EN
GHz 2-4 RF_PATH
LB_HB_PATH_IN_EN
/ 2N Ramp Swp HPF_EN

H_BYPASS ALC Mod Pulse

Driver <0.25 GHz

AUXOUT_SWITCH

Clamp
+ +

Pwr
PWR_LIMIT_DAC Limit
DAC

ALC Control 1GHz from

from ALC board Ref board (A7)

Block Diagram for the Analog Low Band RF Path, Service Guide E8251-90359
(prefix >US4928/MY4928/SG4928)
 FM FM
A45 FRAC-N BOARD
ADC
PRESTO DAC
FM Input
from MOD
GEN
BOARD ESOT
2-4 GHz
X2
1-2 GHz
A46 OFFSET BOARD
(A11)
FN Loop 16
FYOL_REF A28
50 MHz Mode A FFN Mode A A9 YIG FYIG
20 DRIVER
Mode B 62.5 to BOARD
Mode B 125 MHz
VCO YIG
- FYOL_IF -

+ +
YIG Loop
3200 to 10000 MHz

Step Generator FOSL_REF

8 3187.5 to 1062.5 MHz
62.5 MHz or 187.5 MHz (N x 500 +/- 62.5/187.5 MHz) FCOMB
DC
VCO/Multiply
1.5GHz
2
0.5GHz FSTEP 2.5-5 GHz
X2
FOSL_IF -
1 GHz
+
2GHz

X2 X2 X2
8GHz Offset Loop
1.0 GHz
From 4GHz
REFERENCE
BOARD (A7)

Block Diagram for Option UNY, Service Guide E8251-90359

(prefix >US5042/MY5042/SG5042)
 EXT_OUT_I_GAIN EXT_OUT_I_OFFSET_DAC
A13 I/Q Mux I and Q
EXT_OUT_SEL EXT_OUT_Q_GAIN EXT_OUT_Q_OFFSET_DAC
A Bus I OUT Q OUT
A9 YIG Driver A26 Micro Interface Deck MODF_PLS_ I INPUT I and Q Σ 2
ENB_L I and Q
to / from 6 ATTEN 2 A Bus
SUM_SW1
Σ A Bus
A6 Sweep Start / Stop Retrace (Rear Pnl) REF DAC
MODF_PATH
Sweep Control Z-axis / Blanking (Rear Pnl)
Stop Sweep (Rear Pnl) A35 3-20 GHz I/Q Modulator from A37 MODF_AMP_ON_H 5 Σ I and Q a axb Σ 2
I OUT Q OUT
Sweep Level (to A10) 44 Ghz
Upconverter Cal_On
Cal Source b 1/64
10MHz Programmerable Sweep Out to A27 40 Ghz Doubler I/Q EXT _IN_
Counter Sweep_DAC Q INPUT 7600-SEL EXT_OUT_I_BAR_OFFSET_DAC
Ref Rear Panel OFFSET_DAC SUM_SW2
6 EXT_OUT_I_FINE_ADJ_DAC EXT_OUT_Q_BAR_OFFSET_DAC
Programmerable
Counter
Sweep_DAC
(0-10v)
A29 20 GHz Doubler A30 Modulator Cal_I_DAC EXT_OUT_Q_FINE_ADJ_DAC
3.2-10V DBL20_AMP_ON_H I and Q EXT_OUT_I_BAR_OFFSET_DAC
+32 V A28 YIG DBL20_PATH
J5
Analog Bypass 3-20 >3.2 - Filter J4
Cal_Q_DAC Path 1
to Q EXT_OUT_Q_BAR_OFFSET_DAC
A Bus
20 GHz 10-20
Delay_Coupler DAC Σ 5 6
3-10 J1
A24 Coupler IQ_POL_SEL RMS
(cw)
A25 Detector AT1 a axb SUM_SW3 Σ Converters A Bus
PATH1_I_ADJ_DAC
Main
J1 3-10 3-10
Pre-Level 5-8
2-20 GHz Attenuator 10
A14 Baseband Generator PATH1_Q_ADJ_DAC
b 1/64 I and Q
<3.2 G Mod
from Q
sweep=
0V 100Hz
Coil 4 750 MHz Driver
J1 ALC
J2 7 9 5/10/40/20/40 RF (Opt 601/602) 3 to 20 G Mod
YIG Pre-tune DAC J1 3-20 Out 2
5-10 13-20 Path 2 IQ_ATT_SEL Σ
(cw) YIG > 3.2-10 GHz
Σ 10-20
10-13 Limiter Attenuator Σ SUM_SW4
> + 11 dBm from Not Used
X2 J2 Gain Adj 8-13 Rear Pnl 10 MHz Ref
Doubler Pulse I and Q COARSE_OFFSET_I_DAC
>3.2 - a axb COARSE_OFFSET_Q_DAC
16-20 3.2 from Baseband
20 GHz
Ramp FM Reference Ext Ref Gererator
230 Coil 3-5 PATH2_I_ADJ_DAC b 1/64 FINE_OFFSET_I_DAC Offset Cancel < 3.2 GHz Mod
Sweep FINE_OFFSET_Q_DAC & Adjust Offset
13-16 PATH2_Q_ADJ_DAC
Pretune 2k 3-10
H_Speedup Enable J3 250 kHz - 3.2 GHz
Speedup
J4 J3 2
3.2 - 10 GHz
> -7 dBm 2 I and Q
J4 LYO Loop to
Hold 1 A5 Sampler To A37 Upconverter
from A5 230: :1k 800k
: : 3.2 - 10 GHz
: > -7 dBm
:4k A39
FM_FREQ_COMP_L
Coupler 20 Ghz model.
J9
from A6
Ramp Swp FM_GAIN_DAC FM_FREQ_COMP 2-20 GHz 20 GHz
Models
3
See next sheet for
Ext 1
Front A11 Pulse / Analog Modulation Generator
FM_FREQ_COMP_H
(44 GHz models over 20 Ghz.
Panel
EXT1_PEAK_V EXT1_AC_H
J3 Models) 2 REF_DAC A bus
from A6 A38 Option EXT1_50_
Peak
Detect
Ext1_High_H
FM_ATTEN_L OHMS_H
1EH Ext 2
-10Vref Ext1_low_H
Internal Pulse L Pulsed
FM_ATTEN
V_GHZ_DAC
Low Band A23 Low Band Front
Rin = 600 or 50 Ω
X2 V ref Generator
FM_ATTEN_H A12 Option Coupler / Detector A10 ALC +V FM_OFF_H SOURCE_SETTLED_H Panel
PULSE_OUT_SEL
RF Off
Rin = 600 or 50 Ω
Switch Filter UNW

+
_
EXT1_PEAK_V EXT2_AC_H
0-2 GHz ALCMOD_LIN_DAC
+V IPGCLK Out REF_DAC A bus Gate / Pulse /
Pulse Mod SM Input 6.8 volts
ALCMOD_BIAS_DAC IPGCLK_ON_H of Lock L ABUS
EXT2_50_
Peak
Ext2_High_H
Trigger Input,
Front Panel
Detect
WIDEBAND IPGCLK OHMS_H -10Vref Ext2_low_H FED_VREF_DAC
I INPUT L_OPENLOOP TUNE PULSE IN SEL
YTO_FM
A6 Frac-N (Fine Tune) (Option 015)
HIPWRCAL_DAC H_RF_OFF L_70MOD
10 MHz 100 MHZ IPG
Clock IPG_CLK
X2
FED_PULSE_SEL
ALC_BW_SEL _OFF
LOG_BRKPT_DAC RED_PULSE_SEL
H_FM_INV MOD_CONTROL
Zo
A8 Output HET_SELECT_L L_ALC_HOLD_LATCHED Cx1000
1
L Unlvl
Interrupt 40 to 70 GHz
Latch DAC A Bus PG_MODE
RED_VREF_DAC
250 Mhz to 3.2 GHz
DET_OFS_DAC ALC Mod
NSCLK Out ABUS
12 12 - PG_TRIGGER_INVERT
H_SD_FM FM
FM H_SM_MODE Cx100 Data Data S PULSE_ED_SEL A Bus
Hiband of Lock L
1200 MHz 6 dB 400 MHz Detector 2 + +V NSCLK PG_PULSE_REP_INTERVAL
1 MHz PM 0-3.2 GHz _ NSCLK_ON_H TUNE Clock -
L_SD_OFF Dual Slope Log Amp Clock
FM_OUT_ +66mV/dB Cx10 "Elsie" NS PG_PULSE_REP_INTERVAL A Bus
ATTEN_ > 20 dB Loband 0 3 FGEN1_OFFSET_
BAND_ < 250 MHZ WIDEBAND Det level 10 MHz OCA VIDEO_OUT_EN_L
Detector 1 _ DAC PG_VIDEO_BEGIN
L_FM_OFF 0.1 MHz PM CONTROL Pulse Q INPUT 1 kHz all open = 0 Digital 10 MHz 33.554 MHz
DAC BB_FILTERED NS Clock ODBUS Video Out
7 9 (Option 015) C + L_40MOD NS_CLK FGEN2_OFFSET_ 50 Ω
850 to 2 Exponential OCC PG_VIDEO_END
BB_THRU External Open = _OFF DAC
Source Settled MOD_ 1150 Detector Modulation Driver
FM Input Hold to A37 Upconverter - A Bus PG_SYNC_BEGIN
Indicators OFFSET_DAC MHz H_BYPASS Int Out (32 Ghz and 40 Ghz Clock Clock
2 SOURCE_SETTLED_H H_DET_LPF _ 20 to 40 GHz CNTOUT SYNC_OUT_EN_L
Control 5 x 25 +10dB/V ALC Mod models) 12 12 PG_SYNC_END
MOD_L_BW -
MODLIN_DAC
FM_OFF_H Frac-N
Sweep Start / Stop (to / from A9) L_RST L_RF_OFF_MOD DETECTOR_SEL
+
+V
Data Data S
NS_Reset A Bus
Prescaler MOD_DRIVER_ L_EN_LIN/LOG Ext ALC
L_WIDELBW L_DETLVLX25
Atten & Σ∆ 3 16 Control BIAS/GAIN_DAC 3 dB Front -10v L_20/ NS_Address

External 2
F_Gen 2

External 1
F_Gen 1
L_MODE Latch DAC AM1_MUX 50 Ω
Offset Mod 5 Control L_POS_PHASE_INCR Panel H_40DIG FM1_MUX Sync Out
NS_Data
PRE_ 1 GHz Ref L_HOLD_ALC L_20MOD
16 STRB from
LEVEL_ A7 Reference _OFF AM1_DAC
FM_IN_BAND_DAC Reclocked Driver ALCMODGAIN_DAC
FM VCO/N H_DEEP_AM +
Prescaler _ 3.2 to 20 GHz
Data I/O H_BELOW_3.2GHZ ALC Mod
FM_IN_BAND_OFFSET_DAC 10 dB 1 Bypass Mode Prelevel Detector Deep External 1
VCO Pre-Level Driver AM
FM L_Open Loop A Bus FM_OFFSET1 AM_OFFSET A Bus
Comp ALC Loband - External 2
7 VCO _DAC _DAC +
Reference 5 MHz In Loop Filter Tune PRE_ H_BYPASS
FeedFwd ALC Mod to + Audio 1
Phase & LEVEL_ L ALC Hold A6 Frac-N FM Output - AM
500-1000 MHz L ALC Hold
Reference Input Divider /2 Detector Lead-Lag REF_DAC Gain 250 MHz I/H
Delay
S Audio 2
10 MHz TCXO to 4 GHz ADC
Adj ALC L Pulsed RF Off F_GEN1
Burst MUX ADC + FM_OFFSET2
+
Sweep_YIG Driver _ Comp - _DAC F_GEN2
ALC Ref -66mV/dBm
+ Delay
from A8 Pre-Level Driver ALC AM Input
Mod FM2_SCALE_DAC AM2_DAC
8.5 GHz
27.778kHz Log LVL_DAC FM2_MUX AM2_MUX
Multi GAIN_ADJUST_DAC
to A8
Moduler A Bus
Diveder OUTPUT_LP_FILTER_SELECT Timing
Signal AM
Lowband RF to Gen. FM LFO
H_EXP_AM
Frac-N Power Analog ALC_MOD_OFFSET_DAC from Front Panel
Detector Bus 50 ohm

Offset Sense I

Offset Sense Q
Divide A9

Ext I Mod

Ext Q Mod
ALC_MOD_DRIVER_ Yig Driver H_LIN_AM
BIAS/GAIN_DAC Sweep Level H_BURST
from from J1 3.2-10GHz MOD_MUX
A11 Pulse / Analog A7 Reference from LF_OUT_DAC
Modulation Generator A29 Doubler
from
A5 Sampler
to A13 I/Q Mux to A13 I/Q Mux Offset
<3.2 GHz Mod

67d_rf-path
Block Diagram for the E8267D PSG Vector RF Path, Service Guide E8251-90359
 6
A26 Micro Interface Deck MODF_PLS_ENB_L
MODF_PATH

MODF_AMP_ON_H UPC_BYPASS_L

DBL40_PATH UPC_LPF_SEL
DBL40_BIAS
UPC_AMP_ON_H
DBL40_AMP
3 DBL40_ LPF UPC_BPF_SEL
UPC_PLS_ENB_L
2 DBL40_LPF ATTEN

to A35
I/Q Modulator

A37 20 - 44 GHz Upconverter

A27 40 GHz Doubler 6 Filters
20-44 GHz

20-26 20-40
GHz
X2
Doubler
0-40
GHz ALC Pulse A24 Coupler
10 - 20 GHz
from A35
32-40
30 or 40 A25 Detector AT1
I/Q Modulator LO
2-50 GHz Attenuator 10
26-32 9
7 5/10/40/20/40 RF
Out
IQ
Attenuator

3.2 - 20 GHz
from A35
I/Q Modulator

from A10 from A11

ALC Pulse / Analog
Modulation
Generator to A10
ALC

A30 Modulator
Filter 10-20 J4

5-8
J1 ALC
J2
13-20
0-20GHz

8-13
Pulse
3.2
3-5

3.2 - 20 GHz from A11

J3

250 kHz - 3.2 GHz

40 Ghz Doubler and Upconverter Blocks for the E8267D Vector RF Path
ALC Mod from
A10 ALC
Pulse/Analog
Mod Generator
from A23 Low Band
Coupler / Detector (Vector Models Over 20 GHz), Service Guide E8251-90359

67d_44ghz-path
 A30 Mod/Filter uckt
3-20 GHz
A35 3-20 GHz IQ Modulator uckt
A28 YTO
Analog Bypass A24
3-10 GHz A29 20 GHz Doubler uckt ALC Pulse 2-20 GHz
AT1
5/10/40/20/40
3-10 Corax ALC Det 0-20 GHz
8
Optional output
Attenuator
X2 Gain Adj 1-7

Narrowband Wideband 0-3.2 GHz

with Fireblade **
0-3.2 GHz
To A23
Sampler 0-2 GHz
ALC Det

A43 Amp/Filter Board

200 MHz .25 - 3.2 GHz

Dividers below 250 MHz 6
LB Step Power .25 - 2 GHz
4 dB 6
Pulse Atten Driver Amp
Prelevel 5 2 GHz
A6 p/o Frac N board / 2N / 2N 5-6 5
1 1-5
HPF above 2-4 1-4
HAR input not used in ALC Mod 396 MHz 300 MHz
/ 2N Vector Driver 1
0.25-3.2 10-250 MHz
2-4
GHz 2-6
10 MHz
/ 2N Ramp Swp 0-3.2 GHz
1,3-4 1,3-4
4
A8 Vector Output Board
1,2 .1-10 MHz 1,2

Gain
DAC ALC Scan
5-6
2-6
2-4
2-6

ALC Mod Pulse

Driver <0.25 GHz

Clamp
+ +

1 GHz Ref Pwr

Limit
DAC Block Diagram for the Vector Low Band RF Path,
Service Guide E8251-90359
(Prefix > US5042/MY5042/SG5042)
AUX OUT A10 ALC Control 1GHz from Ref
from ALC board board (A7)

Vector_Lowband_RF
 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Overview

Self–Test Overview
A group of tests (self–tests) are embedded in the signal generator’s firmware
that can evaluate the condition of the circuitry on many of the assemblies.
Self–tests check hardware performance under controlled conditions, and
compare test results to predetermine limits. If the results fall within the limits
the signal generator passes. If the results of one or more tests fall outside the
limits, the self–test routine evaluates the failures and reports the most
independent failure.
Because self–tests are designed to check signal generator hard ware, the
signal generator does not need to be calibrated for self–tests to pass.
Self–tests are designed with the philosophy that it is better to pass a defective
signal generator than to fail a good one; some failures will pass, rather than be
detected and reported. If the signal generator powers on and self–tests can be
run, always start troubleshooting by running self–tests and resolving reported
problems.

How self–test works:

1. When the signal generator is tested at the factory, self–test limits are
loaded into the A18 CPU memory from devices on each assembly, or from
fixed files. Most assemblies contain limit information, while microcircuit
limits must be loaded.
2. When the program runs, latches and DACs are set to a known state.
3. An analog mux routes the detected dc signal from the selected test node
to the A18 CPU.
4. The A18 CPU compares the detected dc level to the test limit. If the
detected value is within the limits, the A18 CPU reports a pass.
5. If one or more detected values fall outside the limits, the most
independent failure is determined and reported.

Independent failures
An example best illustrates independent failures; in this example, there are
three assemblies in a series: A1, A2, and A3. The output of A1 is the input for
A2, and the output of A2 is the input for A3. If the output of A1 is bad, A2 and
A3 outputs are also bad. If the output of A2 is bad, the output of A3 is also bad.
A file in the signal generator contains this dependency knowledge for the
signal generator to use to identify the most independent failure. If A1, A2, and
A3 self–tests all fail, the signal generator reports A1 as the most independent
failure. If A1 passes but A2 and A3 fail, self–test reports A2 as the most
independent failure. If A2 passes and A3 fails, self–test reports A3 as the most
independent failure. If two independent failures occur, self–test reports only
one failure at a time and reports the second failure after the first reported
failure is repaired.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 181

 Troubleshooting
Self–Test Overview

Troubleshooting procedures in this chapter are based on the most independent

failure, and no lower level information is needed. Although not needed for
troubleshooting, the self–test overhead does provide features to view lower
level detailed information about the subroutines, and select specific routines to
run. These features include:
— Select/Deselect — Run Highlighted Tests
Test — Run Selected Tests
— Select/Deselect
All
— View Details
— When View Details is selected, the highlighted test’s measured value, lower, and upper limits
are displayed.

182 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Contacting Keysight Technologies

Contacting Keysight Technologies

If you have a problem with your signal generator, contact your nearest sales
and service office (refer to page 1-185). When calling, please be prepared with
the following information:

Model Number: Serial Number:

Firmware Installed
Revision: Options:

Firmware Date:

If you are having problems with an option upgrade

What option(s) are you trying to

install:

Describe the problem:

If you suspect a hard ware problem

Self–test results:

Pass/Fail:

Reported self–test
failure:

Error message reported on the front panel:

Unlock:

Unleveled:

Other

Did the instrument fail when it arrived, has it been degrading over time, or was it working for some time and then
failed?

Describe the problem:

What action has been

taken:

If you are having a problem with performance tests or

ad justments

Software revision:

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 183

 Troubleshooting
Contacting Keysight Technologies

Name of adjustment or performance

test:

Reported software
message:

Describe the problem:

If you are having a problem with an application

Describe what you want to do:

Describe the problem:

184 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Troubleshooting
Contacting Keysight Technologies

Keysight Sales and Service Offices

Assistance with test and measurements needs, and information on finding a
local Keysight office is available on the Web at:
[Link]
You can also purchase E8257D/67D PSG accessories or documentation items
on the web at:
[Link]
If you do not have access to the Internet, please contact your field engineer.

In any correspondence or telephone conversation, refer to the signal generator by

its model number and full serial number. With this information, the Keysight
representative can determine whether your unit is still within its warranty period.

Packaging a Signal Generator for Return

1. Use the original packaging materials or a strong shipping container that is
made of double–walled, corrugated cardboard with 159 kg (350 lb.)
bursting strength. The carton must be both large enough and strong
enough to accommodate the signal generator and allow at least 3 to 4
inches on all sides of the signal generator for packing material.

Signal generator damage can result from using packaging materials other than
those specified. Never use styrene pellets, in any shape, as packaging materials.
They do not adequately cushion the instrument or prevent it from shifting in the
carton. Styrene pellets cause equipment damage by generating static electricity
and by lodging in the signal generator fan.

2. Surround the instrument with at least 3 to 4 inches of packing material, or

enough to prevent the instrument from moving in the carton. If packing
foam is not available, the best alternative is SD–240 Air Cap™ from Sealed
Air Corporation (Hayward, CA 94545). Air Cap looks like a pink plastic
sheet covered with 1.250 inch air–filled bubbles. Use the Air Cap to reduce
static electricity. Wrap the instrument several times in the material to both
protect the instrument and prevent it from moving in the carton.
3. Seal the shipping container securely with strong, nylon adhesive tape.
4. Mark the shipping container “FRAGILE, HANDLE WITH CARE” to ensure
careful handling.
5. Retain copies of all shipping papers.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 185

 Troubleshooting
Contacting Keysight Technologies

186 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Keysight PSG Signal Generators
E8257D/67D, E8663D

Service Guide

2 Replaceable Parts

Ordering Information
To order a part, do the following:
1. Determine the part number.
2. Determine the quantity required.
3. Mail this information to the nearest Keysight Technologies office or, in the
U.S., call the hot–line number listed in the following section.
To order a part not listed in the replaceable parts lists, mail the following
information to the nearest Keysight Technologies office or, in the United
States, call the hot–line number listed in the following section.
1. the instrument model number
2. the serial number and options, if any (see rear panel)
3. a description of the part
4. a description of the part’s function
5. the quantity required

Order Parts Fast

When you have gathered the information required to place an order, go to the
Keysight Technologies Technical Support website:
[Link]

187
 Replaceable Parts
Frequency, Hardware, and Personality Options

Frequency, Hardware, and Personality Options

This section lists the options available with an Keysight E8257D/67D, E8663D
PSG signal generator.
Table 2-1

Frequency Options

503 100 kHz to 3.2 GHz frequency range (E8663D Only)

509 100 kHz to 9 GHz frequency range (E8663D Only)

513 250 kHz to 13 GHz frequency range (E8257D/67D Only)

520 250 kHz to 20 GHz frequency range (E8257D/67D Only)

521 10 MHz to 20 GHz frequency range (E8257D Only)

532 250 kHz to 32 GHz frequency range (E8257D/67D Only)

540 250 kHz to 40 GHz frequency range (E8257D Only)

544 250 kHz to 44 GHz frequency range (E8267D Only)

550 250 kHz to 50 GHz frequency range (E8257D Only)

567 250 kHz to 67/70 GHz frequency range (E8257D Only)

Table 2-2

Hard ware Options

1E1 Adds output step attenuator for extended range to −135dBm (E8257D and E8663D Only)

1EA (Discontinued) Adds high RF output power +20dBm at 20 GHz, +14 dBm at 40 GHz (E8257D Only)

1ED Specifies Type–N RF output connector (20 GHz models only)

1EH Adds improved harmonics

1EM Moves all front panel connectors to rear panel

1EU High output power (E8257D and E8663D)

1SM Adds scan modulation (E8257D and E8663D)

UNR (Discontinued)/UNX Adds enhanced close–in phase noise

UNT Adds AM/FM modulation

UNW Adds fast pulse < 3.2 GHz

UNY Adds enhanced ultra-low phase noise

003 Adds digital outputs to DSIM (E8267D Only)

004 Adds digital inputs to DSIM (E8267D Only)

005 (Discontinued) Adds 6 GB hard drive (Option 601/602 required) (E8267D Only)

188 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Frequency, Hardware, and Personality Options

Table 2-2

Hard ware Options

007 Adds analog ramp sweep

008 Adds 8 GB flash drive (E8257D and E8663D Only)

009 Adds 8 GB flash drive (Option 601/602 required) (E8267D Only)

015 (Discontinued) Adds wideband (single-ended) external I/Q input ports (1GHz) (E8267D Only)

016 Adds wideband (differential) external I/Q input ports (1GHz) (E8267D Only)

601 (Discontinued) Adds internal baseband generator with 8 Mega sample memory (E8267D Only)

602 Adds internal baseband generator with 64 Mega sample memory (E8267D Only)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 189

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies

Assemblies
Table 2-3

Assembly E8257D and E8663D E8267D

Part Number Page Part Number Page

Number Number

A1 Keyboard E8251–63664 2-196 E8251–63664 2-196

A2 Display

for instruments with serial prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX E8251-67367 2-196 E8251-67367 2-196

for instruments with serial prefix > US/MY5XXX3XXX 2090–1053 2-196 2090–1053 2-196

A2DS1 Display Backlight (used with instruments 1513–5204 2-196 1513–5204 2-196
with serial prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

A3 Power Switch E8251-63662 2-196 E8251-63662 2-196

A4 Inverter (used with instruments with serial prefix 0950–3757 2-196 0950–3758 2-196
< US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

A5 Sampler E8251–60646a 2-198, E8251–60646a 2-201 and

2-199, and 2-202
2-200

A6 Frac–N E8251–60647b 2-198, E8251–60647 2-201 and

2-199, and b 2-202
2-200

A7 Reference (for instruments with serial E8251–60073 2-198, E8251–60073 2-201 and
prefixes < US4805/MY4805) 2-199, and 2-202
2-200

or A7 Reference (Option UNR) E8251–60048 2-198, E8251–60048 2-201 and

2-199, and 2-202
2-200

or A7 Reference (Option UNX and instruments with E8251-60648 2-198, E8251-60648 2-201 and
serial prefixes > US4805/MY4805) 2-199, and 2-202
2-200

A8 Output (for instruments with serial E8251–60075c 2-198, N/A

prefixes < US4928/MY4928) 2-199, and
2-200

A8 Output (for instruments with serial E8251–60434a 2-198, N/A

prefixes > US4928/MY4928) 2-199, and
2-200

A8 Output (for instruments with serial N/A E8251–60340d 2-201 and

prefixes < US5042/MY5042) 2-202

190 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies

Table 2-3

Assembly E8257D and E8663D E8267D

A8 Output (for instruments with serial N/A E8251–60435 2-201 and

prefixes > US5042/MY5042) 2-202

A9 YIG Driver E8251–60666a 2-198, E8251–60666a 2-201 and

2-199, and 2-202
2-200

A10 ALC E8251–60668a 2-198, E8251-60668a 2-198,

2-199, and 2-199, and
2-200 2-200

A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator E8251–60655a 2-198, E8251–60655a 2-201 and

2-199, and 2-202
2-200

A12 Pulse Modulator Board (Option UNW) E8251–60064 2-201 and E8251–60064 2-201 and
2-202 2-202
(E8257D instruments with serial
prefixes < US4928/MY4928)

A12 Pulse Modulator Board (Instruments with E8251–63634 2-201 and N/A
Option UNW and HAR) (E8257D instruments with 2-202
serial prefixes < US4928/MY4928)

A13 I/Q MUX (For instruments with serial N/A E8251–60208 2-201 and
prefixes < US4722/MY4722) 2-202

(For instruments with serial N/A E8251-60669 2-201 and

prefixes > US4722/MY4722) 2-202

A14 Baseband Generator N/A E4400-60765 2-201 and

2-202

A17 Baseband Generator Interface N/A E8251-60852 2-202

A18 CPU E8251–60661a 2-198, E8251–60661a 2-201,

2-199, 2-202 and
2-200 and 2-208
2-208

A18BT1 Lithium Battery 1420–0314 2-208 1420–0314 2-208

A19 Power Supply 0950–5201 2-198, 0950–5200 2-201 and

2-199, and 2-202
2-200

A20 SMI (Source Module Interface) E8251-63663 2-198, E8251-63663 2-201 and
2-199, and 2-202
2-200

A21 Rear Panel Interface E8251-63660 2-206 E8251-63660 2-207

A22 Line Module 5064–5053 2-206 9135–5695 2-207

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 191

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies

Table 2-3

Assembly E8257D and E8663D E8267D

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector E8251–60442 2-198, E8251–60444 2-201,

2-199, 2-202,
2-200, and 2-205 and
2-203 2-207

A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler 0955–0148 2-198 and 0955–0148 2-201 and
(Option 503, 509, 513, and 520) 2-203 2-205

A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler 0955–2025 2-199 and N/A

(Option 521) 2-204

A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler 0955–1136 2-198 and N/A

(Option 540) 2-203

A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler N/A 0955–1425 2-202 and

(Options 532 and 544) 2-205

A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler 5087-7744 2-200 and N/A

(Options 550 and 567) 2-204

A25 20 GHz Highband Detector 08360-60326e 2-198, 08360-60326e 2-201 and

(Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521) 2-199, 2-205
2-203, and
2-204

A25 40 GHz Highband Detector 08360-60327e 2-198 and N/A

(Option 540) 2-203

A25 50 GHz Highband Detector N/A 08474-60027e 2-202 and

(Options 532 and 544) 2-205

A25 67 GHz Highband Detector 08474-60026e 2-200 and N/A

(Options 550 and 567) 2-204

A25B Highband Detector Bias Board E8251-63635e 2-198, E8251-63635e 2-201,

2-199, 2-202 and
2-200, 2-205
2-203, and
2-204

A26 MID (Microwave Interface Deck) E8251-60658 2-198, E8251-60657 2-201,

2-199, 2-202 and
2-200, 2-205
2-203, and
2-204

A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532, 540 and 544) 5087-7717 2-198 and 5087-7717 2-202 and
2-203 2-205

A28 YIG Oscillator 5087-7739 2-203, 5087-7739 2-205 and

2-204, and 2-207
2-206

192 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies

Table 2-3

Assembly E8257D and E8663D E8267D

A29 20 GHz Doubler 5087-7738 2-206 5087-7738 2-207

A30 Modulation Filter with High Power 5087-7737 2-206 5087-7737 2-207

A31 Motherboard E8251–60133a 2-206 N/A

A31 Motherboard N/A E8251-60667 2-207

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator E8251-60625 2-198, E8251-60625 2-201 and

(for instruments with serial 2-199, and 2-202
prefixes > US4805/MY4805) 2-200

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator E8251-60626 2-198, E8251-60626 2-201 and

(Option UNX) 2-199 and 2-202
2-200

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator E8251–60798 2-198, E8251–60798 2-201 and

(Option UNY) 2-199 and 2-202
2-200

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator E8251–60071 2-198, E8251–60071 2-201 and

(Option UNR – Discontinued) 2-199 and 2-202
2-200

A33 3.5 6 dB PAD (E8257D Option 521 and E8267D 08493-60026 2-199 and 08493-60026 2-201
Option 513 and 520) 2-204

A33 3.5 10dB PAD (Options 532/544) N/A 08493-60027 2-202 and
2-205

A34 Internal Hard Drive (Option 005 – Discontinued) N/A E8251–60115 2-202
(for instruments with serial prefixes < 4829)

A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator N/A 5087–7059 2-207

(for instruments with serial
prefixes < US4722/MY4722)

A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator N/A 5087-7742 2-207

(for instruments with serial
prefixes > US4722/MY4722)

A36 Quadraplier (Options 550 and 567 only) 5087-7741 2-200 and N/A
2-204

A37 Upconverter N/A 5087-7740 2-202 and

2-205

A38 Lowband Switch Filter (Option 1EH) (For E8251-60305 2-200 E8251–60305 2-201 and
instruments with serial prefixes < US4928/MY4928) 2-202

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 193

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies

Table 2-3

Assembly E8257D and E8663D E8267D

A39 Directional Sweep Coupler (Options 532 and N/A 0955–0148 2-202 and
544 only) 2-205

A40 PCA, IDE/Compact Flash Drive E8251–63640 2-199 E8251–63640 2-201

E8257D/E8663D: instruments with serial
prefixes > US4928/MY4928
E8267D: instruments with serial
prefixes > US4829/MY4829

A41 Compact Flash Door E8251–60630 2-199 E8251–60630 2-201

E8257D/E8663D: instruments with serial
prefixes > US4928/MY4928
E8267D: instruments with serial
prefixes > US4829/MY4829

A42 20 GHz Power Amp (Option 521 only) 1NB7-8584 2-206 N/A

A43 Lowband Amp Filter (For instruments with E8251–60633a 2-199 E8257-60098
serial prefixes > US5042/MY5042/SG5042 with
Options UNX and UNY)

A43 Lowband Amp Filter (For instruments with E8257-60098 2-199 E8257-60098
serial prefixes > US5150/MY5150/SG5150 without
Options UNX and UNY)

A43 Lowband Amp Filter (For instruments with E8251–60422f 2-199 N/A
serial prefixes = US4928/MY4928/SG4928)

A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter (E8663D and E8251-63656 not shown N/A
Option E8257D-520)

A45 Frac-N (used with Offset Loop Option UNY) E8251–60437 2-198, E8251-60437
2-199, and
2-200

A46 Offset Loop (Option UNY) E8251–60438 2-198, E8251-60438

2-199, and
2-200

AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator 33328-60006 2-198, 33328-60007 2-201,

(Options 503, 509, 513, 520, 521, 532, 540, and 2-199, 2-202, and
544) 2-203, 2-207
2-204 and
2-206

AT1 90 dB Mechanical Attenuator 84908-60006 2-200 and N/A

(Options 550 and 567) 2-204

B1 Fan 3160–4121 2-198, 3160–4121 2-201,

2-199, 2-202, and
2-200, and 2-207
2-206

194 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies

Table 2-3

Assembly E8257D and E8663D E8267D

RF Output Connector (1.85 mm) 5065–9852 2-246 N/A

(Option 567)

RF Output Connector (2.4 mm) 5063–1700 2-247 N/A

(Options 532, 540 and 550)

RF Output Connector (3.5 mm) E8251-60110 2-248 08673–60040 2-248

(Options 513 and 520)

RF Output Connector (Type–N) 08559–60002 2-249 08559–60002 2-249

(E8663D and Option 520)

a. Requires firmware version C.06.00 or greater.

b. Requires firmware version C.06.17.
- Send SERV:REPL:FRAC command if E8251-60647 rev. is A0100 or A0101.
c. Requires firmware version C.04.17 or greater.
d. Requires firmware version C.04.53 or greater.
e. Requires the temperature compensation resistor pack on A25B to be installed.
f. Requires firmware version C.05.31 or greater.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 195

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from the Inside Front Panel View

Assemblies from the Inside Front Panel View

Figure 2-1 Assemblies from the Inside Front Panel View for with serial prefixes <
US/MY5XXX3XXX1

1. Applicable if the A2 does not have the most current LCD.

196 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from the Inside Front Panel View

Figure 2-2 Assemblies from the Inside Front Panel View for with serial prefixes >
US/MY5XXX3XXX

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 197

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Top View

Assemblies from a Top View

Figure 2-3 Assemblies from a Top View (E8257D Option 513/520/540 and E8663D)
A32
(Option UNR/UNX/UNY) B1
(instruments with serial
prefixes > US4805/MY4805) A20

A19

A18
A26

A27
Option 540

A25

A25B

A24

A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A23

(A45) (A46) AT1
(Option UNY) (Option UNY) (Option 1E1)

198 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Top View

Figure 2-4 Assemblies from a Top View (E8257D Option 521)

A41 A20 B1
A32 A40 (under A40)
(Option UNX/UNY)

A19

A18
A26

A25

A43
A33

A24

A25B

A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A23

(A45) (A46) AT1
(Option UNY) (Option UNY) (Option 1E1)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 199

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Top View

Figure 2-5 Assemblies from a Top View (E8257D Option 550/567)

A32
(Option UNR/UNX/UNY) B1
(instruments with serial A20
prefixes > US4805/MY4805)

A19

A26

A18

A36

A25

A24

A25B

A38 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5

(A45) (A46)
(Option UNY) (Option UNY) A23
AT1
(Option 1E1)

200 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Top View

Figure 2-6 Assemblies from a Top View (E8267D Option 513/520)

A32
(Option UNR/UNX/UNY)
(instruments with serial
prefixes > US4805/MY4805) A20 A40 A41 B1

A26

A19

A18

A14

A25
A13

A33

A25B

A24

A38 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 AT1 A23

(A45) (A46)
(Option UNY) (Option UNY) p_dig_top

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 201

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Top View

Figure 2-7 Assemblies from a Top View (E8267D Option 532/544)

A34
A32 (Option 005 – Discontinued)
(Option UNR/UNX/UNY) B1
(instruments with serial A20
A17
prefixes > US4805/MY4805)
A26

A19

A27

A18

A14
under the
over)
A37

A13 A25

A38
A33

A25B

A24

A23

A39
(Options 532 & 544 Only)
A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 AT1
(A45) (A46)
(Option UNY) (Option UNY)

202 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View

Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View

Figure 2-8 Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View (E8257D Option 513/520/540 and
E8663D)
A26 A27
(Option 540) A25 A25B A24

A28 A23 AT1

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 203

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View

Figure 2-9 Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View (E8257D Option 521)
A26 A33
A24 A25B

A23 AT1
A28
A25

Figure 2-10 Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View (E8257D Option 550/567)
A26 A36 A25B
A25 A24

AT1
A23
A28

204 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View

Figure 2-11 Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View (E8267D Option 513/520)

A25 A33 A25B A24

A26

A28 A23 AT1

Figure 2-12 Assemblies from a Microcircuit Deck View (E8267D Option 532/544)
A24
A27 A23
A37
A33 A25B
A26

A28
A39 AT1
A25

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 205

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Bottom View

Assemblies from a Bottom View

Figure 2-13 Assemblies from a Bottom View (E8257D and E8663D)
B1
A31
A22
A21

A42
Option 521 only)

A30

A29

A28

A23 AT1

206 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Assemblies from a Bottom View

Figure 2-14 Assemblies from a Bottom View (E8267D)

B1 A31 A22
A21

A35

A30

A29

A28

A23
AT1 A12

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 207

 Replaceable Parts
A18BT1 Lithium Battery

A18BT1 Lithium Battery

Figure 2-15 A18BT1 Lithium Battery

A18 A18BT1

208 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Cables
This section lists part numbers for the cables in your signal generator.
Table 2-4

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

A1W1a Ribbon Cable, A1 Keyboard A31P13 (part of A1)

A2DS1W1a Wire Cable, A2DS1 A4 Inverter (part of A2)

A4W1a Wire Cable, A4 Inverter A31P12 (part of A4)

A22W1a A22 Line Module A19 Power Supply (part of A22)

A22W2a A22 Line Module Chassis ground post on Rear Panel (part of A22)
and A19 Power Supply

A25BW1a Wire Cable, A25B Highband Detector A26J12 (part of A25)

Bias board

A32W1a Wire Cable, A32 10 MHz Crystal A21P2 (part of A32)

Oscillator

B1W1a Wire Cable, B1 Fan A21P251 (part of B1)

W1 Front Panel (EXT 1) A11J401 8121–0628

W2 Front Panel (EXT 2) A11J402 8121–0628

W3 Front Panel (LF OUTPUT) A11J403 8121–0628

W4 Front Panel (ALC INPUT) A10J4 8121–0859

W5 Front Panel (PULSE/TRIGGER GATE A11J201 8121–0625

INPUT)

W6 Front Panel (PULSE VIDEO OUT) A11J203 8121–0625

W7 Front Panel (PULSE SYNC OUT) A11J202 8121–0625

W8

for instruments with A3 Power Switch (DATA CABLE) A2 Display 8121–0165

serial prefix
< US/MY5XXX3XXX

for instruments with A3 Power Switch (DATA CABLE) A2 Display 8121–0689

serial prefix
> US/MY5XXX3XXX

W9 A3P1 A31P11 8121–0614

W10 A9J3 A31J1031 8121–0624

W11 A9J4 A31J1021 8121–0624

W12 A9J5 A28J1 8121–0608

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 209

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W13 A10J201 A30J6 8121–0624

W14 A10J5 A23J104 8121–0627

W15 A10J3 A25 40 GHz Highband Detector 8121–0900

W16 A11J204 A12 Pulse Modulator Board 8121–0623

W17 A11J205 A30J7 8121–0626

W18 A18J1 A21J3 8121–0617

W19 A18J2 A26J30 8121–0619

W20 A20J1 A26J20 8121–0677

W21 A31J1043 Rear Panel (10MHz OUT) 8121–0622

W22 A31J1042 Rear Panel (10MHz IN) 8121–0622

W23 A21J2 A31P241 8121–0611

W24 Semi–Rigid Cable, A24 (output) AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251–20025
(Option 1E1)

W25 Semi–Rigid Cable, AT1 (output) 2.4 mm RF Output adapter E8251–20028

(Option 1E1)

W26 Semi–Rigid Cable, A24 40 GHz 2.4mm RF Output adapter (models E8251–20035
(Options 532 and 540) Highband Coupler without Option 1E1)

W27 A23J2 A30J3 E8251–20031

W28 A23J100 A26J15 8121–0616

W29 A27J10 A26J33 8121–0613

W30 A27J2 A24 Highband Coupler input E8251–20024

(Option 540)

W31 A27J3 A30J2 E8251–20023

(Option 540)

W32 A27J1 A30J4 E8251–20022

(Option 540)

W33 A26J32 A29J10 8121–0613

W34 A26J31 A30J10 8121–0613

W35 A26J10 A31P201 8121–-615

W36 Ribbon Cable, AT1 90 dB/115 dB A26J13 8121–0982

Mechanical Attenuator

W37 Semi–Rigid Cable, A23 Lowband A31 Motherboard (Output) E8251–20225

(E8257D) Coupler/Detector

210 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W38 Semi–Rigid Cable, A28 YIG Oscillator A29J1 E8251–20014

(E8257D) (out)

W39 A29J4 A31 Motherboard (Sampler) E8251–20343

W40 A29J3 A31 Motherboard (Frac–N) E8251–20224

W41 A29J2 A30J1 E8251–20017

(E8257D)

W42 Semi–Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard A31 Motherboard (Reference) E8251–20226

(Sampler)

W43 Semi–Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard A31 Motherboard (Output) E8251–20226

(Frac–N)

W44 A31J1051 A31J1122 8121–0620

W45 A31J1055 A31J1121 8121–0620

W46 Semi–Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard A31 Motherboard (Frac–N) E8251–20029

(Sampler)

W47 A32J1 A31J1041 8121-0621

W48 A32J2 Rear Panel (10 MHz EFC) 8120-6839

W49 Front Panel (I IN) A13J7 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W50 Front Panel (Q IN) A13J8 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W51 Front Panel (DATA) A31J500 8121-0628

(E8267D)

W52 Front Panel (DATA CLOCK) A31J501 8121-0628

(E8267D)

W53 Front Panel (SYMBOL SYNC) A31J502 8121-0628

(E8267D)

W54 A9J9 A31J1032 8121-0624

W55 A10J304 Rear Panel (SOURCE MOD 8121-0636

INTERFACE)

W56 A13J14 Rear Panel (-Q OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W57 A13J13 Rear Panel (-I OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W58 A13J12 Rear Panel (Q OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 211

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W59 A13J11 Rear Panel (I OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W60 A13J10 A31J1052 8121-0626

(Std. E8267D or with
Option 015)

W61 A13J9 A31J1053 8121-0626

(Std. E8267D or with
Option 015)

W62 A13J6 A35J7 8121-0624

(E8267D)

W63 A13J5 A35J6 8121-0624

(E8267D)

W64 A14J13 A17P2 8121-0920

(E8267D)

W65 A14J800 Rear Panel (BASEBAND GEN REF 8121-0901

(E8267D) IN)

W66 A18P2 A34 Internal Hard Drive 8121-0685

(E8267D only)

W67 Semi-Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard Rear Panel (.25-3.5 GHz COH E8251-20223
(E8267D) CARRIER)

W68 A17P4 A31J250 8121-0925

(E8267D)

W69 A26J14 A12 Pulse Modulator Board 8121-0912

W70 A26J34 A35 I/Q MOD 8121-0615

(E8267D)

W71 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz A30J2 E8251-20093

(Option 513/520) Highband Coupler IN
(Option 1EM)

W72 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20094
(Option 513/520) Highband Coupler output (Option 1E1) input
(Option 1EM)

W73 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 115 dB 3.5mm or Type-N RF Output E8251-20095

(Option 1EM) Mechanical Attenuator adapter (RF OUT)

W74 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz A30J2 E8251-20021

Highband Coupler (input)

W75 Semi-Rigid Cable, A23 Lowband A12 Pulse Modulator Board E8251-20033
Coupler/Detector

212 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W76 Semi-Rigid Cable, A12 Pulse A31 Motherboard, Lowband Switch E8251-20334
Modulator Board Filter (out)

W77 A29J2 A35J1 E8251-20018

(E8267D)

W78 A35 I/Q MOD A37J1 E8251-20217

(E8267D)

W79 A35J9 Rear Panel (WIDEBAND Q INPUT) 8121-0628

(E8267D with prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

W80 A35J106 Rear Panel (WIDEBAND I INPUT) 8121-0628

(E8267D with prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

W81 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 67 GHz High AT1 90 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20320
(1.85 mm connector) band Coupler (output) (input)
(Option 1EM)

W82 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 50 GHz 2.4 mm RF Output E8251-20309

(Options 532 & 544) Highband Coupler connector (models without
(Option 1EM) Option 1E1)

W83 A27J2 A24 Highband E8251-20070

(Option 1EM) Coupler input

W84 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 40 GHz AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20071
(Option 1EM) Highband Coupler output (Option 1E1) input

W85 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 115 dB 2.4mm RF Output connector (RF E8251-20072
(Option 1EM) Mechanical Attenuator OUT)

W86 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 output 3.5 mm or Type-N RF Output E8251-20027

(Option 513/520) connector

W87 Semi-Rigid, A24 40 GHz Highband RF Output adapter (models without E8251-20092
(Option 540) Coupler in Option 1E1)
(Option 1EM)

W88 Semi-Rigid, A24 20 GHz Highband RF Output adapter (models without E8251-20096
(Option 513/520) Coupler in Option 1E1)
(Option 1EM)

W89 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz 3.5mm RF Output connector E8251-20346

(Options 550 & 567) Highband Coupler (models without Option 1E1)

W90 A14J21 A17P1 8121-0690

(E8267D)

W91 Semi-Rigid Cable, 1.85 mm RF Output connector E8251-20318

(Options 550 & 567) A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (output) (models without Option 1E1)
(Option 1EM)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 213

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W92 Semi-Rigid Cable, 1.85 mm RF Output connector E8251-20321

(Option 550 & 567) AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator
(output)

W93 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 115 dB Mechanical E8251-20312

(Options 532 & 544) A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (output) Attenuator (output)
(Option 1EM)

W94 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 90 dB 1.85 mm RF Output connector E8251-20322

(Options 550 & 567) Mechanical Attenuator (output)
(Option 1EM)

W95 A10J202 A36J6 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W96 A11J206 A36J5 8121-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W97 A35J8 A37J8 8121-0627

(E8267D)

W98 A30J1 A37J2 E8251-20218

W99 A37J7 (backside) A26J34 8121-1241

(Options 532 & 544)

W100 A27J2 (RF out) A37J5 (LO in) E8251-20216

W101 A28 A39 (in) E8251-20331

W102 A37J4 (RF out) Semi-Rigid Cable, E8251-20310

(Options 532 & 544) A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (in)

W103 A30J2 A37J3 E8251-20219

(Options 532 & 544)

W104 A27J1 A35J3 E8251-20215

(E8267D)

W105 A35J4 A29J3 E8251-20077

(E8267D)

W106 A36J1 A30J4 E8251-20313

(Options 550 & 567)

W107 A36J2 A30J2 E8251-20314

(Options 550 & 567)

W108 A36J4 A30J6 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W109 A10J201 A36J3 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

214 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W110 A10J202 A37J6 8121-6990

(Options 532 & 544)

W111 A10J203 A36J7 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W112 A36J3/RF OUT Semi-Rigid Cable, E8251-20315

(Options 550 & 567) A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler

W113 A36J10 A26J34 8121-1240

(Options 550 & 567) (ribbon)

W114 A11J206 A37J9 8121-6990

(Options 532 & 544)

W115 A29J1 A39 Directional Sweep Coupler E8251-20308

(E2867D) (out)

W116 A27J10 A26J36 8121-1285

(Options 532 & 544)

W117 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 67 GHz High AT1 90 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20319
(Options 550 & 567) band Coupler (output) (input)

W118 A31 Motherboard (LB Filter Output) A31 Motherboard (Lowband Switch E8251-20332
(with Option 1EH) Filter) (IN)
(without Option UNW)

W119 A31 Motherboard (Lowband Switch A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector (IN) E8251-20333
(with Option 1EH) Filter) (OUT)

W120 A31 Motherboard (LB Filter Output) A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector E8251-20342
(with Option 1EH)

W121 A29 20 GHz Doubler AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20026

(E8257D) (IN)
(Option 513/520)

W122b A10J303 Rear Panel (ALC HOLD) 0625-4806

(E8267D)

W123c A13J15 Rear Panel (Wideband Q In (+)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W124d A13J16 Rear Panel (Wideband -Q In (-)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W125d A13J19 Rear Panel (Wideband I In (+)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 215

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-4 (Continued)

Reference Designator Input Output Part Number

W126d A13J20 Rear Panel (Wideband -I In (-)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W127d A13J17 A35J109 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W128e A13J18 A35J107 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W129e A13J21 A35J108 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W130e A13J22 A35J106 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W131e A13J9 A31J1053 8121-1618

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W132f A13J10 A31J1052 8121-1618

(E8267D with Option
H16/016)

W133 Semi-Rigid, A24 20 GHz Highband RF Output adapter (models without E8251-20034
(Option 513/520) Coupler (output) Option 1E1)

W134 A30J1 A35 I/Q Mod E8251-20019

W135 1 GHz Out (Rear Panel) W122f 8120-5068

W136g A18P2 A40 Compact Flash PCA 8182-1807

(E8267D only)

a. This cable is not replaceable by itself. You must order the corresponding assembly.
b. Requires firmware version C.04.71 or greater.
c. For instruments with serial prefixes < US4722/MY4722 you must replace all matched cables, W123
thru W126, the first time and order 4 SMA bulkhead adapters, part number 1250-1666.
d. For instruments with serial prefixes < US4722/MY4722 you must replace all matched cables, W127
thru W130, the first time.
e. For instruments with serial prefixes < US4722/MY4722 you must replace the two matched cables,
W131 and W132, the first time.
f. For instruments with serial prefixes > US4805/MY4805. For instruments with serial prefixes <
US4805/MY4805 this cable has one end connected to the rear panel, the other end is left discon-
nected and the whole cable is zip tied in a loop.

216 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

g. For instruments with serial prefixes ³ US4829/MY4829.

Table 2-5

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

A1W1a Ribbon Cable, A1 Keyboard A31P13 (part of A1)

A2DS1W1a Wire Cable, A2DS1 A4 Inverter (part of A2)

A4W1a Wire Cable, A4 Inverter A31P12 (part of A4)

A22W1a A22 Line Module A19 Power Supply (part of A22)

A22W2a A22 Line Module Chassis ground post on Rear Panel and (part of A22)
A19 Power Supply

A25BW1a Wire Cable, A25B Highband Detector A26J12 (part of A25)

Bias board

A32W1a Wire Cable, A32 10 MHz Crystal A21P2 (part of A32)

Oscillator

B1W1a Wire Cable, B1 Fan A21P251 (part of B1)

W1 Front Panel (EXT 1) A11J401 8121–0628

W2 Front Panel (EXT 2) A11J402 8121–0628

W3 Front Panel (LF OUTPUT) A11J403 8121–0628

W4 Front Panel (ALC INPUT) A10J4 8121–0609

W5 Front Panel (PULSE/TRIGGER GATE A11J201 8121–0625

INPUT)

W6 Front Panel (PULSE VIDEO OUT) A11J203 8121–0625

W7 Front Panel (PULSE SYNC OUT) A11J202 8121–0625

W8

for instruments with A3 Power Switch (DATA CABLE) A2 Display 8121–0165

serial prefix
< US/MY5XXX3XXX

for instruments with A3 Power Switch (DATA CABLE) A2 Display 8121–0689

serial prefix
> US/MY5XXX3XXX

W9 A3P1 A31P11 8121–0614

W10 A9J3 A31J1031 8121–0624

W11 A9J4 A31J1021 8121–0624

W12 A9J5 A28J1 8121–0608

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 217

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W13 A10J201 A30J6 8121–0624

W14 A10J5 A23J104 8121–0627

W15 A10J3 A25 20/40/50/67 GHz Highband N8210-60201

Detector

W16 A11J204 A12 Pulse Modulator Board 8121–0623

W17 A11J205 A30J7 8121–0626

W18 A18J1 A21J3 8121–0617

W19 A18J2 A26J30 8121–0619

W20 A20J1 A26J20 8121–0677

W21 A31J1043 Rear Panel (10MHz OUT) 8121–0622

W22 A31J1042 Rear Panel (10MHz IN) 8121–0622

W23 A21J2 A31P241 8121–0611

W24 Semi–Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251–20026
(Option 513/520) Highband Coupler (output) (Option 1E1)

W25 Semi–Rigid Cable, AT1 (output) 2.4 mm RF Output adapter E8251–20028

(Option 1E1)

W26 Semi–Rigid Cable, A24 40 GHz 2.4mm RF Output adapter (models E8251–20035
(Options 532 and Highband Coupler (output) without Option 1E1)
540)

W27 Semi–Rigid Cable, A23 Lowband A30J3 E8251–20031

Coupler/Detector

W28 A23J100 A26J15 8121–0616

W29 A27J10 A26J33 8121–0613

W30 A27J2 A24 Highband Coupler (input) E8251–20024

(Option 540)

W31 A27J3 A30J2 E8251–20023

(Option 540)

W32 A27J1 A30J4 E8251–20022

(Option 540)

W33 A26J32 A29J10 8121–0613

W34 A26J31 A30J10 8121–0613

W35 A26J10 A31P201 8121–0615

218 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W36 Ribbon Cable, AT1 90 dB/115 dB A26J13 8121–0982

Mechanical Attenuator

W37 Semi–Rigid Cable, A23 Lowband A31 Motherboard (Output) E8251–20225

(E8257D & E8663D) Coupler/Detector

W38 Semi–Rigid Cable, A28 YIG Oscillator A29J1 E8251–20014

(E8257D & E8663D) (output)

W39 A29J4 A31 Motherboard (Sampler) E8251–20343

W40 A29J3 A31 Motherboard (Frac–N) E8251–20224

W41 A29J2 A30J1 E8251–20017

(E8257D & E8663D)

W42 Semi–Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard A31 Motherboard (Reference) E8251–20226

(Sampler)

W43 Semi–Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard A31 Motherboard (Output) E8251–20226

(Frac–N)

W44 A31J1051 A31J1122 8121–0620

W45 A31J1055 A31J1121 8121–0620

W46 Semi–Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard A31 Motherboard (Frac–N) E8251–20029

(Sampler)

W47 A32J1 A31J1041 8121-0621

W48 A32J2 Rear Panel (10 MHz EFC) 8120-6839

W49 Front Panel (I IN) A13J7 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W50 Front Panel (Q IN) A13J8 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W51 Front Panel (DATA) A31J500 8121-0628

(E8267D)

W52 Front Panel (DATA CLOCK) A31J501 8121-0628

(E8267D)

W53 Front Panel (SYMBOL SYNC) A31J502 8121-0628

(E8267D)

W54 A9J9 A31J1032 8121-0624

W55 A10J304 Rear Panel (SOURCE MOD INTERFACE) 8121-0636

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 219

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W56 A13J14 Rear Panel (-Q OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W57 A13J13 Rear Panel (-I OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W58 A13J12 Rear Panel (Q OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W59 A13J11 Rear Panel (I OUT) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W60 A13J10 A31J1052 8121-0626

(Std. E8267D or with
Option 015)

W61 A13J9 A31J1053 8121-0626

(Std. E8267D or with
Option 015)

W62 A13J6 A35J7 8121-0624

(E8267D)

W63 A13J5 A35J6 8121-0624

(E8267D)

W64 A14J13 A17P2 8121-0920

(E8267D)

W65 A14J800 Rear Panel (BASEBAND GEN REF IN) 8121-0901

(E8267D)

W66 A18P2 A34 Internal Hard Drive 8121-0685

(E8267D)

W67 Semi-Rigid Cable, A31 Motherboard Rear Panel (.25-3.5 GHz COH E8251-20223
(E8267D) CARRIER)

W68 A17P4 A31J250 8121-0925

(E8267D)

W69 A26J14 A12 Pulse Modulator Board 8121-0912

W70 A26J34 A35 I/Q MOD 8121-0615

(E8267D)

W71 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz A30J2 E8251-20093

(Option 503/509/ Highband Coupler (input)
513/520)
(Option 1EM)

220 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W72 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20494
(Option 503/509/ Highband Coupler output (input)
513/520/521)
(Option 1EM)

W73 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 115 dB 3.5mm or Type-N RF Output adapter E8251-20095
(Option 1EM) Mechanical Attenuator (RF OUT)

W74 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz A30J2 E8251-20021

(Option 503/509/ Highband Coupler (input)
513/520)

W75 Semi-Rigid Cable, A23 Lowband A12 Pulse Modulator Board E8251-20033
Coupler/Detector

W76 Semi-Rigid Cable, A12 Pulse A31 Motherboard, Lowband Switch E8251-20334
Modulator Board Filter (out)

W77 A29J2 A35J1 E8251-20018

(E8267D)

W78 A35 I/Q MOD A37J1 E8251-20217

(E8267D)

W79 A35J9 Rear Panel (WIDEBAND Q INPUT) 8121-0628

(E8267D with
prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

W80 A35J106 Rear Panel (WIDEBAND I INPUT) 8121-0628

(E8267D with
prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

W81 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 67 GHz High AT1 90 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20320
(1.85 mm connector) band Coupler (output) (input)
(Option 1EM)

W82 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 50 GHz 2.4 mm RF Output E8251-20309

(Options 532 & 544) Highband Coupler connector (models without
(Option 1EM) Option 1E1)

W83 A27J2 A24 Highband E8251-20070

(Option 1EM) Coupler input

W84 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 40 GHz AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20071
(Option 1EM) Highband Coupler output (input)

W85 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 115 dB 2.4mm RF Output connector (RF OUT) E8251-20072
(Option 1EM) Mechanical Attenuator

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 221

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W86 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 output 3.5 mm or Type-N RF Output connector E8251-20027
(Options
503/509/513/520/5
21)

W87 Semi-Rigid, A24 40 GHz Highband RF Output adapter (models without E8251-20092
(Option 540) Coupler in Option 1E1)
(Option 1EM)

W88 Semi-Rigid, A24 20 GHz Highband RF Output adapter (models without E8251-20096
(Options Coupler (in) Option 1E1)
503/509/513/520/5
21) (Option 1EM)

W89 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz 2.4mm RF Output connector (models E8251-20346
(Options 550 & 567) Highband Coupler (out) without Option 1E1)

W90 A14J21 A17P1 8121-0690

(E8267D)

W91 Semi-Rigid Cable, 1.85 mm RF Output connector (models E8251-20318

(Options 550 & 567) A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler without Option 1E1)
(Option 1EM) (output)

W92 Semi-Rigid Cable, 1.85 mm RF Output connector E8251-20321

(Option 550 & 567) AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator
(output)

W93 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 115 dB Mechanical E8251-20312

(Options 532 & 544) A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler Attenuator (input)
(Option 1EM) (output)

W94 Semi-Rigid Cable, AT1 90 dB 1.85 mm RF Output connector E8251-20322

(Options 550 & 567) Mechanical Attenuator (output)
(Option 1EM)

W95 A10J202 A36J6 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W96 A11J206 A36J5 8121-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W97 A35J8 A37J8 8121-0627

(E8267D)

W98 A30J1 A37J2 E8251-20218

(E8267D)

W99 A37J7 (backside) A26J34 8121-1241

(E8267D)
(Options 532 & 544)

222 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W100 A27J2 (RF out) A37J5 (LO in) E8251-20216

(E8267D)
(Options 532, 540, &
544)

W101 A28 A39 Directional Sweep Coupler (input) E8251-20331

(E8267D)
(Options 532 & 544)

W102 A37J4 (RF out) Semi-Rigid Cable, E8251-20310

(E8267D) A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (input)
(Options 532 & 544)

W103 A30J2 A37J3 E8251-20219

(E8267D)
(Options 532 & 544)

W104 A27J1 A35J3 E8251-20215

(E8267D)

W105 A35J4 A29J3 E8251-20077

(E8267D)

W106 A36J1 A30J4 E8251-20313

(Options 550 & 567)

W107 A36J2 A30J2 E8251-20314

(Options 550 & 567)

W108 A36J4 A30J6 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W109 A10J201 A36J3 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W110 A10J202 A37J6 8121-6990

(Options 532 & 544)

W111 A10J203 A36J7 8120-6990

(Options 550 & 567)

W112 A36J3/RF OUT Semi-Rigid Cable, E8251-20315

(Options 550 & 567) A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler

W113 A36J10 A26J34 8121-1240

(Options 550 & 567) (ribbon)

W114 A11J206 A37J9 8121-6990

(Options 532 & 544)

W115 A39 Directional Sweep Coupler A29J1 E8251-20308

(E8267D) (output)
(Options 532 & 544)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 223

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W116 A27J10 A26J36 8121-1285

(Options 532 & 544)

W117 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 67 GHz High AT1 90 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20319
(Options 550 & 567) band Coupler (output) (input)

W118 A31 Motherboard (LB Filter Output) A31 Motherboard (Lowband Switch E8251-20332
(with Option 1EH) Filter) (IN)
(without
Option UNW)

W119 A31 Motherboard (Lowband Switch A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector (IN) E8251-20333
(with Option 1EH & Filter) (OUT)
UNW)

W120 A31 Motherboard (LB Filter Output) A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector E8251-20342
(with Option 1EH)

W121b W137 1 GHz Out (Rear Panel) 8120-5068

W122c A10J303 Rear Panel (ALC HOLD) 0625-4806

(E8267D)

W123d A13J15 Rear Panel (Wideband Q In (+)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
016)

W124d A13J16 Rear Panel (Wideband -Q In (-)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
016)

W125d A13J19 Rear Panel (Wideband I In (+)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
016)

W126d A13J20 Rear Panel (Wideband -I In (-)) 8121-1667

(E8267D with Option
016)

W127e A13J17 A35J109 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
016)

W128e A13J18 A35J107 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
016)

W129e A13J21 A35J108 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
016)

224 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W130e A13J22 A35J106 8121-1616

(E8267D with Option
016)

W131f A13J9 A31J1053 8121-1618

(E8267D with Option
016)

W132f A13J10 A31J1052 8121-1618

(E8267D with Option
016)

W133 Semi-Rigid, A24 20 GHz Highband RF Output adapter (models without E8251-20034
(Options Coupler (output) Option 1E1)
503/509/513/520/5
21)

W134 A30J1 A35 I/Q Mod E8251-20019

(E8267D)

W135 Cable Assembly, A42J9 A31P242 E8251-60850

W136g A18P2 A40 Compact Flash PCA 8182-1807

W137 Semi-Rigid, A31 Motherboard W121 E8251-20384

(Reference)

W138 Semi-Rigid, A43 Lowband Amp Filter W140 E8251-20489

W139 A43 Lowband Amp Filter A11J204 8120-6990

W140 Semi-Rigid, W138 A31 Motherboard (Output) E8251-20488

W141 A30J2 Semi-Rigid, A42 20 GHz Power Amp E8251-20468

(Option 521) (RF IN)

W142 Semi-Rigid, A42 20 GHz Power Amp A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (input) E8251-20469
(Std. Option 521) (RF OUT)

W143 Semi-Rigid, A42 20 GHz Power Amp A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (input) E8251-20470
(Option 521) (RF OUT)
(Option 1EM)

W143 Semi-Rigid, A24 20 GHz Highband AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20473
(Std. Option 521) Coupler (output) (input)

W144 A10J3 A25 20 GHz Highband Detector N8210-60201

(Option 521)

W145 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz 3.5mm RF Output connector E8251-20471

(Std. Option 521) Highband Coupler (output)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 225

 Replaceable Parts
Cables

Table 2-5 (Continued)

Reference Input Output Part Number

Designator

W146 Semi-Rigid Cable, A24 20 GHz 3.5mm RF Output connector E8251-20472

(Option 521) Highband Coupler (output)
(Option 1EM)

W147 Semi-Rigid, A24 20 GHz Highband AT1 115 dB Mechanical Attenuator E8251-20474
(Option 521) Coupler (output) (input)
(Option 1EM)

W148 A30J6 A10J201 8120-6993

(E8663D and Option
E8257D-520)

W149 A44J2 (Semi-Rigid Cable, AM MOD Semi-Rigid Cable, A29J2 E8251-20366

(E8663D and Option BIAS)
E8257D-520)

W150 Semi-Rigid Cable, A30J1 Semi-Rigid Cable, A44J5 E8251-20367

(E8663D and Option
E8257D-520)

W151 Ribbon Cable, A44J1 A26J33 8121-1362

(E8663D and Option
E8257D-520)

W152 Ribbon Cable, A44 Scan Modulation A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter 8121-0613
(E8663D and Option Bias Adapter
E8257D-520)

W153 (E8267D) A31J1056 A31J1057 8121-1302

W154 (Option 1SM A44J3 A10J301 8120-6993

only)

W155 (Option UNY) A4554 AH654 8121-0646

a. This cable is not replaceable by itself. You must order the corresponding assembly.
b. For instruments with serial prefixes > US4805/MY4805. For instruments with serial prefixes
<US4805/MY4805 this cable has one end connected to the rear panel, the other end is left discon-
nected and the whole cable is zip tied in a loop.
c. Requires firmware version C.04.71 or greater.
d. For instruments with serial prefixes < US4722/MY4722 you must replace all matched cables, W123
thru W126, the first time and order 4 SMA bulkhead adapters, part number 1250-1666.
e. For instruments with serial prefixes < US4722/MY4722 you must replace all matched cables, W127
thru W130, the first time.
f. For instruments with serial prefixes < US4722/MY4722 you must replace the two matched cables,
W131 and W132, the first time.
g. For instruments with serial prefixes ³ US4829/MY4829.

226 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Hardware
This section lists part numbers for hardware and other instrument parts in your
signal generator.
— “Front Panel View” on page 228
— “Disassembled Front Panel View” on page 230
— “Disassembled Rear Panel View” on page 232
— “Disassembled A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX/UNY and
Instruments with Serial Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805)” on page 235
— “Disassembled AT1 90dB/115dB Attenuator View (Option 1E1)” on
page 237
— “Disassembled A24 20GHz/40GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband
Detector Bias Board (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 540)” on page 238
— “Disassembled A24 50GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband
Detector Bias Board” on page 240
— “Disassembled A24 67GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband
Detector Bias Board” on page 241
— “Microcircuit Interface Deck Top View” on page 242
— “Main Chassis and MID Bottom View” on page 243
— “1.85 mm RF Output Connector (Option 567 Only)” on page 246
— “2.4 mm RF Output Connector” on page 247
— “APC 3.5 RF Output Connector (Options 513 and 520 Only)” on page 248
— “Type-N RF Output Connector (Option 1ED Models Only)” on page 249
— “Main Chassis with Inside Cover and Right-Side Support Wall” on
page 250
— “Outer and Inner Instrument Covers and Associated Parts” on page 252

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 227

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Front Panel View

Table 2-6 Front Panel View

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Small Overlay (E8257D & E8663D Option UNM and All Option 1EM) 1 E4400-80011

Small Overlay (E8267D) Option UNM 1 E4400-80006

2 Nameplate - E8257D 20 GHz 1 E8251-80027

Nameplate - E8257D Option 521 1 E8251-80341

Nameplate - E8257D 40 GHz 1 E8251-80028

Nameplate - E8257D 50 GHz 1 E8251-80029

Nameplate - E8257D 70 GHz 1 E8251-80030

Nameplate - E8267D 20 GHz 1 E8251-80024

Nameplate - E8267D 32 GHz 1 E8251-80025

Nameplate - E8267D 44 GHz 1 E8251-80026

Nameplate - E8663D 3 GHz 1 E8663-80001

Nameplate - E8663D 9 GHz 1 E8663-80002

3 RPG Knob 1 E4400-40003

4 Large Keypad Overlay (E8257D & E8663D) Option UNM 1 E8251-80001

Large Keypad Overlay (E8267D) Option UNM 1 E8251-80201

Large Keypad Overlay (E8257D & E8663D) Option 1EM 1 E8251-80014

Large Keypad Overlay (E8267D) Option 1EM 1 E8251-80202

5 Nut-Hex 15/32-32 2950-0035

E8257D & E8663D 7
E8267D 12

6 Washer-Wavy .490ID 3050-1919

E8257D & E8663D 7
E8267D 12

7 Washer-Shoulder 2 00310-48801

8 Bottom Overlay (Option UNM) 1 E8251-80003

Bottom Overlay (Option 1EM) 1 E8251-80203

228 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-16 Front Panel View

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 229

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled Front Panel View

Table 2-7 Disassembled Front Panel View

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Front Panel Frame 1 E8251-20102

2 Gasket RFI Round Mesh .125 inch 1 8160-0660

3 Gasket RFI Round Mesh .062 inch 1 8160-0723

4 Velcro Attachment 1 0510-1303

5 Glass Filter 70% Xmt 1 4330-6704

6 Rubber Keypad Analog (E8257D & E8663D) 1 E8251-40006

Rubber Keypad Vector (E8267D) 1 E8251-40200

7 Bracket Filter 1 E4400-00009

8 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 08 FL-TX 14 0515-1227

9 Cable Retainer Clip 3 1400-1439

10 Sub Panel 1 E8251-00009

11 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 06 CW-PN-TX 17 0515-0372

12 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 08 FL-TX 1 0515-1035

230 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-17 Disassembled Front Panel View

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 231

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled Rear Panel View

Table 2-8 Disassembled Rear Panel View

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Rear Panel (E8257D & E8663D) 1 E8251-00020

Rear Panel (E8257D & E8663D) Option 1EM 1 E8251-00013

Rear Panel (E8267D) 1 E8251-00021

Rear Panel (E8267D) Option 1EM 1 E8251-00022

2 Screw-Machine M3.0 8 CW-PN-TX (mounting screws for rear-panel and rear 0515-0372
struts) 11
E8257D & E8663D 14
E8267D

3 Screw-Machine M3.0 14CW-PN-TX (screw to mount B1 fan to rear-panel) 4 0515-0665

4 Beveled Washer (fan) 4 3050-1628

5 Grommet (fan) 4 0400-0356

6 Nut-Hex 1/2-28 (6 BNC connectors on rear-panel board) 6 2950-0054

7 Washer Lock .505ID (6 BNC connectors on rear-panel) 6 2190-0068

8 Nut-Hex 15/32-32 (10 MHz In/Out BNC connectors) 2950-0035

E8257D & E8663D 9
E8267D 26

9 Washer .490ID (10 MHz In/Out BNC connectors) 3050-1919

E8257D & E8663D 9
E8267D 26

10 Rear-Panel BNC Hole Plug (E8267D) 1 6960-0002

11 Standoff Screw-Hex .321I 4-40ss (Auxiliary Interface and SMI) 0380-2079

E8257D & E8663D 4
E8267D 6

12 Split Lock Washer .115ID 4 (Auxiliary Interface and SMI) 2190-0003

E8257D & E8663D 4
E8267D 6

13 Standoff Screw-Hex .327 6-32 (GPIB interface) 2 0380-0644

14 Split Lock Washer .194ID 10 (GPIB interface) 2 2190-0577

15 Screw-Machine M3.0 8 FL-TX (line module) 2 0515-1035

16 Right Rear Strut (E8257D & E8663D) 1 E8251-00006

Right Rear Strut (E8267D) 1 E8251-00308

17 Left Rear Strut (E8257D & E8663D) 1 E8251-00030

Left Rear Strut (E8267D) 1 E8251-00200

232 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Table 2-8 Disassembled Rear Panel View

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

18 Shouldered Washer (E8267D) 1 00310-48801

Figure 2-18 E8257D/E8663D Disassembled Rear Panel View

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 233

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-19 E8267D Disassembled Rear Panel View

234 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX/UNY

and Instruments with Serial
Prefixes >= US4805/MY4805)
Table 2-9 Disassembled A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX)

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 C-Bracket 1 E8251-00040

2 Shock Mount 3 1520-0205

3 Flathead Washer 3 3050-0105

4 Screw-Machine 4.0 x 40 .250 3 2200-0103

5 L-Bracket 1 E8251-00041

6 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 CW-PN-TX 2 0515-0372

7 Nut-Hex M3.0 (line module ground) 1 0535-0031

8 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 CW-PN-TX 2 0515-0372

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 235

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-20 Disassembled A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX and
Instruments with Serial Prefixes > US4805/MY4805)

236 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled AT1 90dB/115dB Attenuator View (Option 1E1)

Table 2-10 Disassembled AT1 115 dB Attenuator View (Option 1E1)

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Bracket 1 E8251-00038

2 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 FL-TX 4 0515-1035

Figure 2-21 Disassembled AT1 90dB/115dB Attenuator View (Option 1E1)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 237

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled A24 20GHz/40GHz Highband Coupler and A25B

Highband Detector Bias Board
(Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 540)
Table 2-11 Disassembled A24 20 GHz/40 GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband
Detector Bias Board

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Coupler Bracket 1 E8251-00039

2 Washer Lock M2.0 2 2190-0654

3 Screw-Machine SM 256 .250 PN-PN 2 0520-0128

4 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 CW-PN-TX 4 0515-0372

Figure 2-22 Disassembled A24 20GHz/40GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband
Detector Bias Board

238 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled A24 20GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband

Detector Bias Board (Option 521)
Table 2-12 Disassembled A24 67GHz Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Coupler Bracket (Option 521) 1 E8251-00356

2 Screw-Machine M4.0 x .312 PN-PN 2 0520-0128

3 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 CW-PN-TX 6 0515-0372

Figure 2-23 Disassembled A24 20GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector
Bias Board (Option 521)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 239

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled A24 50GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband

Detector Bias Board
Table 2-13 Disassembled A24 50GHz Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Coupler Bracket (Option 532/544) 1 E8251-00300

2 Screw-Machine M4.0 x .312 PN-PN 2 2200-0103

3 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 CW-PN-TX 4 0515-0372

Figure 2-24 Disassembled A24 50GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector
Bias Board

240 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Disassembled A24 67GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband

Detector Bias Board
Table 2-14 Disassembled A24 67GHz Highband Coupler and A25 Highband Detector

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Coupler Bracket (Option 550/567) 1 E8251-00306

2 Screw-Machine M4.0 x .312 PN-PN 2 0515-0658

3 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 8 CW-PN-TX 4 0515-0372

Figure 2-25 Disassembled A24 67GHz Highband Coupler and A25B Highband Detector
Bias Board

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 241

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Microcircuit Interface Deck Top View

Table 2-15 Microcircuit Interface Deck Top View

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 14 CW-PN-TX 1 0515-0665

Figure 2-26 E8257D & E8663D Microcircuit Interface Deck Top View

Figure 2-27 E8267D Microcircuit Interface Deck Top View

242 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Main Chassis and MID Bottom View

Table 2-16 Main Chassis and MID Bottom View

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Rib Bracket 1 E8251-00008

2 Cable Retainer Clip E8251-40001

E8257D & E8663D 3
E8267D 8

3 Screw-Machine M30. x 8 CW-PN-TX (A31 Motherboard to main chassis) 15 0515-0372

4 Screw-Machine M30. x 8 CW-PN-TX (A28 YIG Oscillator to MID) 2 0515-0372

5 Screw-Machine M30. x 20 CW-PN-TX (A30 Modulator Filter with Standard or 3 0515-1410

High Power to MID)

6 Screw-Machine M30. x 20 CW-PN-TX (A29 20 GHz Doubler to MID) 2 0515-1410

7 Screw-Machine M30. x 20 CW-PN-TX (A13 I/Q MUX to MID) (E8267D) 3 0515-1410

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 243

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-28 Main Chassis and MID Bottom View (E8257D & E8663D)
(3 places)
1
2

4 6 5 3
(2 places) (2 places) (3 places) (15 places)

244 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-29 Main Chassis and MID Bottom View (E8267D)

(3 places)
1 (8 places)
7
2

4 6
5
(2 places) (2 places)
(3 places) 3
(15 places)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 245

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

1.85 mm RF Output Connector (Option 567 Only)

Table 2-17 1.85 mm RF Output Connector (Option 567 Only)

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Adapter-Male 1.85 mm 1 5065-9852

2 Adapter Bracket 1 E8251-00216

3 Screw-Machine M4.0 x 10 FL-TX (front frame to adapter bracket) 1 0515-1269

4 Washer lock .377ID 1 2190-0104

5 Nut-Hex 1 2950-0132

W92 Semi-Rigid Cable (refer to Table 2-5 on page 217.)

Figure 2-30 1.85 mm RF Output Connector (Option 567 Only)

246 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

2.4 mm RF Output Connector

Table 2-18 2.4 mm RF Output Connector

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Adapter-Male 2.4 mm 1 5063-1700

2 Adapter Bracket 1 E8251-00216

3 Screw-Machine M4.0 x 10 FL-TX (front frame to adapter bracket) 1 0515-1269

4 Washer lock .377ID 1 2190-0104

5 Nut-Hex 1 08360-20133

Figure 2-31 2.4 mm RF Output Connector

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 247

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

APC 3.5 RF Output Connector (Options 513 and 520 Only)

Table 2-19 APC 3.5 RF Output Connector (Options 513 and 520 Only)

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Adapter-Male APC 3.5 1 08673-60040

2 Spacer APC 3.5 1 E8251-20068

3 Adapter Bracket 1 E8251-00215

4 Screw-Machine M4.0 x 10 FL-TX 1 0515-1269

5 Washer lock .377ID 1 2190-0016

6 Nut-Hex 1 2950-0001

W86 Semi-Rigid Cable (refer to Table on page 217.)

Figure 2-32 APC 3.5 RF Output Connector (Options 513 and 520 Only)

248 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Type-N RF Output Connector (Option 1ED Models Only)

Table 2-20 Type-N RF Output Connector (Option 1ED Models Only)

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Adapter-Type-N (f) 1 08559-60002

2 Spacer 1 E8251-20067

3 Adapter Bracket 1 E8251-00216

4 Screw-Machine M4.0 x 10 FL-TX 1 0515-1035

5 Washer lock 1 2190-0102

6 Nut-Hex 1 2950-0132

Figure 2-33 Type-N RF Output Connector (Option 1ED Models Only)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 249

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Main Chassis with Inside Cover and Right-Side Support Wall

Table 2-21 Main Chassis with Inside Cover and Right-Side Support Wall

Item Description Qty Part Number

No.

1 Main Chassis Inside Top Cover (E8257D & E8663D) 1 E8251-00342

Main Chassis Inside Top Cover (E8267D) 1 E8251-00208

2 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 08 FL-TX (inside top cover to main chassis and rear panel) 9 0515-0430

3 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 08 CW-PN-TX (rear panel to right-side support wall) 3 0515-0372

4 Screw-Machine M3.0 x 08 FL-TX (microcircuit interface deck to right-side support 6 0515-1035

wall)

5 Right-Side Support Wall 1 E8251-00014

6 Microcircuit Interface Deck (E8257D (E8663D) 1 E8251-00004

Microcircuit Interface Deck (E8267D) 1 E8251-00303

7 E8257D & E8663D Main Chassis 1 E8251-60354

E8267D Main Chassis 1 E8251-60350

250 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-34 Main Chassis with Inside Cover and Right-Side Support Wall

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 251

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Outer and Inner Instrument Covers and Associated Parts

Table 2-22 Outer and Inner Instrument Covers and Associated Parts

Item No. Description Qty Part Number

1 Assy-Strap Handle - includes the following parts: 1 E8251-60067

Strap Assembly 1

Ground Spring 2

Handle Retainer 2

End Cap 2

Screw-Machine M5 x 18 FL-TX 2

2 Rear Feet Screws 4 0515-1619

3 Rear-Panel Feet 4 5041-9611

4 Feet-Bottom 4 5041-9167

5 Tilt Stand 2 1460-1345

6 Trim-Side Overlay (Refer to Figure 2-35 and to Figure 2-36 on page 253) 2 5041-9172

7 Outside Instrument Cover 1 E8251-00012

252 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Hardware

Figure 2-35 Outer and Inner Instrument Covers and Associated Parts

Figure 2-36 Trim-Side Overlay (Installed)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 253

 Replaceable Parts
Miscellaneous

Miscellaneous
This section lists part numbers for miscellaneous items that can be used with
your signal generator.

254 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Miscellaneous

Accessories
Table 2-23 Accessories

Description Part Number

Test Cable (extension cable for accessing A31 Motherboard coax connectors) E8251-20088

Adapter 2.4 mm (F) - 2.4 mm (F) 33311-82005

Adapter-Coax STR F 2.4 mm (F) - K 1250-2187

Adapter 3.5 mm (F) - Type-N (M) 1250-1744

Adapter 1.85 mm (F) - 1.85 mm (F) 85085-60114

Adapter 3.5 mm (F) - 3.5 mm (F) 5061-5311

Documentation
Table 2-24 Documentation

Description Part Number

PSG Documentation Set E8251-90350

CD-ROM Documentation E8251-90351

Installation Guide E8251-90352

User’s Guide E8251-90353

Key Reference E8251-90354

Programming Guide E8251-90355

SCPI Command Reference E8251-90356

Service Guide E8251-90359

Specifications/Data Sheet (E8267D) 5989-0697EN

Specifications/Data Sheet (E8257D) 5989-0698EN

Specifications/Data Sheet (E8663D) 5989-4866EN

The E8257D/67D & E8663D PSG documentation can also be found on the web at
[Link]

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protective Supplies

Table 2-25 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protective Supplies

Description Part Number

ESD connector end cap front-panel RF output 1401-0247

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 255

 Replaceable Parts
Miscellaneous

Table 2-25 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protective Supplies

Description Part Number

ESD connector end cap rear panel SMI 1252-4690

ESD connector end cap-GPIB 1252-5007

ESD connector end cap coherent carrier cut 1252-4696

2 X 4 Ft. Antistatic Table Mat with 15 FT. Ground Wire 9300-0797

5 Ft. Grounding Cord (for wrist strap) 9300-0980

Adjustable Antistatic Wrist Strap 9300-1367

256 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Replaceable Parts
Abbreviations Used in Part Descriptions

Abbreviations Used in Part Descriptions

This section defines the reference designators, abbreviations, and option
numbers that are used in the part descriptions throughout this chapter.
Table 2-26

Reference
Definition
Designator

A assembly

AT attenuator

B fan

DS lamp

J electrical connector; jack

W cable; transmission path; wire

Table 2-27

Abbreviation Definition

BN buttonhead (screws)

CPU central processing unit

CW conical washer (screws)

EXT external

FL flathead (screws)

Ft feet

Hex hexagonal

GPIB general purpose interface bus

HX hexagonal recess (screws)

I in-phase

LF low frequency

M meters or metric hardware

PC patch lock (screws) or printed circuit

PN panhead (screws)

Q quadrature

Qty quantity

RF radio frequency

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 257

 Replaceable Parts
Abbreviations Used in Part Descriptions

Table 2-27

Abbreviation Definition

RPP reverse power protection

SMA subminiature type-A

TX TORX recess (screws)

258 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Keysight PSG Signal Generators
E8257D/67D, E8663D

Service Guide

3 Assembly Replacement

Before You Replace an Assembly

Many of the assemblies in this instrument are very susceptible to damage from
electrostatic discharge (ESD). Perform service procedures only at a static–safe
workstation and wear a grounding strap.

Be sure to review the warning and caution statements described in Chapter 5,

“Safety and Regulatory”, on page 425, prior to replacing an assembly in your
signal generator.

After Replacing or Repairing an Assembly

After you have replaced or repaired an assembly, performance tests and
adjustments may need to be performed. Please refer to Chapter 3, “Assembly
Replacement,” for the list of performance tests and adjustments required for
each assembly.

259
 Assembly Replacement
Assemblies That You Can Replace

Assemblies That You Can Replace

— “Outer Instrument Cover” on page 264
— “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266
— “Front Panel” on page 268
— “A1 Keyboard” on page 272
— “A2 Display” on page 275
— “A2DS1 Display Backlight (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)”
on page 278
— “A3 Power Switch” on page 280
— “A4 Inverter (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)” on page 283
— “A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option
UNR/UNX/UNY), A8 Output, A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset” on page 285
— “A9 YIG Driver” on page 287
— “A10 ALC” on page 289
— “A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator” on page 291
— “A12 Pulse Modulator Board” on page 293
— “A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)” on page 295
— “A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial Prefixes
>=US4722/MY4722)” on page 297
— “A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D Only)” on page 299
— “A17 Baseband Generator Interface (E8267D Only)” on page 301
— “A18 CPU” on page 303
— “A18BT1” on page 305
— “A19 Power Supply” on page 307
— “A20 SMI (Source Module Interface)” on page 310
— “A21 Rear–Panel Interface” on page 312
— “A22 Line Module” on page 314
— “A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector” on page 316
— “A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)” on
page 318
— “A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 and 544)” on page 325
— “A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 and 567)” on page 327

260 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Assemblies That You Can Replace

— “A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521)” on
page 329
— “A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544)” on page 334
— “A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567)” on page 336
— “A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540)” on page 323
— “A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 and 544)” on page 325
— “A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 and 567)” on page 327
— “A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521)” on
page 329
— “A25 40 GHz Highband Detector (Option 540)” on page 332
— “A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544)” on page 334
— “A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567)” on page 336
— “A25B Highband Detector Bias Board” on page 338
— “A26 MID (Microcircuit Interface Deck)” on page 340
— “A27 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540)” on page 343
— “A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 and 544 only)” on page 345
— “A28 YIG Oscillator” on page 347
— “A29 20 GHz Doubler” on page 349
— “A30 Modulation Filter (Standard and Option 1EA/1EU)” on page 351
— “A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D)” on page 354
— “A31 Motherboard (E8267D)” on page 357
— “A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator” on page 360
— “A33 6dB PAD (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)” on page 362
— “A33 10dB PAD (Options 532 and 544)” on page 364
— “Rear Panel (Standard)” on page 366
— “Rear Panel (Option 1EM)” on page 369
— “A34 Internal Hard Drive (E8267D Only - Discontinued)” on page 373
— “A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option
015)” on page 375
— “A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option
H16/016) (Serial Prefixes >=US4722/MY4722)” on page 377
— “A36 Quadraplier (Options 550 and 567)” on page 379
— “A37 Upconverter (E8267D Only)” on page 381

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 261

 Assembly Replacement
Assemblies That You Can Replace

— “A38 Lowband Switch Filter” on page 383

— “A39 Directional Sweep Coupler” on page 385
— “A40 Compact Flash Drive Assembly” on page 387
— “A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly” on page 389
— “A42 20 GHz Power Amp (Option 521)” on page 391
— “A43 Lowband Amp Filter” on page 393
— “A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter (E8257D-520 and E8663D Only)” on
page 395
— “AT1 90 dB Attenuator” on page 397
— “AT1 115 dB Attenuator” on page 399
— “AT1 90 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)” on page 401
— “AT1 115 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)” on page 403
— “B1 Fan” on page 405

262 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Assemblies That You Can Replace

This page intentionally left blank.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 263

 Assembly Replacement
Outer Instrument Cover

Outer Instrument Cover

Tools Required
— T–15 driver
— T–20 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-1 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Using the T–20 driver, loosen and remove the two screws (1) and remove
the strap handle (2).
3. Using the T–15 driver, remove the center screws (3) from the four rear
panel feet (4).
4. Remove the four bottom feet (5) from the cover by lifting the tab and
sliding the foot toward the tab.
5. Place the signal generator on its side.
6. Tilt the signal generator forward and slide the outer cover (6) back to
remove it from the frame.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedures.
— Torque all T–15 screws to 21 in–lbs.
— Torque all T–20 screws to 21 in–lbs.

264 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Outer Instrument Cover

Figure 3-1 Outer Instrument Cover Removal

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 265

 Assembly Replacement
Inner Instrument Cover

Inner Instrument Cover

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-2 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the outer cover from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer
Instrument Cover” on page 264.
3. Place the signal generator flat and upright with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove all twenty-two screws (1) from the inner
cover (2).
5. Remove the inner cover.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedures.
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.

266 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Inner Instrument Cover

Figure 3-2 Inner Instrument Cover Removal

1 2

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 267

 Assembly Replacement
Front Panel

Front Panel

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— T–15 driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure

To remove the Front Panel on signal generators with Option 1EM, complete steps
1 through 6 and steps 20 through 23.

Refer to Figure 3-3 for instruments with serial number prefix <
US/MY5XXX3XXX for this procedure.
Refer to Figure 3-4 for instruments with serial number prefix >
US/MY5XXX3XXX for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover.
4. Remove the side trims that cover the six screws.
5. Using the T–15 driver, remove the six screws (1) from the sides of the
frame.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove one screw on the top (2) and bottom (3)
frame.

Before removing the front panel from the signal generator, lift and support the
front of the signal generator’s frame.

7. Slide the front panel over the RF output connector (non–1EM signal
generators only).
8. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W1 (EXT 1 INPUT) from the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation
Generator J401 (non–1EM signal generators only).
— W2 (EXT 2 INPUT) from the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation
Generator J402 (non–1EM signal generators only).
— W3 (LF OUTPUT) from the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
J403 (non–1EM signal generators only).

268 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Front Panel

— W4 ALC INPUT) from the A10 ALC J4 (non–1EM signal generators

only).
— W5 (PULSE/TRIGGER GATE INPUT) from the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator J201 (non–1EM signal generators only).
— W6 (PULSE VIDEO OUTPUT) from the A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator J203
(non–1EM signal generators only).
— W7 (PULSE SYNC OUTPUT) from the A11J202 (non–1EM signal
generators only).
— W49 (I IN) from the A35J7 (E8267D only).
— W50 (Q IN) from the A35J8 (E8267D non–1EM signal generators
only).
— W51 (DATA) from the A31J500 (E8267D non–1EM signal generators
only).
— W52 (DATA CLOCK) from the A31J501 (E8267D non–1EM signal
generators only).
— W53 (SYMBOL SYNC) from the A31J502 (E8267D non–1EM signal
generators only).
9. Disconnect the A1W1 display cable from the A31 Motherboard P13.
[Link] serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX, disconnect the A4W1
inverter cable from the A31 Motherboard P12 (refer to Figure 3-3).
And for serial number prefix > US/MY5XXX3XXX, disconnect the A2W1
display cable from the A31 Motherboard P12. (refer to Figure 3-4).
[Link] the W9 ribbon cable from the A31 Motherboard P11.
[Link] the front panel.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 269

 Assembly Replacement
Front Panel

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all T–15 screws to 21 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-3 Front Panel Removal with serial prefixes < US/MY5XXX3XXX1

1. Applicable if the A2 does not have the most current LCD.

270 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Front Panel

Figure 3-4 Front Panel Removal with serial prefixes > US/MY5XXX3XXX

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 271

 Assembly Replacement
A1 Keyboard

A1 Keyboard

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-5 for instruments with serial number prefix <
US/MY5XXX3XXX for this procedure.
Refer to Figure 3-6 for instruments with serial number prefix >
US/MY5XXX3XXX for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
3. For serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX, disconnect the A2DS1W1
cable from the A4 Inverter.
For serial number prefix > US/MY5XXX3XXX, disconnect the A2W1 cable
from the A2 Display.
4. Disconnect the W8 ribbon cable from the A3 Power Switch by lifting the
white tabs on the connector.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (12) from the A3 Power
Switch.
6. Remove the A3 Power Switch.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the ten screws (11) that secure the RFI
shielding (10) to the front panel.
8. Remove the metal shielding.
9. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (9) that secure the A2
Display to the front panel.
[Link] the A2 Display.
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the nine screws (8) that secure the A1
Keyboard to the front panel.
[Link] the A1 Keyboard.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedures.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

272 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A1 Keyboard

Figure 3-5 A1 Keyboard Removal with serial prefixes < US/MY5XXX3XXX1

1. Applicable if the A2 does not have the most current LCD.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 273

 Assembly Replacement
A1 Keyboard

Figure 3-6 A1 Keyboard Removal with serial prefixes > US/MY5XXX3XXX

274 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A2 Display

A2 Display

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-7 for instruments with serial number prefix <
US/MY5XXX3XXX for this procedure.
Refer to Figure 3-8 for instruments with serial number prefix >
US/MY5XXX3XXX for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
3. For serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX, disconnect the A2DS1W1
cable from the A4 Inverter and discard/recycle the A4 Inverter (i.e., The
replacement A2 Display does not need the old A4 Inverter).
For serial number prefix > US/MY5XXX3XXX, disconnect the A2W1 cable
from the A2 Display.
4. Disconnect the W8 ribbon cable from the A3 Power Switch by lifting the
white tabs on the connector.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (12) from the A3 Power
Switch.
6. Remove the A3 Power Switch.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the ten screws (11) that secure the RFI
shielding (10) to the front panel.
8. Remove the metal shielding.
9. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (9) that secure the A2
Display to the front panel.
[Link] the A2 Display.

Replacement Procedure
1. For instruments with serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX, reverse the
order of the removal procedure, except now the A2W1 cable is connected
straight to the A31 Motherboard P12 since the A4 is now integrated into
the A2 Display.

For instruments with serial number prefix > US/MY5XXX3XXX, reverse the
order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 275

 Assembly Replacement
A2 Display

3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain

to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-7 A2 Display Removal with serial prefixes < US/MY5XXX3XXX1

1. Applicable if the A2 does not have the most current LCD.

276 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A2 Display

Figure 3-8 A2 Display Removal with serial prefixes > US/MY5XXX3XXX

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 277

 Assembly Replacement
A2DS1 Display Backlight (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

A2DS1 Display Backlight (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX

only)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— small phillips screw driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-9.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
3. Disconnect the A2DS1W1 cable from the A4 Inverter.
4. Disconnect the W8 ribbon cable from the A3 Power Switch by lifting the
white tabs on the connector.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (12) from the A3 Power
Switch.
6. Remove the A3 Power Switch.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the ten screws (11) that secure the RFI
shielding (10) to the front panel.
8. Remove the metal shielding.
9. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (9) that secure the A2
Display to the front panel.
[Link] the A2 Display.
[Link] a small phillips screw driver, remove the screw (1) that secures the
cover (2) over the A2DS1 Display Backlight.
[Link] the A2DS1 Display Backlight.

Replacement Procedure

When replacing the A2DS1 Display Backlight make sure the reflective paper is
behind the light.

1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.

2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

278 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A2DS1 Display Backlight (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

Figure 3-9 A2DS1 Display Backlight Removal

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 279

 Assembly Replacement
A3 Power Switch

A3 Power Switch

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-10 for instruments with serial number prefix <
US/MY5XXX3XXX.
Refer to Figure 3-11 for instruments with serial number prefix >
US/MY5XXX3XXX.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
3. Disconnect the W8 ribbon cable from the A3 Power Switch by lifting the
white tabs on the connector.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (12) from the A3 Power
Switch.
5. Remove the A3 Power Switch.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

280 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A3 Power Switch

Figure 3-10 A3 Power Switch Removal with serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX1

1. Applicable if the A2 does not have the most current LCD.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 281

 Assembly Replacement
A3 Power Switch

Figure 3-11 A3 Power Switch Removal with serial number prefix > US/MY5XXX3XXX

282 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A4 Inverter (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

A4 Inverter (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

Tools Required
— none

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-12 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
3. Disconnect the A4W1 cable from the A31 Motherboard P12.
4. Disconnect the A2DSW1 cable from the A4 Inverter.

The A4 Inverter is fragile and can be damaged when pulled away from the velcro
attachment.

5. Remove the A4 Inverter by carefully pulling it away from the front panel.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 283

 Assembly Replacement
A4 Inverter (serial number prefix < US/MY5XXX3XXX only)

Figure 3-12 A4 Inverter Removal

284 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option UNR/UNX/UNY), A8
Output, A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset

A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option

UNR/UNX/UNY), A8 Output,
A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset

Tools Required
— none

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-13 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the board assembly from the A31
Motherboard.
5. Lift the board assembly out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 285

 Assembly Replacement
A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option UNR/UNX/UNY), A8
Output, A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset

Figure 3-13 A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference, A8 Output, A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset

A5/A46 A6/A45 A7 A8

Figure 3-14 W155 Reference (Option UNY) with A45 and A46

286 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A9 YIG Driver

A9 YIG Driver

Tools Required
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-15 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Disconnect the W12 ribbon cable from A9J5.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W54 from A9J9
— W11 from A9J4
— W10 from A9J3
6. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A9 YIG Driver from the A31
Motherboard.
7. Lift the A9 YIG Driver out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 287

 Assembly Replacement
A9 YIG Driver

Figure 3-15 A9 YIG Driver

W10/A9J3 W11/A9J4 W54/A9J9 W12/A9J5 A9

288 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A10 ALC

A10 ALC

Tools Required
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-16 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W15 from A10J3
— W14 from A10J5
— W4 from A10J4
— W55 from A10J304
— W13 from A10J201
— W95 from A10J202
— W111 from A10J203
— Option 532/544 – W110 from A10J202 or
Option 550/567 – W95 from A10J202
— Option 550/567 – W111 from A10J203
— W122 from A10J303 (E8267D only with serial prefixes
>US4722/MY4722)
5. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A10 ALC from the A31
Motherboard.
6. Lift the A10 ALC out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 289

 Assembly Replacement
A10 ALC

Figure 3-16 A10 ALC

A10

W4/A10J4 W14/A10J5
W13/A10J201
W122/A10J303
W55/A10J304
(E8267D only) W15/A10J3
W111/A10J203
(Option 550/567)

Option 550/567– W95/A10J202

Option 532/544– W110/A10J202

290 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator

A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator

Tools Required
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-17 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W1 from A11J401
— W2 from A11J402
— W3 from A11J403
— W5 from A11J201
— W96 from A11J206
— W17 from A11J205
— W16 from A11J204
— W7 from A11J202
— W6 from A11J203
5. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation
Generator from the
A31 Motherboard.
6. Lift the A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 291

 Assembly Replacement
A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator

Figure 3-17 A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator

W16/A11J204 W96/A11J206 W3/A11J403

W7/A11J202 W5/A11J201
W2/A11J402
W17/A11J205 A11
W6/A11J203 W1/A11J401

292 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A12 Pulse Modulator Board

A12 Pulse Modulator Board

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-18 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator so that the A31 Motherboard is facing you
and the RF deck is on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the W16, W75, and W76
RF cables from the A12 Pulse Modulator Board.
5. Disconnect the W69 ribbon cable from the A12 Pulse Modulator Board.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the A12
Pulse Modulator Board to the main chassis.
7. Remove the A12 Pulse Modulator Board from the RF deck.
8. Using the T–10 driver, remove the sheet metal from A12 Pulse Modulator
Board.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 293

 Assembly Replacement
A12 Pulse Modulator Board

Figure 3-18 A12 Pulse Modulator Board

W69 W75 A12 W76 1

W16

294 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-19 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W63 from A13J5
— W62from A13J6
— W49 from A13J7
— W50 from A13J8
— W61 from A13J9
— W60 from A13J10
— W59 from A13J11
— W58 from A13J12
— W57 from A13J13
— W56 from A13J14
6. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A13 I/Q MUX from the A31
Motherboard.
7. Lift the A13 I/Q MUX out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure. (See the internal cover
overlay for cable color codes.)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 295

 Assembly Replacement
A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain

to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-19 A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes
<US4722/MY4722)

W56/A13J14 W63/A13J5

W62/A13J6
W57/A13J13

W58/A13J12 W49/A13J7
W59/A13J11 W61/A13J9
W50/A13J8
W60/A13J10

296 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial Prefixes
>=US4722/MY4722)

A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial

Prefixes >=US4722/MY4722)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-20 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W63 from A13J5
— W62from A13J6
— W49 from A13J7
— W50 from A13J8
— W131 from A13J9
— W133 from A13J10
— W59 from A13J11
— W58 from A13J12
— W57 from A13J13
— W56 from A13J14
— W123 from A13J15
— W124 from A13J16
— W127 from A13J17
— W128 from A13J18
— W125 from A13J19
— W126 from A13J20
— W129 from A13J21

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 297

 Assembly Replacement
A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial Prefixes
>=US4722/MY4722)

— W130 from A13J22

6. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A13 I/Q MUX from the A31
Motherboard.
7. Lift the A13 I/Q MUX out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure. (See the internal cover
overlay for cable color codes.)
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-20 A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D Standard or with Option 016) (Serial Prefixes
>US4722/MY4722)

W129/A13J21 W125/A13J19 W49/A13

W57/A13J13 W50/A13J8
W62/A13J6
W126/A13J20 W58/A13J12 W63/A13J5
W130/A13J22

W128/A13J18 W131/A13J9

W127/A13J17 W123/A13J15
W56/A13J14
W132/A13J10
W124/A13J16
W59/A13J11

298 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D Only)

A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D Only)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-21 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the W65 flexible cable from
A14J800.
6. Disconnect the W64 ribbon cable from A14J13.
7. Disconnect the W90 ribbon cable from A14J21 (Option 602 only).
8. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A14 Baseband Generator from
the A31 Motherboard.
9. Lift the A14 Baseband Generator out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 299

 Assembly Replacement
A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D Only)

Figure 3-21 A14 Baseband Generator

W64/A14J13 A14 W65/A14J800

W90/A14J21

300 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A17 Baseband Generator Interface (E8267D Only)

A17 Baseband Generator Interface (E8267D Only)

Tools Required
— 5.0 mm hex–nut driver
— 9/16” hex–nut driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-22 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Remove the rear panel. Refer to “Rear Panel (Standard)” on page 366 or
“Rear Panel (Option 1EM)” on page 369.
4. Disconnect the W64 ribbon cable from A17P2.
5. Disconnect the W90 ribbon cable from A17P1.
6. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the W68 wire cable from A17P4.
7. Using the 9/16” hex–nut driver, remove the nuts and washers securing the
four BNC
connectors (1) on the rear panel.
8. Using the 5.0 mm driver, remove the hex screws (2) and washers that
secure the A17 Baseband Generator Interface to the rear panel.
9. Remove the A17 Baseband Generator Interface.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all hex screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 301

 Assembly Replacement
A17 Baseband Generator Interface (E8267D Only)

Figure 3-22 A17 Rear Panel Interface Board

W90/A17P1 A17

W64/A17P2

W68/A17P4

302 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A18 CPU

A18 CPU

Tools Required
— T–10 driver (E8267D only)

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-23 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover
(E8267D Only).
5. Disconnect the following ribbon cables:
— W19 from A18J2
— W66 from A18P2 (E8267D only)
— W18 from A18J1
— W64 from A14J13 (E8267D only)
— W90 from A14J21 (E8267D only)
6. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A18 CPU from the A31
Motherboard.
7. Lift the A18 CPU out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. To Install the CPU, reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair CPU Configuration process.
3. Perform theA18 CPU post–repair adjustments and performance tests.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 303

 Assembly Replacement
A18 CPU

Figure 3-23 A18 CPU

E8267D: W66/A18P2
E8267D: W64/A14J13
W19/A18J2
W18/A18J1
E8267D: W90/A14J21
A18

304 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A18BT1

A18BT1
This battery contains lithium. Do not incinerate or puncture this battery. Do not
install this battery backwards. To dispose of the battery in a safe manner, refer to
“Lithium Battery Disposal” on page 427.

Tools Required
— T–10 driver (E8267D only)
— flat–head screw driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-24 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover.
5. Disconnect the following ribbon cables:
— W19 from A18J2
— W66 from A18P2 (E8267D only)
— W18 from A18J1
— W64 from A14J13 (E8267D only)
— W90 from A14J21 (E8267D only)
6. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A18 CPU from the A31
Motherboard.
7. Lift the A18 CPU out of the slot.
8. Using the flat–head screw driver, remove the A18BT1 by leveraging the
battery out of the battery’s socket.

Replacement Procedure
1. To install the battery, the positive side is aligned with the positive sign on
the A18’s battery clip.
2. Reverse the remaining steps of the removal procedure.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 305

 Assembly Replacement
A18BT1

Figure 3-24 A18BT1

W18/A18J1 E8267D: W66/A18P2 W19/A18J2

E8267D: W90/A14J21
E8267D:W64/A14J13

306 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A19 Power Supply

A19 Power Supply

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-25 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you.
4. Disconnect the W20 ribbon cable from the A20 SMI.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that secure the A19
Power Supply to the struts located on the bottom.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the three additional screws (2) that are
attached to the bottom frame.
7. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect A22W1 from the power supply.
8. Using the T–10 driver, remove the screw securing the A22W2 to the A19
Power Supply.
9. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard flat on the work
surface and the rear panel facing you.
[Link] the following ribbon cables:
— W64 from A14J13 (E8267D only)
— W90 from A14J21 (E8267D only)
— W66 from A18P2 (E8267D only)
— W18 from A18J1
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (3) that secure the A19
Power Supply to the struts located on the top and an additional screw (4)
located on the top frame.
[Link] W20 to the side and remove the A19 Power Supply from the signal
generator’s chassis.
[Link] the screw that attaches the A34 Internal Hard Drive to the A19
Power Supply
(For E8267D with serial prefixes <US4829/MY4829 only).

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 307

 Assembly Replacement
A19 Power Supply

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

308 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A19 Power Supply

Figure 3-25 A19 Power Supply Removal

A22W2

A22W1

W20 4
W66/A18J2
W64/A14J13 W18/A18J1

A19

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 309

 Assembly Replacement
A20 SMI (Source Module Interface)

A20 SMI (Source Module Interface)

Tools Required
— 5.0 mm hex–nut driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-26 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the W55 flexible cable from the
A10 ALC J303.
4. Disconnect the W20 ribbon cable from the A26 MID J20.
5. Using the 5.0 mm driver, remove the hex screws (1) and washers that
secure the A20 SMI to the rear panel.
6. Remove the A20 SMI.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all hex screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

310 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A20 SMI (Source Module Interface)

Figure 3-26 A20 SMI

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 311

 Assembly Replacement
A21 Rear–Panel Interface

A21 Rear–Panel Interface

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 9/16” hex–nut driver
— 5.0 mm hex–nut driver
— 7.0 mm hex–nut driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-27 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Remove the rear panel. Refer to “Rear Panel (Standard)” on page 366 or
“Rear Panel (Option 1EM)” on page 369.
4. Using the 9/16” hex–nut driver, remove the nuts and washers securing the
six BNC
connectors (1) at the base of the rear panel.
5. Using the 5.0 mm hex–nut driver, remove the screws (2) from the RS–232
port.
6. Using the 7.0 mm hex–nut driver, remove the screws (3) from the GPIB
port.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (4) from the bottom of the
A21 Rear Panel Interface.
8. Disconnect the B1 Fan cable (5) from A31P251.
9. If you have Option UNR/UNX, disconnect the A32 10 MHz Crystal
Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX) cable from A21P2.
[Link] the A21 Rear Panel Interface.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all hex–nuts to 9 in–lbs.
4. Torque all BNC nuts to 21 in–lbs.

312 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A21 Rear–Panel Interface

5. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain

to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-27 A21 Rear Panel Interface

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 313

 Assembly Replacement
A22 Line Module

A22 Line Module

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5.0 mm wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-28 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the rear panel facing you.
4. If the signal generator has Option UNR/UNX, remove the A32 10 MHz
Crystal Oscillator. Refer to “A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator” on page 360 to
remove the assembly.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the A22 Line
Module to the rear panel.
6. Using the 5.0 mm wrench, remove the nut (2) and washer from the
grounding screw connecting A22W2 to the rear panel.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the screw (3) that attaches the A22W2 to
the bottom of the
A19 Power Supply (E8267D only).
8. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the A22W1 from the bottom of
the A19 Power Supply.
9. Remove the A22 Line Module

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all nuts to 9 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

314 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A22 Line Module

Figure 3-28 A22 Line Module Removal

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 315

 Assembly Replacement
A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— wire cutters

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-29 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator so that the A31 Motherboard is facing you
and the RF deck is on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the W27 RF cable from
the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector.
5. Using the wire cutters, cut the tie wrap that secures the W27 RF cable to
the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector.
6. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cable
according to the signal generator you have.
E8257D & E8663D: Disconnect the W37 RF cable from the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector.
E8267D: Disconnect the W75 RF cable from the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the A23
Lowband Coupler/Detector to the side panel.
8. Disconnect the W28 ribbon cable from the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector (not shown in
Figure 3-29).
9. Disconnect the W14 flexible cable from the A23 Lowband
Coupler/Detector (not shown in Figure 3-29).
[Link] the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.

316 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.

4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-29 A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

A23

E8257D & E8663D – W37

E8267D – W75

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 317

 Assembly Replacement
A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and
521)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-30, Figure 3-31, Figure 3-32 or Figure 3-33 for this
procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following assembly
according to the signal generator you have.

E8257D & E8663D: Disconnect the A25 20 GHz Highband Detector from
the A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler.

E8267D: Disconnect the A33 6dB PAD from the A24 20 GHz Highband
Coupler.
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Standard:
Options 503, 509, 513, and 520: Disconnect W74 and W24 or W133
(instruments without Option 1E1, not shown) RF cables from the A24 20
GHz Highband Coupler’s input and output.
Option 521: Disconnect W142 and W144 RF cables from the A24 20 GHz
Highband Coupler’s input and output.

Option 1EM:
Options 503, 509, 513, and 520: Disconnect W71 and W72 RF cables from
the A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler’s input and output.
Option 521: Disconnect W143 and W147 RF cables from the A24 20 GHz
Highband Coupler’s input and output.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that connect the A25B
Highband Detector Bias Board to the A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler.

318 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the coupler to
the side panel.
8. Remove the A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-30 A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, and 520 – Standard)

A74 A24 A25B W24

A33

A25

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 319

 Assembly Replacement
A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

Figure 3-31 A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, and 520 – Option
1EM)

W72 A24 A25B A33 W71 A25

320 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

Figure 3-32 A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 521 - Standard)

W142 A24 A25B W144

A25 A33

Figure 3-33 A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 521 - Option 1EM)
W143 A24 W147
A25B

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 321

 Assembly Replacement
A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

This page intentionally left blank.

322 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540)

A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-34 and Figure 3-35 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A25 40 GHz
Highband Detector from the
A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler.
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Standard: Disconnect W30 and W24 or W26 (instruments without Option
1E1, not shown) RF cables from the A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler’s input
and output.
Option 1EM: Disconnect W71 and W72 RF cables from the A24 40 GHz
Highband Coupler’s input and output.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that connect the A25B
Highband Detector Bias Board to the A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the coupler to
the side panel.
8. Remove the A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 323

 Assembly Replacement
A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540)

Figure 3-34 A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540 – Standard)

W30 W24
A25 A24
A25BW1

Figure 3-35 A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler (Option 540 – Option 1EM)
A25B
A24 W71
A25BW1 W72 A25

324 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 and 544)

A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 and 544)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-36 and Figure 3-37 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A33 10dB PAD from
the A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Standard: Disconnect W102 and W24 or W26 (instruments without Option
1E1, not shown) RF cables from the A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler’s input
and output.
Option 1EM: Disconnect W102 and W93 RF cables from the A24 50 GHz
Highband Coupler’s input and output.
Option 1EM without Option 1E1: Disconnect W102 and W82 (not shown)
RF cables from the A24 50 GHz Highband Couplers input and output.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that connect the A25B
Highband Detector Bias Board to the A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the coupler to
the side panel.
8. Remove the A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 325

 Assembly Replacement
A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 and 544)

Figure 3-36 A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 & 544 – Standard)
A25 A33 A25B A24
W102 W24

Figure 3-37 A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 532 & 544 – Option 1EM)

A25 & A33 W102

W93 A24
A25B

326 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 and 567)

A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 and 567)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-38 and Figure 3-39 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A25 67 GHz
Highband Detector from the
A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler.
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Standard: Disconnect W112 and W89 RF cables from the A24 67 GHz
Highband Coupler’s input and output.
Option 1EM: Disconnect W112 and W81 RF cables from the A24 67 GHz
Highband Coupler’s input and output.
Option 1EM without Option 1E1: Disconnect W112 and W91 (not shown)
RF cables from the A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler’s input and output.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that connect the A25B
Highband Detector Bias Board to the A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the coupler to
the side panel.
8. Remove the A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 327

 Assembly Replacement
A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 and 567)

Figure 3-38 A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 & 567 – Standard)

A24 W112 A25 A25B W91

Figure 3-39 A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler (Options 550 & 567 and Option 1EM)

A25B A25 W112

W81 A24

328 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521)

A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521)

Tools Required
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-40 or Figure 3-41 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A25 20 GHz
Highband Detector according to the signal generator you have.
E8257D & E8663D: Disconnect the A25 20 GHz Highband Detector from
the A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler.
E8267D: Disconnect the A25 20 GHz Highband Detector from the A33 6dB
PAD.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect W15 (not shown) from the A25
20 GHz Highband Detector.
6. Remove the A25 20 GHz Highband Detector.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 329

 Assembly Replacement
A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521)

Figure 3-40 A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, and 520)

A33

A25

330 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, & 521)

Figure 3-41 A25 20 GHz Highband Detector (Option 521)

A25 A33

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 331

 Assembly Replacement
A25 40 GHz Highband Detector (Option 540)

A25 40 GHz Highband Detector (Option 540)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-42 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A25 40 GHz
Highband Detector from the A24 40 GHz Highband Coupler.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect W15 (not shown) from the A25
40 GHz Highband Detector.
6. Remove the A25 40 GHz Highband Detector.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

332 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A25 40 GHz Highband Detector (Option 540)

Figure 3-42 A25 40 GHz Highband Detector (Option 540)

A25 A24

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 333

 Assembly Replacement
A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544)

A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544)

Tools Required
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-43 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A25 50 GHz
Highband Detector from the A33 6dB PAD.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect W15 from the A25 50 GHz
Highband Detector.
6. Remove the A25 50 GHz Highband Detector.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

334 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544)

Figure 3-43 A25 50 GHz Highband Detector (Options 532 and 544)

A33
A25 W15

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 335

 Assembly Replacement
A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567)

A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-44 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A25 67 GHz
Highband Detector from the A24 67 GHz Highband Coupler.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect W15 (not shown) from the A25
67 GHz Highband Detector.
6. Remove the A25 67 GHz Highband Detector.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

336 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567)

Figure 3-44 A25 67 GHz Highband Detector (Options 550 and 567)

A25 A24

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 337

 Assembly Replacement
A25B Highband Detector Bias Board

A25B Highband Detector Bias Board

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-45 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Disconnect the A25BW1 bias board power cable from the A26 MID J12.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the A25B
Highband Detector Bias Board to the A24 Highband Coupler.
6. Remove the A25B Highband Detector Bias Board.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

338 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A25B Highband Detector Bias Board

Figure 3-45 A25B Highband Detector Bias Board

A25BW1 A25B 1

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 339

 Assembly Replacement
A26 MID (Microcircuit Interface Deck)

A26 MID (Microcircuit Interface Deck)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-46 and Figure 3-47 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. If you have an Option 532, 540, or 544 signal generator, disconnect the
W29 ribbon cable from A26J33.
5. Disconnect the following ribbon cables:
— W69 from A26J14
— W28 from A26J15
— W19 from A26J30
— W36 from A26J13
— W33 from A26J32
— W34 from A26J31
— W35 from A26J10
— W20 from A26J20
— W113 from A26J34 (E8257D & E8663D only)
— W70 from A26J34 (E8267D only)
— W99 from the A26J35 (Option 532 and 544 only)
— W116 from the A26J36 (Option 532 and 544 only)
6. Disconnect the A25BW1 power cable from A26J12.
7. Using the T–10 driver, loosen the screw (1) that secures the A26 MID to
the RF deck.
8. Slide the A26 MID towards the front panel until the locking standoffs are
free.
9. Remove the A26 MID from the RF bracket.

340 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A26 MID (Microcircuit Interface Deck)

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-46 A26 MID (E8257D & E8663D)

W20/A26J20 W113/A26J34 W28A26J15
W36/A26J13

1
A26 W35/A26J10 W19/A26J30 W69/A26J14

W34/A26J31 W33/A26J32

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 341

 Assembly Replacement
A26 MID (Microcircuit Interface Deck)

Figure 3-47 A26 MID (E8267D)

W99/A26J35 W28/A26J15
W20/A26J20 (Options 532 & 544)
W36/A26J13

W69/A26J14
W35/A26J10 W19/A26J30

W116/A26J36 W70/A26J34 W33/A26J32

W34/A26J31

342 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A27 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540)

A27 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-48 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and
“Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— Standard – W30 from A27 40 GHz Doubler or
Option 1EM – W83 from A27 40 GHz Doubler
— W31 from A27J3
— W32 from A27J1
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the A27 40 GHz
Doubler to the side panel.
6. Disconnect the W29 ribbon cable from the A27 40 GHz Doubler’s board.
7. Remove the A27 40 GHz Doubler from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 343

 Assembly Replacement
A27 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540)

Figure 3-48 A27 40 GHz Doubler (Option 540)

W32 Standard – W30

A27 W31 Option 1EM – W83

W29

344 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 and 544 only)

A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 and 544 only)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-49 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W100 from A27J2
— W104 from A27J1
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the A27 40 GHz
Doubler to the side panel.
6. Disconnect the W116 ribbon cable from A27J10.
7. Remove the A27 40 GHz Doubler from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 345

 Assembly Replacement
A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 and 544 only)

Figure 3-49 A27 40 GHz Doubler (Options 532 and 544)

W104/A27J1 W100/A27J2

W116/A27J10

346 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A28 YIG Oscillator

A28 YIG Oscillator

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-50 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cable
according to the signal generator you have:
E8257D & E8663D: Disconnect the W41 RF cable from the A28J1.
E8267D: Disconnect the W101 RMF cable from the A28J1.
5. Disconnect the W12 ribbon cable from the A28 YIG Oscillator’s driver
board.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the A28 YIG
Oscillator to the side panel.
7. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the W27 RF cable from
the A30 Modulation Filter with High Power.
8. Remove the A28 YIG Oscillator.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 347

 Assembly Replacement
A28 YIG Oscillator

Figure 3-50 A28 YIG Oscillator

W27

A28

W12
E8257D & E8663D – W38
E8267D – W101 (not shown)

348 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A29 20 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-51 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W39 from A29J4
— W40 from A29J3
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cable
according to the signal generator you have.
E8257D & E8663D: Disconnect the W41 RF cable from A29J2 and the W38
RF cable from A29J1.
E8267D: Disconnect the W77 RF cable from A29J2 and the W115 RF cable
from A29J1.
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the A29 20
GHz Doubler to the RF deck.
7. Disconnect the W33 ribbon cable from A29J10.
8. Remove the A29 20 GHz Doubler from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 349

 Assembly Replacement
A29 20 GHz Doubler

Figure 3-51 A29 20 GHz Doubler

E8257D & E8663D – W41/A29J2

E8267D – W77/A29J2 W40 W33/A29J10
1

W39/A29J4 E8257D & E8663D – W38/A29J1

1
E8267D – W115/A29J1
A29

350 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A30 Modulation Filter (Standard and Option 1EA/1EU)

A30 Modulation Filter (Standard and Option 1EA/1EU)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-52 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W17 from A30J7
— W108 from A30J6 (Options (550 and 567 only)
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cable
according to the signal generator you have.
E8257D/E8663D: Disconnect the W41 RF cable from A30J1.
E8267D: Disconnect the W98 RF cable from A30J1.
6. Disconnect the W34 ribbon cable from the A30 Modulator Filter.
7. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cable
according to the signal generator you have.
Option 513, 520, & 521 Standard: Disconnect the W74 RF cable from
A30J2.
Option 540 Standard: Disconnect the W31 RF cable from A30J2.
Option 550/567 Standard: Disconnect the W107 RF cable from A30J2.
Option 1EM: Disconnect the W71 RF cable from A30J2.
8. Using the 5/16’ open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W27 from A30J3
— W32 from A30J4
— W106 from A30J4 (Option 550/567 only)
9. Using the T–10 driver, remove the three screws (1) that attach the A30
Modulator Filter to the RF bracket.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 351

 Assembly Replacement
A30 Modulation Filter (Standard and Option 1EA/1EU)

[Link] the A30 Modulator Filter from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

352 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A30 Modulation Filter (Standard and Option 1EA/1EU)

Figure 3-52 A30 Modulator Filter

A35
A31

E8257D & E663D– W41/A30J1

E8267D – W98/A30J1 W108/A30J6
1 W17/A30J7 W34/A30J10

W32 (Options 503/509/513/520/532/540) 1

1 W27/A30J3 W106 (Option 550/567)

E8257D & E8663D – W74 (Options 503/509/513/520/521), W31 (Option 540), W107 (Option 550/567), W71 (Option 1EM)
E8267D – W74 (Option 513/520), W103/A30J2, W71 (Option 1EM)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 353

 Assembly Replacement
A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D)

A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-53 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
5. Remove the assemblies that are inserted into the A31 Motherboard. Refer
to “A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option
UNR/UNX/UNY), A8 Output, A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset” on page 285, “A9
YIG Driver” on page 287, “A10 ALC” on page 289, “A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator” on page 291, “A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D
Only)” on page 299, “A18 CPU” on page 303, and “A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D
Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes <US4722/MY4722)” on
page 295.
6. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W40 from A29J3
— W39 from A29J4
— W37 from the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector
— W137 from W121
7. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W21 from A31J1043
— W10 from A31J1031
— W11 from A31J1021
— W54 from A31J1032
— W47 from A31J1041
— W22 from A31J1042

354 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D)

8. Using needle-nose pliers, disconnect W138 from the A31 Motherboard.

9. Disconnect the W23 ribbon cable from the A21 Rear Panel Interface while
removing the
A31 Motherboard from the chassis.
[Link] the W35 ribbon cable from the A26 MID J10.
[Link] the W135 cable from A31P242 (Option 521 only).
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the 15 screws (1) that hold the A31
Motherboard to the chassis.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Send command: DIAG:FILE:BACK, this copies data to the Motherboard.
3. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
4. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
5. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 355

 Assembly Replacement
A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D)

Figure 3-53 A31 Motherboard (E8257D & E8663D)

W135/A31P242 W23/A31P241
(Option 521 only)
W35/A31P201 1

W40/A29J3
W137

W39/A29J4

W22/A31J1042 W21/A31J1043
W37 W47/A31J1041
W11/A31J1021 W10/A31J1031
W138
W54/A31J1032

356 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A31 Motherboard (E8267D)

A31 Motherboard (E8267D)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-54 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Remove the front panel. Refer to “Front Panel” on page 268.
5. Remove the assemblies that are inserted into the A31 Motherboard. Refer
to “A5 Sampler, A6 Frac–N, A7 Reference (Standard and Option
UNR/UNX/UNY), A8 Output, A45 Frac-N and A46 Offset” on page 285, “A9
YIG Driver” on page 287, “A10 ALC” on page 290, “A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator” on page 292, “A14 Baseband Generator (E8267D
Only)” on page 299, “A18 CPU” on page 304, and “A13 I/Q MUX (E8267D
Standard or with Option 015) (Serial Prefixes <US4722/MY4722)” on
page 295.
6. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W67 from Rear Panel (.25–3.2 GHz COH CARRIER)
— W39 from A29 20 GHz Doubler J4
— W76 from A12 Pulse Modulator Board
7. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W21 from A31J1043
— W10 from A31J1031
— W54 from A31J1032
— W47 from A31J1041
— W22 from A31J1042
— W60 from A31J1052
— W61 from A31J1053

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 357

 Assembly Replacement
A31 Motherboard (E8267D)

— W51 from A31J500

— W52 from A31J501
— W53 from A31J502
8. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the W68 wire cable from
A31J250
9. Disconnect the W23 ribbon cable from the A21 Rear Panel Interface while
removing the
A31 Motherboard from the chassis.
[Link] the W35 ribbon cable (not shown in Figure 3-54) from the A26
MID J10.
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the 15 screws (1) that hold the A31
Motherboard to the chassis.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Send command "DIAG:FILE:BACK", this copies data to the Motherboard.
3. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
4. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
5. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

358 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A31 Motherboard (E8267D)

Figure 3-54 A31 Motherboard (E8267D)

W68/A31J250
W52/A31J501
W23 W67 1 W51/A31J500
W53/A31J502

W39

W76

W21/A31J1043

W22/A31J1042
W47/A31J1041
W61/A31J1053
W60/A31J1052 W10/A31J1031
W11/A31J1021 W54/A31J1032

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 359

 Assembly Replacement
A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-55 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the Rear Panel facing you.
4. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the W47 flexible cable (A31
Motherboard J1041) from A32J2.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the W48 flexible cable (10 MHz
EFC) from A32J1 (Option UNR/UNX only).
6. Disconnect the A32W1 bias cable from the A21 Rear Panel Interface P2.
7. Using the T–10 driver, remove the three screws (1) that attach the A32 10
MHz Crystal Oscillator to the rear panel.
8. Remove the A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

360 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

Figure 3-55 A32 Crystal Oscillator

(Option UNR/UNX only)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 361

 Assembly Replacement
A33 6dB PAD (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

A33 6dB PAD (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

Tools Required
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-56 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A33 6dB PAD from
the A24 20 GHz Highband Coupler.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A33 6dB PAD from
the A25 20 GHz Highband Detector.
5. Remove the A33 6dB PAD.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

362 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A33 6dB PAD (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

Figure 3-56 A33 6dB PAD (Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 521)

A24 A33 A25

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 363

 Assembly Replacement
A33 10dB PAD (Options 532 and 544)

A33 10dB PAD (Options 532 and 544)

Tools Required
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-57 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A33 10dB PAD from
the A24 50 GHz Highband Coupler.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the A33 10dB PAD from
the A25 50 GHz Highband Detector.
5. Remove the A33 10dB PAD.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

364 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A33 10dB PAD (Options 532 and 544)

Figure 3-57 A33 10dB PAD (Options 532 and 544)

A24 A33 A25

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 365

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Standard)

Rear Panel (Standard)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-58 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover
(E8267D only).
4. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard panel facing you.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W21 (10 MHz output) from A31 Motherboard J1043
— W47 from A31 Motherboard J1041
— W22 (10 MHz input) from A31 Motherboard J1042
— W68 (BBG Rear Pwr) from A31 Motherboard J250 (E8267D only)
— W80 (WIDEBAND I INPUT) from A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator J106
(E8267D only)
— W79 (WIDEBAND Q INPUT) from A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator J9
(E8267D only)
6. Position the signal generator with the rear panel facing you.
7. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W55 (SOURCE MOD INTERFACE) from A10 ALC J304
— W65 (BASEBAND GEN REF IN) from A14 Baseband Generator Board
J800 (E8267D only)
— W56 (– Q OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J14 (E8267D only)
— W57 (– I OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J13 (E8267D only)
— W58 (Q OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J12 (E8267D only)
— W59 (I OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J11 (E8267D only)

366 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Standard)

8. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following cables:

— W67 (.25–3.2 GHz COH CARRIER) from the Rear Panel (E8267D
only).
— (1 GHz Out) from the Rear Panel.
9. Disconnect the following ribbon cables:
— W64 from A17P2 (E8267D only)
— W90 from A17P1 (E8267D only)
— W20 from A20 SMI J1
— W18 from A21 Rear Panel Interface J3
— W23 from A21 Rear Panel Interface J2
— W136 from A40 Compact Flash PCA (if Option 008/009 is installed)
[Link] the signal generator has option UNR/UNX, disconnect the W48 flexible
cable from A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX).
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the eleven screws (1) that secure the Rear
Panel to the instrument chassis.
[Link] the needle–nose pliers, disconnect A22W1 from the power supply.
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the screw securing the A22W2 to the A19
Power Supply.
[Link] the B1 Fan cable from the A31 Motherboard P251.
[Link] the rear panel away from the signal generator’s chassis.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 367

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Standard)

Figure 3-58 Rear Panel Removal

1 1 1
1 1

1
(under chain)
1 1
1

368 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Option 1EM)

Rear Panel (Option 1EM)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— needle–nose pliers
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-59 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws from the Baseband
Generator cover
(E8267D only).
4. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard panel facing you.
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W21 (10 MHz output) from A31 Motherboard J1043
— W47 from A31 Motherboard J1041
— W22 (10 MHz input) from A31 Motherboard J1042
— W51 (Data) from A31 Motherboard J500 (E8267D only)
— W52 (Data Clock) from A31 Motherboard J501 (E8267D only)
— W53 (SYMBOL SYNC) from A31 Motherboard J502 (E8267D only)
— W68 (BBG Rear Pwr) from A31 Motherboard J250 (E8267D only)
— W80 (WIDEBAND I INPUT) from A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator J106
(E8267D only)
— W79 (WIDEBAND Q INPUT) from A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator J9
(E8267D only)
6. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect A22W1 from the power supply.
7. Position the signal generator with the rear panel facing you.
8. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W55 (SOURCE MOD INTERFACE) from A10 ALC J304.
— W4 (ALC INPUT) from the A10 ALC J4

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 369

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Option 1EM)

— W6 (PULSE VIDEO OUTPUT) from A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation

Generator J203
— W7 (PULSE SYNC OUTPUT) from A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation
Generator J202
— W5 (PULSE/TRIGGER GATE INPUT) from A11 Pulse/Analog
Modulation Generator J201
— W3 (LF OUTPUT) from A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
J403
— W2 (EXT 2 INPUT) from A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
J402
— W1 (EXT 1 INPUT) from A11 Pulse/Analog Modulation Generator
J401
— W56 (– Q OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J14 (E8267D only)
— W57 (– I OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J13 (E8267D only)
— W58 (Q OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J12 (E8267D only)
— W59 (I OUT) from A13 I/Q MUX J11 (E8267D only)
— W50 (Q IN) from A13 I/Q MUX J8 (E8267D only)
— W49 (I IN) from A13 I/Q MUX J7 (E8267D only)
— W65 (BASEBAND GEN REF IN) from A14 Baseband Generator Board
J800 (E8267D only)
9. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables
— W67 (.25–3.2 GHz COH CARRIER) from Rear Panel
— W73 from AT1 115 dB High–Power Mechanical Attenuator
— (1 GHz Out) from the Rear Panel
[Link] the following ribbon cables:
— W64 from A17P2 (E8267D only)
— W90 from A17P1 (E8267D only)
— W20 from A20 SMI J1
— W18 from A21 Rear Panel Interface J3
— W23 from A21 Rear Panel Interface J2
— W136 from A40 Compact Flash PCA (if Option 008/009 is installed)
[Link] the signal generator has option UNR/UNX, disconnect the W48 flexible
cable from A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator (Option UNR/UNX).
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that secure the Rear
Panel to the left and right struts.

370 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Option 1EM)

[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (2) that attach the rear
panel to the frame.
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (3) that secure the Rear
Panel to the left and right struts.
[Link] the T–10 driver, remove the screw securing the A22W2 to the A19
Power Supply.
[Link] the B1 Fan cable from the A31 Motherboard P251.
[Link] the rear panel away from the signal generator’s chassis.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 371

 Assembly Replacement
Rear Panel (Option 1EM)

Figure 3-59 Rear Panel Removal (Option 1EM)

A22W2

A22W1

W20
W64/A14J13 W18/A18J1

2 3

372 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A34 Internal Hard Drive (E8267D Only - Discontinued)

A34 Internal Hard Drive (E8267D Only - Discontinued)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-60 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Disconnect the W66 ribbon cable from the A18 CPU P2.
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the screw (1) that attaches the A34 Internal
Hard Drive to the A19 Power Supply.
5. Remove the A34 Internal Hard Drive.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 373

 Assembly Replacement
A34 Internal Hard Drive (E8267D Only - Discontinued)

Figure 3-60 A34 Internal Hard Drive

W66/A18P2 1 A34

374 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option 015)

A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with

Option 015)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-61 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W105 from A35J4
— W77 from A35J1
— W78 from A35 I/Q MOD
— W104 from A35J3
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W62 from A35J7
— W63 from A35J6
— W79 from A35J9
— W80 from A35J106
— W97 from A35J8
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the three screws (1) that attach the A35 I/Q
MOD to the RF deck.
7. Disconnect the W70 ribbon cable from the A35 I/Q MOD.
8. Remove the A35 I/Q MOD from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure. (See the internal cover overlay
for cable color codes.)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 375

 Assembly Replacement
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option 015)

— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.

— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

Figure 3-61 A35 3–20 GHz I/Q MOD

W80/A35J106
W79/A35J9
W62/A35J7 A35 W63/A35J6 1

W78

W70

W105/A35J4

W97/A35J8

W77/A35J1

W104/A35J3

376 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial
Prefixes >=US4722/MY4722)

A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with

Option H16/016) (Serial Prefixes >=US4722/MY4722)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-62 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W77 from A35J1
— W134 from A35 I/Q Mod
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W62 from A35J7
— W63 from A35J6
— W127 from A35J109
— W128 from A35J107
— W129 from A35J108
— W130 from A35J106
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the three screws (1) that attach the A35 I/Q
MOD to the RF deck.
7. Disconnect the W70 ribbon cable from the A35 I/Q MOD.
8. Remove the A35 I/Q MOD from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure. (See the internal cover overlay
for cable color codes.)
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 377

 Assembly Replacement
A35 3–20 GHz I/Q Modulator (E8267D Only - Standard or with Option H16/016) (Serial
Prefixes >=US4722/MY4722)

— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.

— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

Figure 3-62 A35 3–20 GHz I/Q MOD (E8267D only - Standard or with Option 016) (Serial
Prefixes >US4722/MY4722)

W129/A35J108
W130/A35J106
W62/A35J7 A35 W63/A35J6
1

W128/A35J107

W127/A35J109

W134

W77/A35J1

378 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A36 Quadraplier (Options 550 and 567)

A36 Quadraplier (Options 550 and 567)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-63 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W108 from A36J4
— W109 from A36J3
— W110 from A36J6
— W111 from A36J7
— W96 from A36J5
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W106 from A36J1
— W107 from A36J2
— W112 from A36J3/RF OUT
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws that attach the A36
Quadraplier board to the side panel.
7. Disconnect the W113 ribbon cable from the A36J10.
8. Remove the A36 Quadraplier from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 379

 Assembly Replacement
A36 Quadraplier (Options 550 and 567)

Figure 3-63 A36 Quadraplier

W109/A36J3 W110/A36J6 W112/RF OUT

W108/A36J4
W96/A36J5

W106/A36J1 W111/A36J7 W107/A36J2

W113/A36J10

380 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A37 Upconverter (E8267D Only)

A37 Upconverter (E8267D Only)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— needle–nose pliers

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-64 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cable:
— W98 from A37J2
— W103 from A27J3
— W102 from A37J4
— W78 from A37J1
5. Using the needle–nose pliers, disconnect the following flexible cables:
— W114 from A37J9
— W97 from A37J8
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the three screws that attach the A37
Upconverter to the RF deck.
7. Disconnect the W99 ribbon cable from the A37J7.
8. Remove the A37 Upconverter from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 381

 Assembly Replacement
A37 Upconverter (E8267D Only)

Figure 3-64 A37 Upconverter

W114/A37J9 W98/A37J2 W102/A37J4

W103/A37J3

W97/A37J8 W100/A37J5
W78/A37J1
W99/A37J7 (backside)

382 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A38 Lowband Switch Filter

A38 Lowband Switch Filter

Tools Required
— none

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-71 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the board assembly from the A31
Motherboard.
5. Lift the board assembly out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 383

 Assembly Replacement
A38 Lowband Switch Filter

Figure 3-65 A38 Low Band Switch Filter

A38

384 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A39 Directional Sweep Coupler

A39 Directional Sweep Coupler

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-66 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W101 from A39 (IN)
— W115 from A39 (OUT)
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the A39
Directional Sweep Coupler to the A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector.
6. Remove the A39 Directional Sweep Coupler from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 385

 Assembly Replacement
A39 Directional Sweep Coupler

Figure 3-66 A39 Directional Sweep Coupler

1 W115

1 W101

386 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A40 Compact Flash Drive Assembly

A40 Compact Flash Drive Assembly

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— Standard Screwdriver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-67 and Figure 3-68 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Disconnect the W66 ribbon cable from A18P2.
4. Using the standard screwdriver, unlock the A41 door latch screw by
rotating counter–clockwise.
5. Remove the flash card (if applicable).
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two upper screws (1) that attach the
A40 PCA/CF drive assembly to the rear panel.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 387

 Assembly Replacement
A40 Compact Flash Drive Assembly

Figure 3-67 A40 Flash Drive Assembly

A40 W66/A18P2

Figure 3-68 A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly

1 Door Latch Screw 1

388 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly

A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— Standard Screwdriver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-69 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Using the standard screwdriver, unlock the door latch screw by rotating
counter–clockwise.
3. Remove the flash card (if applicable).
4. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two lower screws (1) that attach the
A41 door assembly to the rear panel.
Note: The screws act as retainers to keep the hinge pins from sliding out.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 389

 Assembly Replacement
A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly

Figure 3-69 A41 Flash Drive Door Assembly

1 Door Latch Screw 1

390 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A42 20 GHz Power Amp (Option 521)

A42 20 GHz Power Amp (Option 521)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-70 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the outer cover from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer
Instrument Cover” on page 264.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you and the
RF deck on top.
4. Disconnect W135 from the A42 20 GHz Power Amp board.
5. Using the 5/16” open-ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Standard: Disconnect W141 and W142 from the A42 20 GHz Power Amp
board.
Option 1EM: Disconnect W141 and W143 from the A42 20 GHz Power
Amp board.
6. Using the T-10 drive, remove the three screws (1) the secure the A42 20
GHz Power Amp board to the RF deck.
7. Remove the A42 20 GHz Power Amp from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 391

 Assembly Replacement
A42 20 GHz Power Amp (Option 521)

Figure 3-70 A42 20 GHz Power Amp

W135/A42J9

Std: W142/A42 RF OUT

1EM: W143/A42 RF OUT

W141/A42 RF IN

392 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A43 Lowband Amp Filter

A43 Lowband Amp Filter

Tools Required
— none

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-71 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the front panel facing you.
4. Using the 5/16” open-ended wrench, disconnect W140 from the A38 Low
Band Switch Filter board.
5. Using the needle-nose pliers, disconnect W139 from the A43 Lowband
Amp Filter board.
6. Lift the retention levers and disconnect the A43 Lowband Amp Filter board
from the A31 Motherboard.
7. Lift the A43 Lowband Amp Filter board out of the slot.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 393

 Assembly Replacement
A43 Lowband Amp Filter

Figure 3-71 A43 Lowband Amp Filter

W140 A43 W139

394 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter (E8257D-520 and E8663D Only)

A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter (E8257D-520 and E8663D Only)

Tools Required
— needle-nose pliers
— 5/16” open–ended wrench
— T-10 driver

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-72 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and
“Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing away from
you and the RF deck on top.
4. Using the needle-nose pliers, disconnect W148 from A44J2.
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables:
— W149 from the A44 assembly
— W150 from AM MOD BIAS
6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the A44 Scan
Modulation Bias Adapter and bracket to the side panel.
7. Disconnect the W151 ribbon cable from A26J33.
8. Remove the A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter from the RF deck.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 395

 Assembly Replacement
A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter (E8257D-520 and E8663D Only)

Figure 3-72 A44 Scan Modulation Bias Adapter

A44 (Scan Modulation A44J1
Bias adapter) A44J5 A44J3 A44J2

396 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 90 dB Attenuator

AT1 90 dB Attenuator

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-73 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you so that
the RF deck is on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the W117 and W92 RF
cables from the
AT1 90 dB Attenuator.

Cables W117 and W92 are easily damaged. DO NOT bend them. Bending the
cables can damage the center conductor, which could result in power “holes”.

5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the AT1 90 dB
Attenuator to the side panel.
6. Disconnect the AT1W1 ribbon cable from A26J13.
7. Remove the attenuator from the A26 MID bracket.
8. Using the T–10 driver, remove the sheet metal from the AT1 90 dB
attenuator.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 397

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 90 dB Attenuator

Figure 3-73 AT1 90 dB Attenuator

W117

AT1W1 W92

398 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 115 dB Attenuator

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-74 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you so that
the RF deck is on top.
4. Using the 5/16” open-ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Option 513, 520, 532, 540, 544 or E8257N: Disconnect W24 and W25 from
the AT1 115 dB Attenuator.
Option 521: Disconnect W143 and W145 from the AT1 115 dB Attenuator.
5.

Cables W24, W25, W143, and W145 are easily damaged. DO NOT bend them.
Bending the cables can damage the center conductor, which could result in
power “holes”.

6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws (1) that attach the AT1 115
dB Attenuator to the side panel.
7. Disconnect the AT1W1 ribbon cable from A26J13.
8. Remove the attenuator from the A26 MID bracket.
9. Using the T–10 driver, remove the sheet metal from the attenuator.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 399

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 115 dB Attenuator

Figure 3-74 AT1 115 dB Attenuator

AT1W1/A26J13
AT1 W24
Option 521: W143
W25
Option 521: W145

400 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 90 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

AT1 90 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-75 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you so that
the RF deck is on top.
4. Disconnect the AT1W1 ribbon cable from A26J13.
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the W81 and W94 RF
cables from the
AT1 90 dB Attenuator.

Cables W81 and W94 are easily damaged. DO NOT bend them. Bending the
cables can damage the center conductor, which could result in power "holes".

6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the AT1 90 dB
Attenuator to the side panel.
7. Remove the AT1 90 dB Attenuator.
8. Using the T–10 driver, remove the sheet metal from the attenuator.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain
to this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 401

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 90 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

Figure 3-75 AT1 90 dB Attenuator (Options 1EM)

W94 AT1 W81

402 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 115 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

AT1 115 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-76 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the A31 Motherboard facing you so that
the RF deck is on top.
4. Disconnect the AT1W1 ribbon cable from A26J13.
5. Using the 5/16” open–ended wrench, disconnect the following RF cables
according to the signal generator you have.
Options 503, 509, 513, 520, and 540: Disconnect the W72 and W73 RF
cables from the AT1 115 dB Attenuator.
Option 521: Disconnect the W146 and W147 RF cables from the AT1 115
dB Attenuator
Options 532 and 544: Disconnect the W93 and W85 RF cables from the
AT1 115 dB Attenuator.

Cables W72, W73, W85, W93, W146, and W147 are easily damaged. DO NOT
bend them. Bending the cables can damage the center conductor, which could
result in power “holes”.

6. Using the T–10 driver, remove the two screws that attach the AT1 115 dB
Attenuator to the side panel.
7. Remove the AT1 115 dB Attenuator.
8. Using the T–10 driver, remove the sheet metal from the attenuator.

Replacement Procedure
1. Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
2. Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
3. Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 403

 Assembly Replacement
AT1 115 dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

4. Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain

to this removal procedure.

Figure 3-76 AT1 115dB Attenuator (Option 1EM)

Option 521 – W46 Option 521 – W147

Options 503/509/513/520/540 – W73 AT1 Options 503/509/513/520/540 – W72
Options 532/544 – W85 Options 532/544 – W93

404 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Assembly Replacement
B1 Fan

B1 Fan

Tools Required
— T–10 driver
— 5/16” open–ended wrench

Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 3-77 for this procedure.
1. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the covers from the signal generator. Refer to “Outer Instrument
Cover” on page 264 and “Inner Instrument Cover” on page 266.
3. Position the signal generator with the rear panel facing you.
4. For Option 1EM signal generators only, use the 5/16” open–ended wrench
to disconnect the following RF cable according to the signal generator
you have.
Options 513, 520 and 540: Disconnect W73 RF cable from the AT1 115 dB
Attenuator and the RF Out.
Options 532 and 544: Disconnect W85 RF cable from the AT1 115 dB
Attenuator and the RF Out.
Options 550 and 567: Disconnect W94 RF cable from the AT1 90 dB
Attenuator and the RF Out.
5. Using the T–10 driver, remove the four screws (1) that attach the B1 Fan to
the rear panel.
6. Disconnect the fan cable (2) from the A31 Motherboard P251.
7. Remove the B1 Fan.

Replacement Procedure
— Reverse the order of the removal procedure.
— Torque all T–10 screws to 9 in–lbs.
— Torque all RF connectors to 8 in–lbs.
— Perform the post–repair adjustments and performance tests that pertain to
this removal procedure.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 405

 Assembly Replacement
B1 Fan

Figure 3-77 B1 Fan

406 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Keysight PSG Signal Generators
E8257D/67D, E8663D

Service Guide

4 Post–Repair Procedures

— “Post Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A1—A12 (For Prefixes < xx4928)” on

page 408
— “Post Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A13—A26 (For Prefixes < xx4928)”
on page 409
— “Post Repair Adjustments:
Assemblies A27—A40, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector (For Prefixes <
xx4928)” on page 409
— “Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A1—A11 (For prefixes >= xx4928)”
on page 410
— “Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A13—A26 (For prefixes >= xx4928)”
on page 412
— “Post-Repair Adjustments:
Assemblies A27—A46, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector (For prefixes >=
xx4928)” on page 413
— “Performance Tests: Assemblies A1—A17 (For Prefixes < xx4928)” on
page 415
— “Performance Tests: Assemblies A18—A29 (For Prefixes < xx4928)” on
page 416
— “Performance Tests: Assemblies A30—A40, AT1, B1, and RF Output
Connector (For Prefixes < xx4928)” on page 416
— “Performance Tests: Assemblies A1—A17 (For prefixes >= xx4928)” on
page 417
— “Performance Tests: Assemblies A18—A29 (For prefixes >= xx4928)” on
page 419
— “Performance Tests: Assemblies A30—A46, AT1, B1, and RF Output
Connector (For prefixes >= xx4928)” on page 420
— “CPU Configuration” on page 421

407
 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-1 Post Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A1—A12 (For Prefixes < xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

A12 Low Band Fast Pulse
A2DS1 Display Backlight

A7 Reference (Standard)
The following ad justments are listed in the order that they
should be performed for proper calibration.

A8 Output (Analog)
A8 Output (Digital)
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac-N

A10 ALC
ADC Calibration X X X X X X X X X X
YIG–Driver Pre–Tune Calibration X
VCO Bias Frac–N Calibration X
Internal Source Calibration X
AM Audio Path Offset Calibration X X
KV vs. Frequency Calibration X
Timebase Calibration (instruments with serial prefixes X
<US4805/MY4805 and non UNR/UNX and/or UNJ Options)
FM Scale Offset Calibration X X X
FM Path Offset Calibration X X X
FM In–band Offset Calibration X X X
FM Inverting Amplifier Offset Calibration X
FM 1/2 Path Ratio Gain Calibration X X X
Mod Source Relative Gain Calibration X X X
FM/PM Out–of–Band Calibration X X X
FM/PM YO Frequency Compensation Calibration X X X
DC FM Calibration X X X
Low Frequency Output Calibration X
External Input Peak Detector Calibration X
Target IQ Power Calibration X
1/f Corner Calibration X
IQ Time Skew RF X
IQ Time Skew Baseband X
ALC Dynamic Calibration X X X X
Lowband Digital Prelevel Gain Calibration X
VBLO Mixer Bias Calibration X
LB Digital Gain Calibration X
Gain Adjustment Bypass Calibration (Frequencies ≤3.2 GHz) X X X X
Low Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X
High Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X
High Band IQ Power Floor Calibration X
Low Band IQ Power Floor Calibration
ALC Modulator Calibration X X X
Low Band ALC Modulator Calibration X
ALC Mod Bias DAC Sensitivity Calibration X X
AM Gain Calibration X X X X
IQ Impairment Calibration X
Power Clamp X
Pulse Width Calibration X X X X
9V PTAT Abus Calibration X

408 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-2 Post Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A13—A26 (For Prefixes < xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A20 SMI [Source Module Interface]

A17 Baseband Generator Interface

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

The following ad justments are listed in the order that

A25B Detector Bias Board

A14 Baseband Generator
they should be performed for proper calibration.

A25 20 GHz Detector

A25 40 GHz Detector
A25 67 GHz Detector
A24 20 GHz Coupler
A24 40 GHz Coupler
A24 67 GHz Coupler
A13 IQ Mul tiplexer

A19 Power Supply

A22 Line Module

A21 Rear Panel
A18 CPU

A26 MID
ADC Calibration X X X X
IQ /Gain/Offset/Quadrature Calibration X X X
Target IQ Power Calibration X
1/f Corner Calibration X
IQ Time Skew RF X X
IQ Time Skew Baseband X X X
ALC Dynamic Calibration X X X X X X X X
Lowband Digital Prelevel Gain Calibration X
VBLO Mixer Bias Calibration X
LB Digital Gain Calibration X
Low Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X X X X X
High Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X X X X X
V-Band Power Flatness Calibration X X
IQ Power Floor Calibration X
Low Band IQ Power Floor Calibration X
IQ Impairment Calibration X X X

Table 4-3 Post Repair Adjustments:

Assemblies A27—A40, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector (For Prefixes <
xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly
A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A38 Lowband Switch Fil ter

A35 3 − 20 IQ Modulator

A39 Directional Coupler

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

The following ad justments are listed in the order that they

RF Output Connector
A27 40 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

A28 YIG Oscillator

should be performed for proper calibration.

A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

A36 Quadraplier

A40 Flash Drive

A30 Mod Filter

B1 Fan

ADC Calibration X X X X X X X X
YIG–Driver Pre–Tune Calibration X
FM Scale Offset Calibration X
FM Path Offset Calibration X
FM In–band Offset Calibration X
FM 1/2 Path Ratio Gain Calibration X
Mod Source Relative Gain Calibration X
FM/PM YO Frequency Compensation Calibration X
DC FM Calibration X
External Input Peak Detector Calibration X
I/Q Modulation Calibration X

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 409

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-3 Post Repair Adjustments:

Assemblies A27—A40, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector (For Prefixes <
xx4928) (Continued)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A38 Lowband Switch Filter

A35 3 − 20 IQ Modulator

A39 Directional Coupler

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

The following ad justments are listed in the order that they

RF Output Connector
A27 40 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

A28 YIG Oscillator
should be performed for proper calibration.

A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

A36 Quadraplier

A40 Flash Drive

A30 Mod Fil ter

B1 Fan
High Band ALC Modulator Calibration X
IQ Gain/Offset/Quadrature Calibration X
Target IQ Power Calibration X X
1/f Corner Calibration X
IQ Time Skew RF X X
IQ Time Skew Baseband X X
ALC Dynamic Calibration X X X X
Upconverter Gain Adjustment Calibration X
High Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X X
Low Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X X
V-Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X X
V-Band Low Power Attenuator Accuracy Calibration X X
Low Power Attenuator Accuracy Calibration X X
Lowband Filter Offset Calibration X
IQ Power Floor Calibration X X
Low Band IQ Power Floor Calibration
ALC Modulator Calibration X
ALC Mod Bias DAC Sensitivity Calibration X X X
AM Gain Calibration X
IQ Impairment Calibration X
Pulse Width Calibration X
Attenuator Cycle Count Reset (Service Software - Utility) X

Table 4-4 Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A1—A11 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly
A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

A2DS1 Display Backlight

A7 Reference (Standard)

The following ad justments are listed in the order that they should
be performed for proper calibration.
A8 Output (Analog)
A8 Output (Digital)
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac-N

A10 ALC

ADC Calibration X X X X X X X X X
YIG–Driver Pre–Tune Calibration X
VCO Bias Frac–N Calibration X
Internal Source Cal (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X
AM Audio Path Offset Cal (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X
KV vs. Frequency Calibration X
FM Scale Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X X X

410 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-4 Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A1—A11 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

A2DS1 Display Backlight

A7 Reference (Standard)
The following ad justments are listed in the order that they should
be performed for proper calibration.

A8 Output (Analog)
A8 Output (Digital)
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac-N

A10 ALC
FM Path Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X X X
FM In-band Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X X X
FM Inverting Amplifier Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with X
Option UNT)
FM 1/2 Path Ratio Gain Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option X X X
UNT)
Mod Source Relative Gain Calibration X X X
FM/PM Out–of–Band Calibration X X X
FM/PM YO Frequency Compensation Calibration (E8257D/E8663D X X X
with Option UNT and E8257N Only)
DC FM Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X X X
Low Frequency Output Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option X
UNT)
External Input Peak Detector Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with X
Option UNT)
High Band ALC Linearity Calibration X
High Band Power Flatness Calibration X
High Band High Power ALC linearity Calibration (E8257D with X
Option 521 Only)
High Band ALC Modulator Calibration X
AM Gain Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X X
Low Band ALC Linearity Calibration X X X
Low Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X
Low Band High Power ALC Linearity Calibration X X X
User Clamp Calibration (Option 1EU Only) X
Low Band Bypass Gain Calibration X X X X X
Power Clamp Calibration X X X
Low Band Power Maximum Calibration X X X
Low Band ALC Modulator Prep Calibration X X X
ALC Modulator Offset DAC Sensitivity Calibration X X X
Low Band ALC Modulator Calibration X X X
Low Band Scan Modulator Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with option X X
HSM or 1SM)
High Band Scan Modulator Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with X
option HSM or 1SM)
User Clamp Refinement Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option X
HSM or 1SM and Option 1EU Only)
Power Clamp Refinement Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option X
HSM or 1SM Only)
Low Band Power Maximum Refinement Calibration X X
(E8257D/E8663D with Option HSM or 1SM Only)
Low Band ALC Modulator Refinement Calibration (E8257D/E8663D X X
with Option HSM or 1SM Only)
V-Band Power Flatness Calibration (E8257D with Option 567 Only) X
V-Band Low Power Attenuator Accuracy (E8257D with Option 567 X
and 1E1 Only)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 411

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-4 Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A1—A11 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

A2DS1 Display Backlight

A7 Reference (Standard)
The following ad justments are listed in the order that they should
be performed for proper calibration.

A8 Output (Analog)
A8 Output (Digital)
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac-N

A10 ALC
V-Band ALC Modulator Calibration (E8257D with Option 567 Only) X
Ramp Sweep Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with 007 and E8257N X X
Only)
Pulse Width calibration (E8257D with Option UNU, UNW, UNS, or X
HNS, and E8663D/E8257N Only)
Low Band Digital Prelevel Calibration X
VBLO Mixer Bias Calibration X
Low Band Digital Gain Calibration X
9V PTAT ABUS Measure Calibration X

Table 4-5 Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A13—A26 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly
A20 SMI [Source Module Interface]
A17 Baseband Generator Interface

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

The following ad justments are listed in the order that

A25B Detector Bias Board

A14 Baseband Generator

they should be performed for proper calibration.

A25 20 GHz Detector

A25 40 GHz Detector
A25 67 GHz Detector
A24 20 GHz Coupler
A24 40 GHz Coupler
A24 67 GHz Coupler
A13 IQ Mul tiplexer

A19 Power Supply

A22 Line Module

A21 Rear Panel
A18 CPU

A26 MID
ADC Calibration X X
High Band ALC Linearity Calibration X X X X
High Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X
High Band High Power ALC linearity Calibration (E8257D X X X X
with Option 521 Only)
Low Band ALC Linearity Calibration X X X X
Low Band ALC Linearity Calibration X
Low Band Power Flatness Calibration X
Low Band High Power ALC Linearity Calibration X
User Clamp Calibration (Option 1EU Only) X
Low Band Power Maximum Calibration X
Low Band ALC Modulator Prep Calibration X
V-Band Power Flatness Calibration (E8257D with Option X X
567 Only)
V-Band Low Power Attenuator Accuracy (E8257D with
Option 567 and 1E1 Only)
V-Band ALC Modulator Calibration (E8257D with Option X X
567 Only)
Ramp Sweep Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with 007) X X X X X

412 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-5 Post-Repair Adjustments: Assemblies A13—A26 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A20 SMI [Source Module Interface]

A17 Baseband Generator Interface

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

The following ad justments are listed in the order that

A25B Detector Bias Board

A14 Baseband Generator
they should be performed for proper calibration.

A25 20 GHz Detector

A25 40 GHz Detector
A25 67 GHz Detector
A24 20 GHz Coupler
A24 40 GHz Coupler
A24 67 GHz Coupler
A13 IQ Mul tiplexer

A19 Power Supply

A22 Line Module

A21 Rear Panel
A18 CPU

A26 MID
IQ Gain/Offset/Quadrature Calibration X X X
Target IQ Power X
1/f Corner X
IQ Time Skew RF X X
IQ Time Skew Baseband X X X
Low Band IQ Power Floor Calibration X
High Band IQ Power Floor Calibration X
Low Band IQ Boost Calibration X
IQ Impairment Calibration X X X

Table 4-6 Post-Repair Adjustments:

Assemblies A27—A46, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector (For prefixes >=
xx4928)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly
A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A35 3 − 20 IQ Modulator

A39 Directional Coupler

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

The following ad justments are listed in the order that

RF Output Connector
A27 40 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

A45 Frac-N/Offseta
A43 LB Amp/Filter
A28 YIG Oscillator

they should be performed for proper calibration.

A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

a
A36 Quadraplier

A46 Offset Loop

A40 Flash Drive
A30 Mod Filter

A44 Scan Mod

B1 Fan
ADC Calibration X X X X X X X X
Frac-N Pretune Calibration (Option UNY) X X
Offset Loop Pre-tune Calibration (Option UNY) X X
YIG–Driver Pre–Tune Calibration X X X
FM Scale Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option X X X
UNT)
FM Path Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option X X X
UNT)
FM In-band Offset Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with X X X
Option UNT)
FM In- band DCFM Calibration (E8257D, E8267D, and X X
E8663D Option UNT and UNY Only)
FM Out-of-Band YO Calibration (E8257D, E8267D, and X X
E8663D Option UNT and UNY Only)
IQ Modulation Calibration X
IQ Upconverter Gain Calibration X

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 413

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-6 Post-Repair Adjustments:

Assemblies A27—A46, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector (For prefixes >=
xx4928) (Continued)
Ad justments Replaced Assembly

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A35 3 − 20 IQ Modulator

A39 Directional Coupler

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

The following ad justments are listed in the order that

RF Output Connector
A27 40 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

A45 Frac-N/Offseta
A43 LB Amp/Fil ter
A28 YIG Oscillator
they should be performed for proper calibration.

A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

a
A36 Quadraplier

A46 Offset Loop

A40 Flash Drive
A30 Mod Fil ter

A44 Scan Mod

B1 Fan
FM 1/2 Path Ratio Gain Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with X
Option UNT)
Mod Source Relative Gain Calibration X
FM/PM YO Frequency Compensation Calibration X
(E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT)
DC FM Calibration (E8257D/E8663D with Option UNT) X
External Input Peak Detector Calibration (E8257D/E8663D X
with Option UNT)
Quadraplier Download (E8257D with Option 550 or 567 or X
E8257N with Option 550 Only)
High Band ALC Linearity Calibration X
High Band Power Flatness Calibration X X X X
High Band High Power ALC linearity Calibration (E8257D X
with Option 521 Only)
High Band ALC Modulator Calibration X X X
Low Band ALC Linearity Calibration X
Low Band Power Flatness Calibration X X
ALC Modulator Offset DAC Sensitivity Calibration X
High Band Scan Modulator Calibration (E8257D/E8663D X
with option HSM or 1SM)
V-Band Power Flatness Calibration (E8257D with Option X X
567 Only)
V-Band Low Power Attenuator Accuracy (E8257D with X X
Option 567 and 1E1 Only)
V-Band ALC Modulator Calibration (E8257D with Option X
567 Only)
Low Power Attenuator Accuracy (E8257D/E8663D with X X
Option 1E1 and E8257N Only)

a. Requires adjustments to pass self test.

414 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-7 Performance Tests: Assemblies A1—A17 (For Prefixes < xx4928)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A17 Baseband Generator Interface

The

A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

following performance tests are listed in the

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

order that they should be performed to minimize

A14 Baseband Generator

A12 Lowband Fast Pulse
A7 Reference (Standard)
changes in test equipment configurations.

A8 Output (Analog)

A13 IQ Mul tiplexer

A8 Output (Digital)
A2DS1 Backlight
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac–N

A10 ALC
Self Tests X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power X X X X
Power Level Accuracy X X X
Internal Pulse Modulation Level Accuracy X X X X
Internal Pulse Modulation Rise/Fall Time X X X X
DC FM Carrier Offset X X
Internal FM Frequency Response X X X
External Phase Modulation Frequency Response X X X
Internal FM Distortion X X
Internal Phase Modulation Distortion X X
External FM Deviation Accuracy X X X
Internal Phase Modulation Deviation Accuracy X X X
External Pulse Modulation ON/OFF Ratio X X X X
Harmonic Spurious X X X X X
Sub–Harmonic Spurious X X X
Non–Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X
Single–Sideband Phase Noise X X X X X X X
EVM and IQ Offset X X X
External Digital Modulation Level Accuracy
X X X
Relative to CW
Swept Frequency Accuracy X X

Functional Check (Service Software − Utility)

Dual Arb X

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 415

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-8 Performance Tests: Assemblies A18—A29 (For Prefixes < xx4928)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A26 MID [Microcircuit Interface Deck]

A20 SMI [Source Module Interface]

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

The following performance tests are listed in the order

A25B Detector Bias Board

that they should be performed to minimize changes in

A21 Rear Panel Interface

test equipment configurations.

A25 20 GHz Detector

A25 40 GHz Detector
A25 67 GHz Detector

A27 40 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

A24 20 GHz Coupler
A24 40 GHz Coupler
A24 67 GHz Coupler
A19 Power Supply

A28 YIG Oscillator

A22 Line Module
A18 CPU or BT1
Self Tests X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power X X X X X X X X X X X
Power Level Accuracy X X X X X X X X X X X
Internal FM Frequency Response X
External Phase Modulation Frequency Response X
External FM Deviation Accuracy X
Internal Phase Modulation Deviation Accuracy X
Harmonic Spurious X X X X
Sub–Harmonic Spurious X X X
Non–Harmonic Spurious X
Single–Sideband Phase Noise X

Table 4-9 Performance Tests: Assemblies A30—A40, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector
(For Prefixes < xx4928)

Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A30 Mod Fil ter with Standard Power
A30 Mod Fil ter with High Power

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A38 Lowband Switch Fil ter

The following performance tests are listed in the order that

A40 Compact Flash Drive
A35 3 − 20 IQ Mod ulator

A39 Directional Coupler

they should be performed to minimize changes in test

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

RF Output Connector

equipment configurations.
A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

A36 Quadraplier

B1 Fan

Self Tests X X X X X X X X X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power X X X X X X X X
Power Level Accuracy X X X X X X X X
Internal Pulse Modulation Level Accuracy X X X X

Internal Pulse Modulation Rise/Fall Time X X X X

External Pulse Modulation ON/OFF Ratio X X X X

Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X

416 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-9 Performance Tests: Assemblies A30—A40, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector
(For Prefixes < xx4928)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A30 Mod Filter with Standard Power

A30 Mod Filter with High Power

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A38 Lowband Switch Fil ter

The following performance tests are listed in the order that

A40 Compact Flash Drive

A35 3 − 20 IQ Modulator

A39 Directional Coupler

they should be performed to minimize changes in test

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

RF Output Connector
equipment configurations.

A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

A36 Quadraplier

B1 Fan
Sub–Harmonic Spurious X X X
Non–Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X
Single–Sideband Phase Noise X X X

EVM and IQ Offset X X

External Digital Modulation Level Accuracy

X X
Relative to CW

Optional Performance Test

Timebase Aging Rate X

Table 4-10 Performance Tests: Assemblies A1—A17 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A17 Baseband Generator Interface

The
A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

following performance tests are listed in the

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

order that they should be performed to minimize

A14 Baseband Generator
A12 Lowband Fast Pulse
A7 Reference (Standard)

changes in test equipment configurations.

A8 Output (Analog)

A13 IQ Multiplexer
A8 Output (Digital)
A2DS1 Backlight
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac–N

A10 ALC

Self Check Test X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Maximum Leveled Output Power X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power - Digital Mode X
(E8267D Option HBL Only)
Maximum Leveled Output Power - Wide IQ/FM X
Mode (E8267D Option H18 Only)
Power Level Accuracy X X X
Internal Pulse Modulation Level Accuracy X X X X
(E8257D/E8267D Option UNU, UNW, UNS, or HNS,
and E8663D Only)
Internal Pulse Modulation Rise/Fall Time X X X
(E8257D/E8267D Option UNW, UNS, or HNS,
E8663D Option UNW)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 417

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-10 Performance Tests: Assemblies A1—A17 (For prefixes >= xx4928) (Continued)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A17 Baseband Generator Interface

The

A7 Reference (Option UNR/UNX)

following performance tests are listed in the

A11 Pulse/Analog Mod Gen

order that they should be performed to minimize

A14 Baseband Generator

A12 Lowband Fast Pulse
A7 Reference (Standard)
changes in test equipment configurations.

A8 Output (Analog)

A13 IQ Mul tiplexer

A8 Output (Digital)
A2DS1 Backlight
A3 Power Switch

A9 YIG Driver
A1 Keyboard

A5 Sampler
A4 Inverter
A2 Display

A6 Frac–N

A10 ALC
DC FM Carrier Offset (E8257D/E8267D/E8663D X X
Option UNT)
Internal FM Frequency Response X X X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT Only)
Internal Phase Modulation Deviation Accuracy X X X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT)
Internal FM Distortion (E8257D/E8267D/E8663D X X
Option UNT)
Internal Phase Modulation Distortion X X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT)
Harmonic Spurious X X X X X
Sub–Harmonic Spurious X X X
Non–Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X
External FM Deviation Accuracy X X X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT)
External Phase Modulation Frequency Response X X X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT without
UNY)
External Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio X X X X
(E8257D/E8267D Option UNU with serial prefix <
4928, UNW, UNS, or HNS, E8663D Option UNW)
Single-Sideband Phase Noise (Option UNX or UNY X X X X X X X
test procedure)
Single-Sideband Phase Noise (Non-Option UNX or X X X X X X X
UNY test procedure)
Residual Phase Noise (E8257D/E8267D/E8663D X X X X X X X
Option UNX or UNY and without H5Y Only) (Manual
Performance Test)
Internal EVM Digital Modulation Quality (E8267D X
X X
Option 601 or 602 Only)
Digital Modulation Power Relative to CW (E8267D X X X
Only)
Swept Frequency Accuracy X
X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option 007)

418 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-11 Performance Tests: Assemblies A18—A29 (For prefixes >= xx4928)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A26 MID [Microcircuit Interface Deck]

A20 SMI [Source Module Interface]

A23 Lowband Coupler/Detector

The following performance tests are listed in the order

A25B Detector Bias Board

that they should be performed to minimize changes in

A21 Rear Panel Interface

test equipment configurations.

A25 20 GHz Detector

A25 40 GHz Detector
A25 67 GHz Detector

A27 40 GHz Doubler

A29 20 GHz Doubler

A24 20 GHz Coupler
A24 40 GHz Coupler
A24 67 GHz Coupler
A19 Power Supply

A28 YIG Oscillator

A22 Line Module
A18 CPU or BT1
Self Check Test X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power X X X X X X X X X X X
Power Level Accuracy X X X X X X X X X X X
Internal FM Frequency Response X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT Only)
Internal Phase Modulation Deviation Accuracy X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT)
Harmonic Spurious X X X X
Sub-Harmonic Spurious X X ?
Non-Harmonic Spurious X
External FM Deviation Accuracy X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT)
External Phase Modulation Frequency Response X
(E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT without UNY)
Single-Sideband Phase Noise (Option UNX or UNY test X
procedure)
Single-Sideband Phase Noise (Non-Option UNX or UNY X
test procedure)
Residual Phase Noise (E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option X
UNX or UNY and without H5Y Only) (Manual
Performance Test)

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 419

 Post–Repair Procedures
Post–Repair Procedures Matrix

Table 4-12 Performance Tests: Assemblies A30—A46, AT1, B1, and RF Output Connector
(For prefixes >= xx4928)
Performance Tests Replaced Assembly

A30 Mod Filter with Standard Power

A30 Mod Filter with High Power

A32 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator

A38 Lowband Switch Fil ter

The following performance tests are listed in the order that

A40 Compact Flash Drive

A35 3 − 20 IQ Modulator

A39 Directional Coupler

they should be performed to minimize changes in test

A34 Internal Hard Drive

AT1 115 dB Attenuator

RF Output Connector
equipment configurations.

A43 LB Amp/Filter

A45 Frac-N/Offset
A37 Up Converter
A31 Motherboard

A36 Quadraplier

A46 Offset Loop

A44 Scan Mod

B1 Fan
Self Check Test X X X X X X X X ? X X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power X X X X X X X X X X
Maximum Leveled Output Power - Digital Mode (E8267D X X
Option HBL Only)
Maximum Leveled Output Power - Wide IQ/FM Mode (E8267D X X
Option H18 Only)
Power Level Accuracy X X X X X X X X X
Internal Pulse Modulation Level Accuracy (E8257D/E8267D X X X X
Option UNU, UNW, UNS, or HNS, and E8663D Only)
Internal Pulse Modulation Rise/Fall Time (E8257D/E8267D X X X X
Option UNW, UNS, or HNS, E8663D Option UNW)
DC FM Carrier Offset (E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNT) X X
Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X X X X
Sub–Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X
Non–Harmonic Spurious X X X X X X X X X
Single-Sideband Phase Noise (Option UNX or UNY test X X X X X
procedure)
Single-Sideband Phase Noise (Non-Option UNX or UNY test X X X
procedure)
Residual Phase Noise (E8257D/E8267D/E8663D Option UNX X X X X X
or UNY and without H5Y Only) (Manual Performance Test)
Internal EVM Digital Modulation Quality (E8267D Option 601
X X
or 602 Only)
Digital Modulation Power Relative to CW (E8267D Only) X X

420 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
CPU Configuration

CPU Configuration
1. Power on the signal generator.
— If the firmware loaded on the CPU matches the instrument model,
go to Step 6.
— If the firmware is for a different instrument model, the instrument
should still turn–on, but the firmware needs to be changed. To
change the firmware continue with Step 2.
2. Set the IP address:
Press Utility > GPIB/RS–232 LAN > LAN Setup > IP Address.
a. Set the LAN configuration to DHCP.
b. Cycle the signal generator power.
3. Set the remote language:
— Press Return > Remote Language > SCPI.
4. Check that the instrument identification number (IDN) is correct by
executing the command, *IDN?.
— If the IDN is not correct, change the IDN by executing the following
command:
:SYST:IDN "Keysight Technologies, <Model Number>,
<Serial Number>, <Firmware Revision>"

When executing the command, ensure that the firmware revision parameter
matches the signal generator model. For example, E8257D and E8267D use
firmware revisions that start with [Link].

5. Download the new firmware:

a. Go to www/[Link]/find/psg/upgradeassistant
b. Download (save to disk) both the PSG–ESG Upgrade Assistant
software and the latest PSG firmware.
c. Go to the folder where the files were saved and click on each
program.
The programs open the files and saves the routines to a folder.
d. Click Yes when asked to create a short–cut on your desktop.
6. Install the new firmware:
a. Open the PSG–ESG Upgrade Assistant.
b. Enter the following information:
— Connection Type

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 421

 Post–Repair Procedures
CPU Configuration

— LAN Setup (IP or GPIB address)

— Firmware Release—Use the browser to locate and select the
firmware revision to install. The file has a .esg extension
([Link]) and are model number specific.
— Special Cases
— Select Added New Hard ware.
— If you previously attempted to install new firmware
and it failed, also select Recover Failed Upgrade.
c. Click Next>.
d. If the firmware you are downloading is older than the firmware
currently installed in the instrument, select Allow Old Revisions.
e. Click Yes when the “Warning Allow Old Firmware Revision” message
appears and follow the instructions displayed on the PC.
7. Restore the backed up calibration data to the CPU, press Utility >
Instrument Ad justments > Service Ad justments > Restore System Files.
8. Cycle the instrument power.
9. Verify the instrument model number is correct, press Utility > Instrument
Info/Help > Diagnostic Info.
— If the model number is not correct, execute the following command:
:DIAG:FILE:REST
— If the model number is correct, proceed to the next step.
[Link] the IDN to the default IDN:
a. Execute the following command:
:SYST:IDN ""
b. Check the IDN to ensure it has changed by executing the following
command:
*IDN?
[Link] the license keys:
— If the license keys were retrievable from the CPU, go to Step 12.
— If the license key(s) was not retrievable from the replaced CPU,
attempt to obtain them from the GSDC website:
a. Access the GSDC website:
[Link]
Their website provides a guest login for searching the data
base.
b. Use the guest login and search their data base.

422 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Post–Repair Procedures
CPU Configuration

— If the license key(s) for your specific instrument is not available from
the GSDC website, send a message to the PSG,Sources email node
requesting the license keys along with the following information:
— Instrument model number
— Serial number
— Host ID
— A list of the options
The request will be researched, and if the database indicates that
the list of options were installed in the instrument, license keys will
be sent. If the database does not show that an option(s) was
installed, no license key will be sent for that option. License keys
will only be provided for verified options.
[Link] the license keys:
a. Press Utility > Instrument Ad justments > Instrument Options >
Software Options.
b. Using the RPG knob, highlight the desired option.
c. Press Mod ify License Key.
d. Using the numeric key pad and the softkeys, enter the license key.
When the signal generator accepts the license key, a check mark
appears next to the license
e. After entering all the required license keys, press Proceed With
Reconfiguration.
If a license key does not turn an option on, proceed to Step 11 and
perform the step as if the license keys had not been retrievable from
the CPU.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 423

 Post–Repair Procedures
CPU Configuration

424 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Keysight PSG Signal Generators
E8257D/67D, E8663D

Service Guide

5 Safety and Regulatory

This chapter provides information on the following:

— “General Safety Considerations” on page 426
— “Lithium Battery Disposal” on page 427
— “Assistance” on page 427
— “Certification” on page 427
The following safety notes are used throughout this manual. Familiarize
yourself with each of the notes and its meaning before operating this
instrument.

Caution denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure that, if not correctly

performed or adhered to, would result in damage to or destruction of the product.
Do not proceed beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are fully
understood and met.

Warning denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure which, if not correctly

performed or adhered to, could result in injury or loss of life. Do not proceed
beyond a warning note until the indicated conditions are fully understood and
met.

425
 Safety and Regulatory
General Safety Considerations

General Safety Considerations

The following safety notes apply specifically to signal generators. These notes
also appear in other chapters of this service guide as required.

These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personal only. To avoid
electrical shock, do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so.

The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages.

Disconnect the product from all voltage sources before starting to open.

The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects

the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The
front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch (disconnecting
device).

The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5
seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply.

This is a Safety Class 1 Product (provided with a protective earthing ground

incorporated in the power cord). The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket
outlet provided with a protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective
conductor inside or outside of the product is likely to make the product
dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited.

Replace battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended. Discard
used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.

If this product is not used as specified, the protection provided by the equipment could be
impaired. This product must be used in a normal condition (in which all means for
protection are intact) only.

Many of the assemblies in this instrument are very susceptible to damage from
electrostatic discharge (ESD). Perform service procedures only at a static-safe
workstation and wear a grounding strap.

426 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Safety and Regulatory
Lithium Battery Disposal

Lithium Battery Disposal

When the battery on the A14 CPU is exhausted and/or ready for disposal,
dispose of it according to your country’s requirements. You can return the
battery to your nearest Keysight Technologies Sales and Service office for
disposal, if required.

Figure 5-1

Assistance
Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements
are available for Keysight Technologies products. For any assistance, contact
your nearest Keysight Technologies sales and service office (see “Keysight
Sales and Service Offices” on page 1-185).

Certification
Keysight Technologies Company certifies that this product met its published
specifications at the time of shipment from the factory. Keysight Technologies
further certifies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United
States National Institute of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed
by the Institute’s calibration facility, and to the calibration facilities of other
International Standards Organization members.

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 427

 Safety and Regulatory
Certification

428 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

Index

Numerics self-test (UNR/UNX), 74 A35 3-20 GHz I/Q Modulator,

A8 Output description, 159
10 dB PAD, replacement, 364 description, 157 A36 Quadraplier,
10 MHz crystal oscillator, self-test, 61, 95, 100, 102 description, 160
replacement, 360 A9 YIG Driver A37 44GHz Upconverter,
115 dB attenuator, description, 151 description, 160
replacement, 399, 403 self-test, 64 A38 Lowband Filter
20 GHz A10 ALC description, 152
doubler, replacement, 349, 391 description, 161 self-test, 97, 98
highband coupler, self-test, 71 accessories
replacement, 318 A11 Analog/Pulse Modulation test cable, 255
highband detector, Generator ADC adjustment failures, 119
replacement, 329 description, 162 adjustment problems, 116
3-20 GHz I/Q Modulator, self-test, 89 adjustments
replacement, 375, 377 A12 Fast Pulse Modulator, required after repair, 407
40 GHz description, 157 ALC loop, description, 161
doubler, replacement, 343, 345 A13 IQ Multiplexer, ALC, replacement, 289
highband coupler, self-test, 55 ALC, troubleshooting, 122
replacement, 323 A14 Baseband Generator antistatic materials, 18, 255
highband detector, description, 164 assemblies list, 190
replacement, 332 self-test, 92 assembly replacement
50 GHz A18 CPU A1 Keyboard, 272
highband coupler, description, 134 A2 Display, 275
replacement, 325 self-test, 76 A2DS1 Display Backlight, 278
highband detector, A19 Power Supply, A3 Power Switch, 280
replacement, 334 description, 134 A4 Inverter, 283
6 dB PAD, replacement, 362 A23 Lowband A5 Sampler, 285
67 GHz Coupler/Detector, A6 Frac-N, 285
highband coupler, description, 158 A7 Reference, 285
replacement, 327 A24 Highband Coupler, A8 Output, 285
highband detector, description, 158 A9 YIG driver, 287
replacement, 336 A25 Highband Detector, A10 ALC, 289
90 dB attenuator, description, 158 A11 Pulse/Analog
replacement, 397, 401 A26 MID, self-test Modulation Generator, 291
E8257D, 77 A12 Pulse Modulator
A E8267D, 83 Board, 293
A27 40 GHz Doubler, A13 I/Q MUX, 295, 297
A5 Sampler description, 158 A14 Baseband Generator, 299
description, 149 A28 YIG Oscillator, A17 Baseband Generator
self-test, 58 description, 152 Interface, 301
A6 Frac-N A29 20 GHz Doubler, A18 CPU, 303
description, 149, 156 description, 152, 158 A18BT1 Battery, 305
self-test, 67, 70 A30 Modulation Filter, A19 Power Supply, 307
A7 Reference description, 159 A20 SMI (Source Module
description, 150 Interface), 310
self-test, 60

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 429

Index

A21 Rear Panel Interface, 312 rear panel, 366, 369 crystal oscillator, 10 MHz,
A22 Line Module, 314 assembly-level replacement, 360
A23 Lowband troubleshooting, 30 CW mode, description, 147
Coupler/Detector, 316 AT1 Attenuator,
A24 20 GHz Highband troubleshooting, 125 D
Coupler, 318 attenuator
A24 40 GHz Highband 115 dB, replacement, 399, 403 data backup, CPU, 24
Coupler, 323 90 dB, replacement, 397, 401 detector
A24 50 GHz Highband 20 GHz highband,
Coupler, 325 B replacement, 329
A24 67 GHz Highband 40 GHz highband,
Coupler, 327 backup data, CPU, 24 replacement, 332
A25 20 GHz Highband baseband generator interface, 50 GHz highband,
Detector, 329 replacement, 301 replacement, 334
A25 40 GHz Highband baseband generator, 67 GHz highband,
Detector, 332 replacement, 299 replacement, 336
A25 50 GHz Highband battery disposal, 427 highband bias board,
Detector, 334 battery, replacement, 305 replacement, 338
A25 67 GHz Highband block descriptions lowband, replacement, 316
Detector, 336 overall, 134 device gains and losses, 165
A25B Highband Detector Bias reference/synthesis loop, 147 digital modulation,
Board, 338 RF path loop, 155 description, 163
A26 Microcircuit Interface block diagrams directional sweep coupler,
Deck (MID), 340 overall replacement, 385
A27 40 GHz Doubler, 343, 345 E8257D, 143 display backlight,
A28 YIG Oscillator, 347 E8267D, 145 replacement, 278
A29 20 GHz Doubler, 349, 391 reference/synthesis loop, 153 display, replacement, 275
A30 Modulator Filter, 351 RF path block diagram documentation, list of, 15
A31 Motherboard, 354, 357 E8257D, 167, 169 driver,YIG, 287
A32 10 MHz Crystal E8267D, 175, 177, 179
Oscillator, 360 E
A33 10 dB PAD, 364 C
A33 6 dB PAD, 362 electrostatic discharge
A34 Internal Hard Drive, 373 cables, 209 general information, 18
A35 3-20 GHz I/Q certification, 427 supplies, 255
Modulator, 375, 377 components, safe handling, 18 ESD, 18
A36 Quadraplier, 379 coupler
A37 Upconverter, 381 20 GHz highband, F
A38 Lowband Switch replacement, 318
fan, replacement, 405
Filter, 383, 393, 395 40 GHz highband,
flash drive door,
A39 Directional Sweep replacement, 323
replacement, 389
Coupler, 385 50 GHz highband,
flash drive, replacement, 387
A40 Flash Drive, 387 replacement, 325
frac-n, replacement, 285
A41 Flash Drive Door, 389 67 GHz highband,
frequency generation,
AT1 115 dB Attenuator, 399, replacement, 327
description, 136
403 lowband, replacement, 316
front panel
AT1 90 dB Attenuator, 397, 401 CPU
replacement, 268
B1 Fan, 405 configuration, 421
subassemblies replacement
front panel, 268 data backup, 24
display, 268
instrument cover, inner, 266 replacement, 303
instrument cover, outer, 264 troubleshooting, 22 inverter, 284
preparation, 259

430 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

 Index

G modulator filter, power switch, replacement, 280

replacement, 351 PSG, Option UNY block
gains, device, 165 motherboard diagram
getting started, 20 connector locations E8257D, 173
E8257D, 46 PSG, overall block
H E8267D, 47 description, 134
LED locations PSG, overall block diagram
hardware, 227 E8257D, 143
hardware list, 190 E8257D, 50
E8267D, 51 E8267D, 145
harmonic spurs, PSG, reference/synthesis loop
troubleshooting, 127 test points, 37
motherboard, block diagram, 153
harmonics, specifications, 127 PSG, reference/synthesis loop
highband detector bias board, replacement, 354, 357
description, 147
replacement, 338 PSG, RF path block diagram
N
E8257D, 167, 169
I E8267D, 175, 177, 179
non-harmonic spurs,
I/O interface, description, 135 troubleshooting, 132 PSG, RF path description, 155
I/Q MUX, replacement, 295, 297 PSG,RF path block diagram
I/Q signals, 160 O E8257D,low band RF
instrument cover path, 171
replacement, 264, 266 option 015, 160 pulse modulation,
internal hard drive, Option UNR/UNX, troubleshooting, 124
replacement, 373 troubleshooting, 133 pulse modulator board,
inverter, replacement, 283 options, descriptions, 188 replacement, 293
oscillator pulse/analog modulation
10 MHz crystal, 360 generator, replacement, 291
K
YIG, 347
keyboard, replacement, 272 output, replacement, 285 Q
overcurrent, 52
overvoltage, 52 quadraplier, replacement, 379
L
line module, replacement, 314 P R
lists
assemblies and hard ware performance test failures, ramp sweep, description, 148
options, 190 troubleshooting, 120 rear panel, replacement, 366,
performance tests, required 369
cables, 209
hardware, 227 after repair, 407 rear-panel interface,
replaceable assemblies, 260 phase noise, replacement, 312
lithium battery disposal, 427 troubleshooting, 133 reference, replacement, 285
lithium battery, post-repair procedures, 407 reference/synthesis loop,
replacement, 305 power description, 147
losses, device, 165 maximum leveled, 109, 110 repair
lowband coupler/detector, RF levels, adjustments required, 407
replacement, 316 troubleshooting, 122 performance tests
lowband switch filter, power supply required, 407
replacement, 383, 393, 395 dc voltage specifications, 48 repair, troubleshooting, 17
motherboard LED locations replaceable parts
E8257D, 50 assemblies, 260
M
E8267D, 51 hardware, 227
microcircuit interface deck troubleshooting, 37 ordering information, 187
(MID), replacement, 340 power supply, RF path
mixing products, 160 replacement, 307 description, 155

E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide 431

Index

troubleshooting, 122 source module interface, V

RF power levels, replacement, 310
troubleshooting, 122 specifications voltages, supply
dc voltages, 48 A5 Sampler, 58
S harmonics, 127 A6 Frac-N, 67, 70
spurious harmonic emissions, A7 Reference
safety, general troubleshooting, 127 Option UNR/UNX, 74
considerations, 426 spurious non-harmonic standard, 60
sampler, replacement, 285 emissions, A8 Output, 61, 95, 100, 102
self-tests troubleshooting, 132 A9 YIG Driver, 64
2xx, 58 sum and difference, 160 A10 ALC, 71
3xx, 60 A11 Analog/Pulse
4xx, 61 T Modulation Generator, 89
6xx, 64 A13 IQ Multiplexer, 55
7xx, 67, 70 thermal shutdown, 53 A14 Baseband Generator, 92
9xx, 71 troubleshooting A18 CPU, 76
10xx, 74 ADC adjustment failures, 119 A26 MID (E8257D), 77
11xx, 76 adjustment problems, 116 A26 MID (E8267D), 83
12xx, 77, 83 ALC, 122 A38 Lowband Filter, 97, 98
13xx, 89 AT1 Attenuator, 125
14xx, 92 chapter TOC, 17 W
1xx, 55 CPU turn-on test, 22
22xx, 95, 100, 102 dc voltages, 37 wideband IQ, 160
24xx, 97, 98 front-panel display, 30
failure table, 25 motherboard test points, 37 Y
overview, 181 Option UNR/UNX phase
running, 21 noise, 133 YIG driver, replacement, 287
Service performance test failures, 120 YIG oscillator, replacement, 347
Keysight sales and service power supply, 37
offices, 185 pulse modulation, 124
service RF path, 122
packaging signal RF power levels, 122
generator, 185 self-test failure table, 25
signal generator spurious harmonic
overall block diagram emissions, 127
E8257D, 143 spurious non-harmonic
E8267D, 145 emissions, 132
overall description, 134 unlevels, 108
reference/synthesis loop unlocks, 104
block diagram, 153 where to begin, 20
reference/synthesis loop,
description, 147 U
RF path block diagram
E8257D, 167, 169 unlevels, troubleshooting, 108
E8267D, 175, 177, 179 unlocks, troubleshooting, 104
upconverter, replacement, 381
RF path, description, 155
SMI, replacement, 310

432 E8257D/67D, E8663D PSG Signal Generators Service Guide

This information is subject to change
without notice.
© Keysight Technologies 2012-2015
Edition 1, November 2015

E8251-90359

[Link]